Skip to main content

Full text of "Rambles and adventures in Australasia, Canada, India, etc."

See other formats


I' 

• 

J   L*n3  ,J. 

Lo? 


RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES   IN 
AUSTRALASIA,  CANADA,  INDIA,  &c. 


Frontispiece.] 


THE  AUTHOR   AND    MR.    WILSON   IN   THE   "  DEVIL'S    COACHHOUSE. 


Rambles  and  Adventures 

in    Australasia,    Canada, 

India,  etc. 


BY 

ST   MICHAEL -PODMORE,  MA 

(Jesus  College,  Camb.),  F.Z.S.,  F.R.G.S. 

Author  of  "  A  Sporting  Paradise,"  "  Ozunkein,"  etc. 

Corresponding  Member  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Tasmania, 
late  Artist  to  the  South  Australian  Government, 
and    Hon.    Member   of    the    Royal   Geo- 
graphical  Society   of   Australasia. 


* 

This  Book  is  dedicated  to  my  Father, 

THE  REV.  JOHN   BUCKLEY  PODMORE,  B.A. 

(Jesus   College,    Cambridge), 
AND  TO 

THE  HONOURABLE  WILLIAM  WILSON 

(Late  of  Melbourne), 
at  the  request  of  his  eldest  Son, 
WILLIAM    WILSON,   ESQUIRE, 

who  accompanied  me  across  the  Blue  Mountains. 


LONDON : 
L.  UPCOTT  GILL,  BAZAAR  BUILDINGS,  DRURY  LANE,  W.C. 


1909. 

Enured  at  Stations'  Hall.}  [Copyright    1909. 


3n 

OF   MY  DEAR  FATHER 
THE  REV.   JOHN   BUCKLEY   PODMORE,  B.A. 

LATE    RECTOR    OF   COWFOLD,    SUSSEX. 


PREFACE 


THE  object  of  this  book  is  to  provide  an 
interesting  and  reliable  guide  to  emigration, 
travel,  and  sport.  The  author  has  spent  twenty 
years  abroad,  and  resided  for  a  considerable 
time  in  Australasia,  Canada,  U.S.A.,  &c. 
He  returned  from  his  last  expedition  in  1908, 
after  an  absence  of  five  years. 

"  Rambles  and  Adventures  "  should  appeal  to 
public  men  and  others  who  have  the  opportunity 
to  influence  the  future  of  young  people.  The 
author  has  adopted  a  conversational  style,  and 
his  book  teems  with  stories  of  incident  and 
adventure.  Government  literature  has  a  tendency 
to  be  cramped,  and  emigrants  are  sent  indis- 
criminately throughout  the  Empire,  while  the 
best  land  often  remains  neglected  and  unknown. 
It  is  only  by  private  enterprise  that  exceptional 
chances  occur.  This  book  brings  them  to 
public  notice. 

The  illustrations  are  chiefly  from  photographs. 


1482111 


CONTENTS 


I.     THE     GREAT     SOUTH-WEST     COUNTRY     OF 

WESTERN    AUSTRALIA        ....  I 

II.     THE    MARGARET     RIVER,      WESTERN    AUS- 
TRALIA          25 

III.  THE  UNPEOPLED  COUNTRY  (QUEENSLAND)  47 

IV.  EMIGRATION    TO    SOUTH    AUSTRALIA    AND 

THE   NORTHERN   TERRITORY   ...  65 

V.     THE  BEAUTIFUL  ISLAND   OF  TASMANIA      .  88 

VI.     EMIGRATION    TO    NEW  SOUTH   WALES          .  99 

VII.     A  SPORTSMAN'S   PARADISE  .  .  .119 

VIII.     AN      ADVENTURE      WITH      A      TASMANIAN 

DEVIL 162 

IX.     IN   CANNIBAL  LANDS 174 

X.     A  VISIT  TO   FIJI 197 

XL     A  TRIP   TO  THE   BLUE   MOUNTAINS     .          .212 

XII.     NEW     ZEALAND,     BAY     OF     ISLANDS,     THE 

THREE   KINGS 230 

XIII.  ADVENTURES  IN    SOUTH    AUSTRALIA,  TAS- 

MANIA, VICTORIA,   ETC 246 

XIV.  INDIA  AND  CEYLON 267 


RAMBLES  AND  ADVENTURES 

IN  AUSTRALASIA,  CANADA, 

INDIA,  ETC. 


I 

THE  GREAT  SOUTH-WEST  COUNTRY  OF 
WESTERN   AUSTRALIA. 

THE  South- Western  district  of  Western  Australia 
I  consider  the  best  country  in  the  Empire  for 
small  capitalists  to  visit.  The  climate  is  cool 
and  healthy,  the  soil  fertile,  and  droughts  are 
unknown.  Western  Australia  has  an  area  seven 
times  that  of  England  and  Wales,  and  a  great 
variety  of  climate  and  conditions.  This  fact 
is  not  generally  known.  The  central  parts  of 
the  State  are  subject  to  terrible  droughts,  but 
in  the  Margaret  River  district  there  is  a  splendid 
rainfall  every  year. 

The    choice    land    in    New    Zealand,     Canada, 
New    South    Wales,    and    Victoria    often    realises 

B 


2  RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

fancy  prices,  but  in  Western  Australia  first-class 
land  is  to  be  had  practically  for  the  asking. 

After  four  years'  ramble  in  Australasia,  I 
returned  to  Fremantle  last  April,  and  was 
amazed  to  find  a  dirty,  dreary  town  transformed 
into  a  neat,  prosperous  port.  Journeying  on  to 
Perth,  the  capital  of  Western  Australia,  I  was 
equally  impressed  with  the  wonderful  advance 
this  city  had  made.  I  decided,  therefore,  to 
delay  my  return  to  England  until  I  had  made 
some  investigations  into  the  possibilities  of  this 
go-ahead  State.  The  Western  Australian 
Government  has  a  perfect  organisation  for 
receiving  immigrants.  When  the  steamer 
approaches  Fremantle,  which  is  the  port  for 
Western  Australia,  a  Government  agent  goes 
out  by  the  pilot  steamer,  and  boards  the  ship, 
making  himself  acquainted  with  the  needs  of 
the  passengers.  The  immigrants  are  taken  by 
this  officer  to  Perth,  where  they  are  handed 
over  to  the  Lands  Department.  A  free-pass 
railway  ticket  is  granted  to  the  vacant  land, 
and  the  free  services  of  a  guide  to  conduct 
them  to  the  vacant  homesteads.  This  is  of 
course  confined  to  a  few  days,  unless  the 
immigrant  wishes  to  pay  the  guide  himself. 


WESTERN    AUSTRALIA  3 

When  land  has  been  selected,  the  following 
payments  must  be  made: — First  instalment 
survey  fee,  £i  los. ;  office  fee,  £i ;  stamp 
duty,  is.  Total,  £2  iis.  The  money  being 
paid,  the  land  can  be  immediately  occupied. 
The  second  instalment  of  the  survey  fee,  £\  IDS., 
is  due  at  the  end  of  the  first  year.  The 
practical  cost,  therefore,  of  160  acres  is  £$  is. 
The  settler,  however,  must  reside  upon  his 
land,  build  a  house,  fence  his  property,  and 
commence  to  cultivate.  When  he  has  spent 
in  labour  and  capital  an  amount  representing 
£80,  he  can  obtain  his  freehold. 

The  cost  of  building  a  small  cottage  is  about 
,£50  in  the  Margaret  River  district,  and  fencing 
of  1 60  acres  ^35. 

The  Windsor  Hotel,  South  Perth,  is  the  best 
and  cheapest  place  at  which  to  stop.  The 
charges  range  from  255.  per  week,  and  the 
locality  is  attractive.  It  is  within  a  few  yards 
of  the  beautiful  Zoological  Gardens,  and  accessible 
to  the  Government  offices.  The  fare  to  cross 
the  river  is  3d. 

I  explored  the  King  River,  Tor  Bay,  Denmark, 
and  Margaret  River  districts,  travelling  through 
the  country  by  rail  and  following  the  advance 


4  RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

of  civilisation  to  the  virgin  forest,  and,  on 
horseback  and  on  foot,  explored  hundreds  of 
miles  of  good  country  where  there  was  scarcely 
any  settlement. 

While  journeying  along  the  sea-coast,  where 
no  one  had  yet  built  a  home,  I  passed  lovely 
bays  and  inlets,  with  sandy  beach,  recalling  what 
Brighton,  Eastbourne,  or  Bournemouth  may  have 
been  before  the  houses  were  built. 

The  route  to  the  King  River,  Tor  Bay,  and 
Denmark  countries  is  via  Albany.  The  incon- 
venience of  getting  up  at  5  a.m.  to  catch  the 
6.10  a.m.  from  Perth  can  be  avoided  by  leaving 
on  the  previous  day  by  the  5  p.m.  express  for 
Spencer's  Brook,  and  spending  the  night  at  the 
Brookton  Hotel.  The  accommodation  is  simple 
but  comfortable,  the  rooms  are  clean,  the  food 
satisfactory,  and  the  charges  moderate.  A  train 
leaves  Spencer's  Brook  for  Albany  at  9.30  a.m. 

This  line  passes  through  the  great  wheat- 
growing  country,  and  the  scenery  is  hilly  and 
attractive. 

We  arrived  at  Dalebridge  at  11.25  a.m., 
where  I  had  an  opportunity  of  seeing  a  military 
encampment,  and  was  favourably  impressed  with 
the  smart-looking  men  and  officers. 


WESTERN   AUSTRALIA  5 

During  the  day  I  travelled  with  Mr.  Newman 
Hall  (York,  W.A.),  who  has  penetrated  far 
into  the  wilds  of  Australia.  On  one  occasion 
he  was  encamped  at  Lake  Darlot,  where  dingoes 
were  numerous.  Every  night  their  howls 
rendered  darkness  hideous  and  sleep  impossible. 
They  prowled  around  the  camp-fire  and  snatched 
all  food  within  reach.  A  shot  or  shout  would 
scare  them  for  a  time,  but  they  soon  returned, 
their  fierce  eyes  appearing  in  the  distance  like 
balls  of  fire.  At  length  their  boldness  increased, 
and  they  ventured  to  steal  provisions  from  the 
tents.  One  huge  dog  discovered  a  half-empty 
meat-tin,  and,  forcing  in  his  head  greedily  to 
devour  the  meat,  found  it  impossible  to  withdraw 
it.  Every  effort  to  free  himself  failed,  and 
the  more  he  struggled  and  fought  the  firmer  the 
tin  became  fixed.  Pain  and  anger  soon  drove 
him  frantic,  and  he  rushed  blindly  about  the 
clearing,  charging  into  the  baggage  and  tent- 
pegs.  The  din  and  confusion  soon  aroused  the 
campers,  but  the  ridiculous  sight  the  dingo  pre- 
sented prevented  anyone  from  shooting  straight, 
so  they  merely  gave  chase.  The  dingo,  alarmed 
by  human  foes,  rushed  across  the  open  space 
with  the  speed  of  a  fox,  until  he  was  brought 


6  RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

up  by  collision  with  a  huge  tree.  He  soon 
recovered,  however,  and  started  off  in  another 
direction,  burrowing  like  a  rabbit  when  '  he 
encountered  a  steep  bank.  At  such  times  his 
pursuers  overtook  him,  and  he  turned  to  bay, 
biting  fiercely  inside  the  tin  and  then  darting 
off  to  repeat  his  extraordinary  antics.  During 
one  of  these  mad  runs  he  was  mercifully  shot. 
Another  time  Mr.  Hall  had  a  visit  from 
blacks,  who  demanded  food  and  pilfered  every- 
thing they  found.  Their  conduct  in  due  course 
became  unbearable,  and  he  determined  to  put  a 
stop  to  it. 

One  day  he  concealed  himself  and  watched. 
Soon  he  heard  stealthy  footsteps,  and  observed 
several  blacks  creeping  towards  the  tents.  Picking 
up  an  old  rusty  revolver,  which  had  been 
discarded,  he  ran  towards  the  savages  pointing 
the  weapon  at  the  head  of  their  leader.  The 
ruse  utterly  failed.  The  grim-looking  warrior 
merely  laughed,  and,  holding  open  his  two 
hands,  said,  "Give  me  shilling?" 

The  threat  of  instant  death  with  the  cold 
muzzle  at  his  head  did  not  produce  a  tremor, 
but  rather  increased  his  amusement,  and  he 
laughed  until  the  tears  rolled  down  his  cheeks, 


WESTERN   AUSTRALIA  7 

shouting,  "  Me  civilised  black-fellow,  me  been 
in  jail!"  This  black  was  an  ex-convict  who 
had  recently  been  charged  with  spearing  his 

gin- 
About  lunch  -  time  we  arrived  at  Beverley, 
where  meals  are  provided  at  2S.  6d.  per  head. 
Brookton,  which  lies  some  few  miles  further  on, 
has  made  wonderful  progress.  About  three 
years  ago  it  was  all  bush-land,  but  now 
represents  a  flourishing  settlement,  with  good 
hotel,  two  churches,  stores,  and  State  school. 
Northam,  Pingelly,  Cuballing,  and  Narrogin  are 
important  corn  centres. 

Barton  and  Highbury  produce  good  cattle. 
Wagin  is  a  country  town  with  good  hotels, 
public  buildings,  and  stores.  I  left  the  train 
here  to  explore  the  inland  districts,  and  visited 
several  settlements.  The  Honourable  C.  A. 
Piesse  received  me  kindly,  and  allowed  me  to 
examine  his  splendid  estate.  He  is  an  advocate 
of  intensive  culture.  I  walked  over  many  miles  of 
his  land  and  passed  through  eighteen  acres  of  vine- 
yards, four  acres  of  fig-trees,  and  twenty-one 
acres  of  apple  orchard.  The  fruit  I  picked  and 
tasted  was  well-shaped,  sound,  and  of  excellent 
flavour.  He  has  3,000  acres  set  apart  for  mixed 


8  RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

farming,    and    estimated    his    annual    profits    at 
,£800  per  annum. 

There  is  some  good  land  open  for  selection 
about  six  miles  from  Wagin.  In  this  district 
wheat  averages  sixteen  to  twenty-four  bushels 
to  the  acre,  and  oats  twenty  to  thirty. 

Mr.  J.  G.  Taylor,  an  Englishman,  resides  in 
this  neighbourhood,  and  kindly  answered  the 
following  questions:  — 

"  What  do  you  think  of  the  possibilities  of 
this  great  South- Western  country?" 

"  There's  plenty  of  room  here,  and  no  one 
need  complain." 

"  How  long  have  you  been  out  from  England?  " 

"  Twenty-two  years." 

"How  long  on  this  farm  ?" 

"  Sixteen  years." 

14  How  did  you  take  up  your  land?" 

"  On  conditional   purchase." 

"How  much  orchard  land  have  you?" 

'  Ten  acres." 

"  Do  you  make  a  living  out  of  ten  acres?" 

1  Yes,  and  have  brought  up  a  family." 

'  What  do  you  consider  is  your  present 
annual  income?  " 

"  I    get    upwards   of    ,£400   a   year,    and   com- 


WESTERN   AUSTRALIA  9 

menced  without  a  penny.  I  landed  in  the 
Colony  with  305.  The  first  job  I  got  was  on 
the  railway  as  a  navvy.  When  I  had  saved 
up  sufficient  to  pay  my  survey  fee,  I  took  up 
a  homestead  block  and  200  acres  on  conditional 
purchase." 

"  Have  you  any  complaints  to  make  against 
the  Western  Australian  Government?" 

"  None  whatever." 

"  Have  you  experienced  any  droughts  here 
during  your  sixteen  years?" 

"  No,    we   don't   know  what   they   are." 

"Are  you  satisfied  with  the  cost  of  freight?" 

"  No,  I  am  not,  and  that  is  keeping  us  back. 
We  are  well  treated  with  our  fruit,  but  general 
freight  is  unsatisfactory.  I  am  a  free-trader, 
and  consequently  I  resent  this  abominable  tariff, 
but  my  opinions  are  not  held  locally." 

Mr.  Taylor  grows  some  of  the  best  fruit  in 
Australia,  and  is  noted  for  his  honey. 

The  other  interviews  I  had  were  similar  to 
Mr.  Taylor's.  Everybody  seemed  happy, 
contented,  and  prosperous. 

During  my  drive  to  Woodanilling  I  observed 
several  beautiful  bronze-winged  pigeons,  and 
noted  a  picturesque  lake  in  the  neighbourhood. 


io         RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

At  Moojebing  I  was  amused  to  witness  a 
game  of  tennis  in  the  bush.  The  ladies  wore 
white  dresses  and  the  men  flannels.  The  sight 
was  ludicrous.  It  seemed  as  though  fashion- 
able life  had  been  deposited  by  an  airship  to 
dwell  in  the  wilds.  With  the  exception  of  a 
good  court,  there  was  no  sign  of  habitation. 

Katanning  is  one  of  the  most  important 
centres  between  Perth  and  Albany,  and  Mount 
Barker  has  1,066  acres  of  apple  orchards,  and 
exports  1,000  cases  monthly. 

Albany  should  be  a  second  Perth,  but  it  is 
in  reality  a  sleepy,  inactive  place.  Instead  of 
being  one  of  the  great  fruit-exporting  cities  of 
Australasia,  it  contents  itself  writh  the  regular 
revenue  realised  by  tourists  and  the  shipping  of 
the  port.  The  situation  is  delightful,  and  the 
surrounding  country  represents  valuable  agricul- 
tural land  uninhabited  and  neglected. 

Within  thirty  miles  of  Albany  there  are 
100,000  acres  of  land  open  for  selection,  and 
beyond  is  the  rich  Denmark  country,  with  a 
mere  handful  of  people,  and  hundreds  of 
thousands  of  acres  to  be  practically  given  away. 

The  Freemasons'  Hotel  is  the  best  place  to 
stop  at  in  Albany.  Taking  this  city  as  a  centre, 


WESTERN   AUSTRALIA  n 

I  explored  the  country  in  three  different  directions, 
and  visited  the  caves  in  the  neighbourhood, 
which  are  interesting  on  account  of  their  wild 
and  romantic  surroundings.  I  found  it  difficult 
to  procure  a  driver  to  these  caves,  and  did  not 
start  from  Albany  until  10  a.m. 

It  was  a  lovely  day,  with  a  cool  breeze 
blowing  from  the  ocean.  After  proceeding  a 
short  distance  along  the  main  road,  we  turned 
off  to  the  harbour  and  drove  across  the  sands. 
The  tide  was  high,  and  we  often  splashed 
through  the  shallow  water  to  avoid  the  sloping 
beach.  The  opposite  shores  to  Albany  are 
uninhabited,  and  represent  a  hilly  landscape. 
Beyond  the  harbour's  mouth  are  sea-girt  islands, 
where  wildfowl  build  their  nests  and  rabbits 
breed  in  great  numbers.  Wallaby  are  plentiful 
in  the  scrub  above  the  high  -  water  mark, 
especially  in  a  place  called  "  The  Sandpatch," 
and  Mr.  George  Bagg,  who  acted  as  my  guide, 
knows  where  to  find  them.  Wallaby  hunting 
is  rather  uncertain,  because  these  marsupials  are 
nomadic.  One  day  the  country  may  be  scoured 
for  miles  without  success,  and  the  next  day  the 
same  places  will  be  found  alive  with  them. 

When    we    had    driven    some    distance    through 


12          RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

shallow  water  and  had  entered  a  deeper  spot, 
the  horse  suddenly  stood  still  and  refused  to 
move.  Mr.  Bagg  was  forced  therefore  to  wade 
ashore  to  procure  a  "  gad."  This  produced 
a  wonderful  effect  upon  the  horse,  who  dashed 
through  the  water  until  I  became  so  wet  that 
I  had  to  insist  upon  the  pace  being  modified. 

Many  snakes  are  supposed  to  inhabit  these 
swamps,  and  stories  of  encounters  with  them 
have  been  related  by  almost  every  traveller  to 
these  parts.  These  snakes  were  conspicuous 
by  their  absence  during  my  trip,  and  though  I 
collected  skins  elsewhere,  I  failed  even  to  see 
one  here. 

As  we  continued  our  journey  the  tide  rose  so 
high  that  I  expected  we  should  be  obliged  to 
leave  the  trap  and  swim  ashore.  How  we  got 
along  was  a  mystery,  because  the  greater  part  of 
the  way  I  had  my  legs  in  line  with  the  seat  to 
keep  them  out  of  the  water. 

There  are  many  dangerous  bogs  in  the  vicinity 
where  people  and  horses  have  been  lost.  In 
spite  of  danger,  my  driver  gave  a  spice  of 
humour  to  the  trip  by  ridiculous  remarks  to  the 
horse.  These  remarks  were  always  accom- 
panied by  gad-physic,  such  as,  "  I'll  fetch 


WESTERN   AUSTRALIA  13 

you  up,  you  old  rat,  before  I've  finished, 
unless  you  go  bung  on  me  altogether."  When 
a  sounding  smack  fell  upon  the  poor  brute's 
back  he  remarked,  "  Billy,  that  ought  to  fetch 
you  up;  it's  like  a  leech  to  your  blood,  you  old 
rat."  He  would  then  give  me  a  dig  in  the 
ribs  and  a  knowing  wink. 

Convict  labour  is  still  to  be  traced  along  the 
shores  of  the  harbour,  and  the  shrubs  they 
planted  to  keep  back  the  sand-drift  are  in  good 
condition.  Driving  in  view  of  this  work  I  had 
to  cling  to  my  seat  to  prevent  myself  from 
falling  out  of  the  trap,  and,  when  these  bumps 
and  jerks  were  over,  we  arrived  at  a  broad 
stretch  of  dangerous-looking  water. 

"  We'll  never  get  him  through  this,"  I  ven- 
tured to  suggest. 

"  Oh,  yes,  we  will,"  replied  Bagg,  "  it's  only 
up  to  our  knees." 

I  entered  this  forbidding  water  with  many 
misgivings,  and  we  had  not  proceeded  far  before 
the  horse  began  to  sink.  My  driver  now 
became  desperate,  and,  looking  nervously  around 
him,  began  to  divest  himself  of  his  clothes,  and 
in  a  semi  -  nude  condition  made  a  murderous 
attack  upon  the  horse.  The  water  flew  in  all 


14         RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

directions  with  the  language,  and  I  began  to 
feel  every  minute  the  conveyance  would  collapse 
and  that  my  notes  and  photographs  would  be 
ruined.  Suddenly  the  horse  made  a  bolt  for 
land,  upsetting  Bagg  by  this  unexpected  action, 
and  as  I  had  no  means  of  checking  him,  I 
stood  in  readiness  to  jump  into  the  water.  He 
pulled  up,  however,  after  a  few  yards,  and  in  a 
short  time  we  were  out  of  our  difficulties. 

On  the  mud-flats  we  flushed  wild  duck,  snipe, 
and  many  aquatic  birds,  and  the  whole  trip  was 
exciting,  but  no  tourist  should  attempt  it 
without  a  good  local  guide. 

The  pedestrian  is  directed  to  the  caves  by  a 
signboard.  The  path  leading  to  them  is  the 
home  of  the  wattle-bird,  bandicoot,  wild  turkey, 
emu,  and  dingo. 

A  view  of  the  sea.  is  obtained  along  the  route, 
and  the  cliffs  and  headlands  are  bold  and 
rugged,  not  unlike  parts  of  North  Devon.  The 
caves  are  situated  in  a  grand  bay,  where  the 
ocean  waves  dash  with  fury  upon  the  beach. 
No  habitation  is  to  be  seen,  though  the  sur- 
rounding hills  would  furnish  an  ideal  site  for  a 
gentleman's  seaside  home.  Here  is  Nature  as 
the  Great  Hand  fashioned  it,  and  the  air  is 


WESTERN   AUSTRALIA  15 

pure  and  invigorating.  Sleepy  Albany,  how- 
ever, is  dead  to  such  sentimental  appeal,  and  no 
one  has  had  sufficient  enterprise  to  build  an 
hotel  or  even  a  house.  Eclipse  Island  is  a  mile 
from  the  mainland,  and  is  a  good  place  for 
seals  and  groper.  Groper  is  a  large  fish  often 
weighing  icwt.,  and  it  is  found  all  along  this 
coast. 

After  lunch,  we  commenced  to  climb  over  the 
huge  boulders  of  granite  in  the  direction  of  the 
sea.  The  entrance  to  the  caves  is  intricate,  and 
barely  wide  enough  to  admit  a  big  man.  The 
sides  sheer  downwards  perpendicularly,  and, 
close  by,  there  is  a  deep  hole  where,  without  a 
light,  one  might  stumble  with  fatal  results. 

Mr.  J.  E.  Angove,  the  Government  Land 
Inspector,  is  a  good  athlete,  and  it  is  to  him 
that  I  owe  my  safe  conduct  through  these  weird 
caverns.  It  would  be  monotonous  to  describe 
the  many  adventures  I  had.  Once  my  guide 
failed  to  drag  me  through  a  narrow  passage, 
and  though  I  crawled  on  hands  and  knees,  I 
had  a  narrow  escape  of  being  fixed  in  the  rock. 
Squirming  backwards,  with  many  grotesque 
movements,  I  finally  released  myself,  and 
emerged  into  daylight  with  torn  clothes,  cuts, 


16         RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

and  bruises.  We  used  four  candles  during  our 
explorations,  but  some  of  the  chambers  were  so 
spacious  that  very  little  could  be  seen.  I 
occupied  my  time  chiefly  in  searching  for 
marsupial  bones,  which  are  fairly  plentiful  in  all 
Australian  caves.  In  the  afternoon  I  visited  the 
Devil's  Cauldron,  the  Natural  Boat,  and  the 
Natural  Bridge. 

The  Cauldron  is  an  open  space  in  the  pro- 
jecting rocks  with  precipitous  sides,  which  are 
of  considerable  height.  The  waves  dash  into 
this  space  with  great  force,  so  that  the  water 
appears  to  foam  and  boil. 

The  Natural  Bridge  represents  a  mass  of 
granite  hollowed  out  by  the  action  of  the  waves, 
and  the  Natural  Boat  is  a  mass  of  stone  about 
the  size  and  shape  of  an  ordinary  lifeboat. 

The  Blow  Hole  is  three  miles  distant,  and 
resembles  similar  places  of  this  name  elsewhere 
in  Tasmania,  New  Zealand,  &c. 

Our  return  to  Albany  can  only  be  described 
as  hard  work.  My  driver  suggested  it  was  like 
a  man  working  his  passage  to  England,  and 
once  he  shouted,  "  Old  rat,  stop  putting  your 
feet  down  in  the  same  place." 

Mr.   W.   Bede  Christie,   the  Government  Land 


WESTERN   AUSTRALIA  17 

Agent  of  Albany,  was  exceedingly  kind  to  me 
during  my  residence  in  his  district.  On  another 
occasion  I  explored  the  country  in  the  direction 
of  Tor  Bay.  The  road  was  good  near  the  city, 
but  further  on  it  was  very  bad.  In  some 
instances  huge  trees  had  fallen  across  the  path, 
and  it  was  only  with  considerable  difficulty  we 
managed  to  avoid  them.  1  discovered  some 
good  vacant  land  about  six  miles  from  Albany, 
and  then  drove  on  through  many  miles  of  rich 
uncultivated  flats.  A  fine  range  of  hills  extends 
to  the  coast  resembling  the  Downs  of  Sussex. 
Mr.  E.  Barnett,  who  has  a  small  holding  in 
the  Tor  Bay  district,  said:  "A  man  with  a 
capital  of  ^1,000  or  less  would  do  well.  He 
will  be  perfectly  safe,  and  prove  a  benefit  to 
himself  and  the  country." 

I  walked  over  four  acres  of  Mr.  Barnett's 
cultivations,  and  found  the  fruit  and  vegetables 
perfectly  free  from  disease  and  of  good  quality. 

Grassmere  Lake  is  an  attractive  spot  a  few 
miles  beyond,  and  surrounded  by  uninhabited 
hills.  Sportsmen  come  here  to  shoot  wild  duck, 
which  are  plentiful  in  the  reed-beds.  The  water 
is  used  for  stock,  and  some  thousands  of  acres 
in  this  neighbourhood  are  open  for  selection. 

c 


1 8         RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

I  observed  some  of  the  cattle  here  fed  entirely 
upon  the  native  grasses,  and  were  in  excellent 
condition.  The  wonderful  flower  known  as  the 
bottle-washer  is  a  feature  of  this  locality. 

Driving  on,  I  examined  the  Crown  Lands  on 
the  border  of  the  Denmark  country,  and  found 
the  soil  admirably  adapted  for  fruit  and  root 
crops.  The  timber  was  light,  and  a  strong 
man  could  easily  chop  down  an  acre  daily. 
Farming,  however,  has  hardly  commenced  at 
present.  Mrs.  W.  Reilly,  who  owns  a  small 
farm,  told  me  she  was  well  satisfied  with  every- 
thing, and  that  her  crops  were  doing  well. 

"What  is  the  climate  like?"  I  asked  her. 

"  Oh,  beautiful,  that's  the  reason  why  we  like 
to  live  here.  The  temperature  is  never  over 
godeg.,  and  we  have  no  severe  frost." 

"  Have  you  been  successful  with  poultry  and 
artificial  grasses?" 

"  Yes,  poultry  and  all  imported  grasses  do 
well." 

Some  miles  further  I  interviewed  Mr.  T. 
Knapp,  who  is  a  splendid  type  of  a  working 
farmer. 

"  How  much  do  you  estimate  you  cleared  last 
year  from  your  orchard?" 


WESTERN   AUSTRALIA  19 

"  Seventy-five  pounds  clear." 

"How   much  orchard-land  have  you?" 

"Five  acres;  but  my  trees  are  only  two  to 
four  years  old." 

"  What  other  revenue  did  you  realise  last 
year?" 

"  I  cleared  £60  from  butter,  ^25  from  eggs 
and  pork,  ^75  from  potatoes  (four  acres),  and 
,£50  from  cattle." 

"Do  you  employ  much  labour?" 

"  No,  with  the  assistance  of  my  wife  I  practi- 
cally do  all  my  own  work," 

"  How  much    land  have  you?  " 

"  I  have  610  acres  on  conditional  purchase, 
and  1,000  acres  on  lease,  for  which  I  pay 
£i  per  1,000  acres  annually." 

"  Are  you  perfectly  satisfied  with  the  treat- 
ment you  receive  from  this  Government?" 

"  Yes,  but  I  think  the  freight  should  be 
reduced." 

'What  apples  do  you  find  pay  well?" 

"  Rookwoods,  Dunseedling,  Cleopatra,  Rome 
Beauty,  &c.  We  have  absolutely  no  disease  or 
pest." 

"  Do  you  think  a  man  with  ,£500  capital 
would  succeed  here?" 


20         RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

"  Yes,  I  think  that  would  give  him  a  fair 
start,  but  he  would  need  local  experience." 

"How  could  this  be  obtained?" 

"If  a  practical  man  of  this  description  was 
anxious  to  learn  and  willing  to  work,  I  would 
instruct  him  and  provide  board  and  lodging 
free,  and  other  farmers  like  myself  would  do  the 
same." 

"  Is  there  any  land  about  here  suitable  for 
fruit-growing?  " 

"  Yes,  there  are  small  patches  of  vacant  land 
in  all  directions  containing  twenty-five  to  fifty 
acres,  but  I  should  advise  new  settlers  to  go  to 
the  Denmark  country." 

"  Are  you  satisfied  and  contented  on  your 
farm,  Mr.  Knapp?  " 

"  Perfectly  satisfied.  I  find  a  good  market 
for  all  I  can  grow,  and  everything  I've  tried 
has  done  well.  There  is  no  frost  to  speak  of, 
and  the  climate  suits.  We  have  a  heavy  rain- 
fall during  the  winter.  Our  average  is  about 
3oin." 

"  What  did  it  cost  you  to  build  your  com- 
fortable house?  " 

"About   ;£ioo." 

I  had  the  pleasure  of  being  the  guest  of  Mr. 


WESTERN   AUSTRALIA  21 

and  Mrs.  Knapp,  and  during  a  conversation 
they  informed  me  they  both  had  parents  living 
who  were  over  eighty-four  years  of  age. 

The  Denmark  country  now  has  a  million  acres 
open  for  selection.  Some  large  rivers  flow 
through  this  land,  which  include  the  Rivers 
Hay,  Kent,  Frankland,  Deep,  &c.,  &c.  These 
rivers  contain  good  drinking  water.  The  forest 
abounds  in  game :  tamma,  kangaroos,  emu, 
wallaby,  wild-duck,  pigeon,  and  squeaker  are 
plentiful.  The  soil  is  suitable  for  fruit,  root 
crops,  and  intensive  culture.  The  population  of 
this  immense  district  is  at  the  present  time  only 
300.  There  is  a  post-office,  and  a  public  school 
is  in  course  of  erection. 

Another  trip  I  took  was  to  the  King  River. 
I  left  the  Freemasons'  Hotel  at  9.30  a.m.,  and 
proceeded  along  the  Perth  Road.  I  arrived  at 
the  King  River  Tea  Gardens  at  10.20  a.m. 
The  banks  of  the  river  are  thickly  lined  with 
trees,  and  a  few  rough  boats  can  be  hired  at 
is.  per  hour.  The  river  winds  and  twists  itself 
into  graceful  curves  and  bends,  and  a  few 
islands  appear  here  and  there.  This  is  an 
attractive  place  for  a  day's  outing.  Mr.  Newman 
has  a  well-managed  property  near  the  small 


22         RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

Agricultural  Hall,  and  a  visit  to  his  farm  gives 
a  good  idea  of  what  can  be  raised  successfully 
in  this  district.  I  found  his  fifty  acres  pro- 
ducing splendid  crops,  and  had  the  following 
interview  with  Mr.  D.  Moss:  — 

"  How  much  land  have  you  under  cultivation  ?  " 

"  Fifty  acres." 

"  What  is  the  average  potato  crop  in  the 
King  River?  " 

"Six  to  seven  tons  to  the  acre." 

"What  crops  do  you  cultivate?" 

"  Potatoes  and  apples  chiefly,  but  all  fruit 
and  vegetables  do  well." 

"  What  capital  do  you  consider  a  man  would 
need  here?  " 

"  He  could  not  start  comfortably  without  ^400." 

A  few  miles  farther  on  I  entered  the  virgin 
forest,  and  found  the  soil  exactly  the  same  as 
that  on  Mr.  Newman's  land.  The  few  scattered 
settlements  along  the  road  were  doing  well,  and 
the  settlers  gladly  answered  all  my  questions. 

Mr.  P.  Brown,  who  cultivates  a  small  vege- 
table patch  and  keeps  a  few  bees,  informed  me 
that  his  income  last  year  was  ^150. 

Mr.  Geake  lives  on  the  border  of  the  forest, 
and  does  all  his  own  work.  He  is  fifty  years 


OX     HORSEBACK     THROUGH     THE     BUSH. 


WESTERN   AUSTRALIA  23 

of  age,  and  his  only  companion  is  a  faithful 
dog.  We  had  the  following  interview:  — 

"  Are  you  satisfied  with  your  home  in  the 
wilds,  Mr.  Geake?" 

"  So  far  I  am  very  well  satisfied,  but  I  have 
only  had  this  land  for  seven  months." 

"  Do  you  recommend  men  to  take  up  land  in 
the  King  River  country?" 

"  I  think  they  might  do  worse.  If  a  man 
is  willing  to  work  he  will  never  regret  taking 
up  land  here." 

"  You  have  not,  of  course,  sold  anything  off 
your  land  at  present?" 

"  Only  about  5cwt.  of  potatoes,  but  there  is  a 
good  deal  of  stuff  ready  for  market.  I  bought 
this  clearing  with  a  few  fruit-trees  upon  it,  and 
have  since  added  sufficient  to  make  me  inde- 
pendent in  a  few  years." 

I  explored  thirty-six  miles  of  the  King  River 
country,  and  found  it  practically  uninhabited. 
The  travelling  was  rough,  but  there  was  no 
place  where  a  man  could  not  ride  on  horseback. 
Denmark,  Tor  Bay,  and  the  King  River  coun- 
tries represent  an  area  sufficient  to  support  half 
a  million  people  in  comfort  and  contentment, 
and  yet  the  people  have  not  commenced  to 


24         RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

arrive.  The  opportunities  are  now,  and  later 
on  men  who  have  taken  up  land  will  be  wealthy 
and  independent.  No  Government  literature  will 
convey  an  idea  of  the  country  from  an  English- 
man's standpoint,  nor  can  an  agent  give  advice 
unless  his  travels  have  qualified  him  with  com- 
parative knowledge.  I  know  of  no  part  of  the 
world  where  a  lover  of  country  life  could  find 
more  contentment,  healthier  surroundings,  or 
wider  scope  for  enterprise  and  success.  He 
must,  however,  be  a  true  man,  fearless,  deter- 
mined, strong,  and  healthy.  A  person  suffering 
from  catarrh  will  obtain  immediate  relief  in 
Australia,  and  in  a  few  months  be  entirely 
cured.  The  out-of-door  life  will  build  up  the 
constitutions  of  young  men  who  require  pure 
air  and  exercise. 


II. 


THE    MARGARET    RIVER,    WESTERN 
AUSTRALIA. 

MR.  LE  SOEUF,  the  Director  of  the  Perth  Zoo, 
accompanied  me  to  the  Margaret  River.  This 
district  is  reached  via  Busselton,  and  a  train 
leaves  Perth  at  9.5  a.m.  The  railway  accommo- 
dation is  very  good,  and  corridor  carriages  are 
provided. 

After  leaving  Perth  the  route  is  through  some 
very  poor  country,  which  does  not  convey  any 
idea  of  the  rich  fertile  land  of  the  great  South- 
West.  Large  flocks  of  swans  and  pelicans  are 
to  be  seen  swimming  on  the  Swan  River,  and 
some  good  gardens  along  the  river  banks. 
These  gardens  belong  to  Chinamen,  who  almost 
entirely  represent  this  industry.  They  raise  a 
considerable  revenue  from  their  crops,  and  Mr. 
Le  Soeiif  purchases  £70  worth  annually  for  the 
Zoo.  Further  away  from  the  river  the  soil  is 


26         RAMBLES   AND    ADVENTURES 

sandy,  but  as  the  journey  is  continued  the  train 
passes  through  some  agricultural  land  worthy  of 
attention.  The  Darling  Ranges  border  this 
land,  and  small  townships  are  dotted  here  and 
there  along  the  line.  Maddington  five  years 
ago  was  nothing  but  bush,  but  now  it  has 
become  famous  for  its  delicious  pears. 

The  mountain  scenery  is  grand,  and  yet  there 
is  no  residential  township  corresponding  to 
Mount  Lofty  in  South  Australia.  Perth's 
proximity  to  these  romantic  glens,  ravines,  and 
valleys  would  suggest  the  establishment  of  a 
mountain  tourist  resort  and  country  homes  for 
business  men.  The  mountains  are  within 
driving  distance  of  the  city,  and  special  morning 
and  evening  trains  would  open  up  this  attractive 
neighbourhood.  The  highest  elevation  is  about 
1,400  feet  above  the  sea-level,  and  good  sport  is 
to  be  had  here.  During  the  winter  numerous 
cascades  and  water-falls  add  to  the  beauty  of 
the  place,  and  in  the  spring  the  fields  and 
woods  are  carpeted  with  exquisite  flowers.  Mrs. 
E.  Rowan  chose  this  locality  to  paint  her 
famous  pictures. 

The  flora  alone  render  the  journey  interesting 
to  the  tourist.  The  drum-head  black-boy  is  an 


ON   THE    ROAD    TO    THE    MARGARET    RIVER. 


WESTERN   AUSTRALIA  27 

extraordinary  tree,  which  belongs  to  the  coal 
period,  and  is  common  everywhere.  In  appear- 
ance it  resembles  the  head-gear  of  a  savage, 
and  takes  many  years  to  attain  its  full  growth. 
Its  green  top  provides  cattle  with  nourishing 
food,  and  by  cutting  well  down  with  an  axe 
into  the  tender  shoots  a  palatable  growth  is 
reached,  which  is  wholesome  for  human  con- 
sumption. The  blossoms  of  the  white  gum 
supply  bees  with  honey,  and  during  the  season 
hives  are  moved  from  place  to  place  where  these 
trees  are  plentiful.  The  famous  Christmas-tree, 
which  is  the  true  mistletoe,  represents  a  golden 
mass  of  blossom.  These  trees  would  be  valuable 
for  ornamental  purposes,  but  no  one  so  far  has 
been  able  to  transplant  them.  The  other  trees 
abundant  on  the  route  to  the  Margaret  River 
are  the  common  black-boy,  she-oak,  banksia, 
&c.  When  the  black-boy  grows  with  many 
heads  it  is  a  sure  indication  of  good  land. 

The  journey  as  far  as  Pinjarra  is  somewhat 
monotonous,  but  compares  favourably  with 
Ontario  and  other  countries  in  their  undeveloped 
state.  Fruit-trees  grow  here  to  a  considerable 
height,  and  some  families  support  themselves 
entirely  by  their  orange-groves. 


28         RAMBLES   AND    ADVENTURES 

Mr.  Richardson,  who  is  a  fair  authority  upon 
agricultural  interests  in  Western  Australia,  re- 
marked to  me :  "I  have  been  in  this  country 
for  twenty  years,  and  have  more  faith  than  ever 
in  its  future.  Tracts  of  country  once  believed 
to  be  useless  are  now  producing  wonderful  crops 
of  wheat,  fruit,  and  grass." 

There  are  no  rabbits  in  Western  Australia 
except  upon  the  islands  off  the  coast,  and, 
so  far,  insect  pests  have  not  attacked  the 
fruit. 

At  Pinjarra  Station  a  substantial  meal  is  pro- 
vided in  the  refreshment-room,  and  ample  time 
is  allowed  to  passengers  to  partake  of  it. 
Settlement  is  taking  place  rapidly  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  Brunswick  Junction,  and  I  was 
interested  to  notice  two  aspects  of  the  country 
along  the  line.  On  one  side  was  the  virgin 
forest,  and  sometimes  on  the  other  flourishing 
homesteads.  At  Picton  Junction  inquiries  must 
be  made  for  the  through  train  to  Busselton.  I 
observed  there  were  good  roads  all  over  the 
settled  lands  and  where  there  was  no  railway 
driving  was  easy  and  enjoyable.  In  this 
respect  the  States  of  Australia  are  far  superior 
to  U.S.A.  or  Canada. 


WESTERN   AUSTRALIA  29 

The  Black  River  district,  with  Elgin,  Capel, 
&c.,  represented  prosperous  communities. 

We  arrived  at  Busselton  at  5  p.m.  This  is  a 
seaside  town  quite  equal  to  Littlehampton.  It 
has  a  good  promenade,  which  extends  for  over 
a  mile  into  the  sea,  and  comfortable  hotels, 
where  the  emigrant  or  tourist  will  feel  quite  at 
home.  The  sport  consists  of  good  quail  and 
duck-shooting,  and  plenty  of  deep-water  fishing. 
There  are  athletic  clubs  and  golf  links. 

The  following  morning  we  left  Busselton  at 
9.30  in  a  motor-car  for  Yallingup  Caves,  twenty 
miles  distant.  This  is  a  long  roundabout  way 
to  the  Margaret  River,  and  should  be  avoided, 
except  by  the  tourist.  The  road  is  good,  and 
passes  through  a  fine  natural  avenue  of  pepper- 
mint-trees. The  wild-cherry  is  fairly  plentiful, 
and  has  particular  interest  to  the  botanist, 
because  its  fruit  grows  with  the  stone  outside. 
We  passed  several  bulls  in  the  bush,  who  re- 
garded us  with  fierce  indignation,  but  did  not 
care  to  tackle  a  motor. 

Proceeding  across  a  creek  famous  for  wild- 
duck,  we  obtained  a  view  of  the  sea.  This 
creek  is  navigable,  and  follows  the  road  for 
several  miles.  The  scenery  improved  as  we 


30         RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

advanced.  Densely-wooded  hills  appeared  in 
the  distance,  and  soon  we  entered  a  thick  forest. 
I  observed  here  the  spear-wood  tree  used  by  the 
blacks,  and  the  native  pear  hanging  in  tempt- 
ing clusters.  We  passed  several  pioneer  dwell- 
ings built  entirely  of  bark  with  cross-pieces  of 
hard  wood.  The  Government  has  thoughtfully 
provided  public  shelters  along  this  road  for  the 
free  use  of  the  traveller. 

We  reached  Yallingup  about  11  a.m.  There 
is  a  fair  hotel  here,  and  the  accommodation  is 
satisfactory.  It  is,  however,  wise  to  notify  the 
proprietor  beforehand  if  a  large  party  intends  a 
visit.  Mr.  Dawson,  the  Government  guide,  is 
a  well-informed  man,  and  has  the  happy  knack 
of  making  a  visit  to  the  Yallingup  Caves  very 
enjoyable.  These  caves  were  discovered  by  him 
on  the  nth  October,  1900,  so  they  are  practi- 
cally unknown  to  the  world. 

Dawson  was  roaming  through  the  forest  in 
search  of  a  runaway  horse,  when  he  narrowly 
escaped  falling  into  the  Amphitheatre  of  the 
Foot  Cave.  The  entrance  to  this  cave  has  now 
been  made  safe  and  easy  by  the  erection  of  a 
massive  stairway,  and  ladies  can  undertake  the 
trip  without  much  fatigue  or  inconvenience. 


WESTERN   AUSTRALIA  31 

The  chief  attraction  of  the  Foot  Cave  is  the 
chamber  called  the  Amphitheatre.  Here  are  to 
be  seen  a  splendid  collection  of  stalactites  and 
stalagmites.  The  latter  are  formed  into  huge 
massive  columns,  and  the  former  assume  every 
variety  of  fantastic  shape.  Some  recall  historical 
characters,  such  as  the  Madonna  and  Child, 
Mary  Magdalene,  a  statue  of  Memnon,  and 
figures  of  a  Buddhist  priest,  &c.  Elsewhere  can 
be  seen  the  most  delicate  drapery  of  gauze, 
or  bulging  forth  in  disordered  confusion  cauli- 
flowers and  other  vegetables. 

The  Amphitheatre  is  fifty  feet  high,  seventy- 
five  feet  long,  and  seventy-three  feet  broad,  and 
to  those  possessed  of  comparative  knowledge 
fully  repays  the  journey  from  Perth.  We 
walked  a  mile  through  the  Foot  Cave,  and 
found  it  very  interesting.  We  left  Yallingup 
at  2.50  p.m.  in  a  two-horsed  vehicle  to  drive  to 
Burnside,  and  soon  after  our  departure  found 
ourselves  in  a  splendid  uninhabited  country 
open  for  selection.  The  forest  trees  were  lofty 
and  grand,  and  vegetation  flourished  to  per- 
fection in  the  rich  soil.  In  some  places  the 
timber  would  have  brought  a  fortune  if  it  could 
have  been  exported.  The  tuart-tree,  black-butt, 


32          RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

white  karri,  banksia,  jarrah,  red  -  gum, 
wandoo,  &c.,  were  freely  distributed.  The 
black  cockatoo  and  parrakeets,  especially  the 
bird  known  as  "28,"  or  the  yellow-collared 
parrakeet,  were  very  plentiful.  Australian 
robins  and  richly-plumaged  finches  sang  in  the 
woods,  and  the  voice  of  the  carrion  crow  and 
leaden  crow-shrike  added  an  accompaniment  to 
their  music.  The  dingo  and  kangaroo  find  a 
safe  refuge  here,  and  the  driver  told  me  they 
sometimes  approached  close  to  the  road,  as 
though  prompted  by  curiosity  to  examine  him. 
Snakes  are  very  scarce  all  through  this  country, 
but  reptiles  of  the  lizard  variety  are  numerous. 
The  so-called  magpie,  which  is  such  a  delightful 
companion  in  the  Australian  forest,  was  con- 
spicuous everywhere,  and  the  coo  of  the  bronze- 
winged  pigeon  floated  towards  us  with  the  rustle 
and  strange  whisperings  of  the  tree-tops.  Some- 
times we  could  pick  out  the  graceful  form  of 
the  wallaby,  or  the  swiftly-retreating  emu  as  she 
led  her  half-grown  young  to  a  place  of  safety. 
Butterflies  and  gorgeous  flowers  gave  a  perfect 
tone  to  the  beautiful  forest  scenery. 

We  arrived  at  Burnside  just  before  dusk,   and 
were    welcomed    by    Mrs.    Brockman,    who    had 


THE    FOREST   TREES    ARE    LOFTY    AND    GRAXD. 


WESTERN   AUSTRALIA  33 

kindly  prepared  a  comfortable  m'eal  for  us.  Some 
of  the  settlers  called  to  see  me,  and  I  had  the 
following  interview  with  one  of  the  most  reliable  :  — 
"  Would  you  kindly  tell  me  your  first  experi- 
ences in  the  Margaret  River  district?'' 

"  I  took  up  land  here  without  any  money 
about  three  years  ago.  I  have  now  a  nice 
home,  horses,  cattle,  pigs,  &c.,  and  forty  acres 
ready  for  the  plough.  My  present  debts 
represent  ,£300,  and  my  property  is  worth 
,£  1,000.  I  estimate  my  annual  income  at  ^200, 
but  when  I  have  sheep  and  more  cattle  I  shall 
have  no  difficulty  in  making  ^400  per  annum." 
"  What  steps  did  you  take  to  obtain  this 
property?  " 

"  First  I  took  up  160  acres  homestead,  and 
when  I  had  earned  a  few  pounds  locally  I 
obtained  additional  land  on  conditional  purchase, 
viz.,  IQS.  per  acre,  spread  over  a  period  of 
twenty-one  years." 

'  What  sort  of  treatment  have  you  received 
from  the  Government?" 

"  I  think  the  treatment  has  been  very  good. 
When  I  have  had  difficulty  in  carrying  out 
their  requirements  I  have  always  met  with  just 
consideration." 

D 


34          RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

"  How  about  a  market  for  your  produce  and 
meat?" 

"Very  good;  I  have  no  difficulty  in  selling 
all  I  can  grow." 

"  What  do  you  consider  the  best  crops  to  be 
raised  in  this  locality?" 

"  Potatoes,  root  crops,  fruit,  maize,  and 
grasses  do  well." 

"  Have  you  ever  experienced  or  heard  of  a 
drought  in  this  district?" 

"  No,  we  always  have  plenty  of  rain  and  to 
spare." 

"Is  it  true  that  a  man  can  provide  himself 
with  fresh  meat  here  if  he  can  handle  a  gun?" 

"Yes;  this  is  true.  There  are  thousands  of 
wallaby  all  along  the  coast  from  Cape  Naturalist 
to  Cape  Leeuwin,  and  in  the  sea  plenty  of  fish." 

' '  How   far   are   you   away   from   the   sea  ?  ' ' 

"  My   homestead   is   two-and-a-half   miles." 

"  How  much  land  is  there  vacant  in  your 
neighbourhood?  " 

"  There  are  several  hundreds  of  thousands  of 
acres." 

"  Is  the  cost  of  freight  on  produce  high  ?  " 

"  I  think  it  is  too  high  at  present,  but  I  sup- 
pose they  will  rectify  this  as  time  goes  on." 


WESTERN   AUSTRALIA  35 

"  How  did  you  manage  to  obtain  your 
ploughs  and  farm  implements?" 

"  The  Agricultural  Bank  at  Perth,  which  is 
a  Government  institution,  furnished  me  with 
cash  at  5  per  cent." 

"  How  did  you  start  to  work  your  land?  " 

"  I  ring-barked  the  timber  to  bring  water  to 
the  surface.  The  bank  values  this  at  2s.  6d. 
per  acre,  and  I  easily  earned  8s.  per  day." 

"  Do  you  wish  me  to  understand  that  you 
are  paid  for  clearing  your  own  land  for  occupa- 
tion ?" 

"  Yes.  Suppose  you  have  100  acres  of  land, 
and  you  wish  an  advance,  they  will  have  it 
inspected,  and  their  agent  will  say,  '  Yes,  it  is 
worth  the  money  to  do  this  work,'  or  you  can 
get  some  reliable  person  to  certify  for  you,  and 
you  receive  the  money  you  apply  for  without 
deductions  when  you  sign  over  a  mortgage  on 
your  property.  Then  you  inform  them  you 
wish  to  have  some  ploughing  inspected,  and 
they  will  advance  whatever  sum  the  work  is 
worth." 

"  What  would  be  your  advice  to  intending 
emigrants  with  reference  to  personal  effects, 
furniture,  &c.,  brought  from  the  Old  Country?" 


36          RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

"  Leave  your  stuff  at  home  and  bring  money. 
Make  shift  with  your  own  manufacture  until 
you  can  afford  to  furnish  properly.  Plenty  of 
timber  abounds  everywhere." 

"What  is  your  yield  per  acre  for  potatoes?" 

"  I  have  had  ten  tons,  but  seven  to  ten  is  a 
fair  average." 

"What  was  your  harvest  this   year   (1908)?" 

"  This  year  I  had  fifteen  tons.  I  could  have 
grown  more,  but  our  chief  trouble  here  is  want 
of  labour." 

"What  wages  do  you   pay?" 

"  We  pay  8s.  per  day  even  for  unskilled 
labour." 

Next  morning  I  visited  Cowaramup  Bay. 
This  romantic  seaside  land  is  reached  via 
Ellensbrook,  and  should  not  be  omitted  by  the 
tourist.  The  journey  is  best  taken  on  horse- 
back through  the  bush  and  along  the  wild 
uninhabited  coast.  This  beautiful  bay  has  a 
fine  sandy  beach,  and  would  make  an  ideal 
home.  Huge  rocks  jut  out  into  the  sea  and 
afford  good  fishing  ground.  A  cool,  clear 
stream  of  fresh  water  flows  through  a  creek 
and  empties  itself  upon  the  beach.  Wild  and 
tame  cattle  come  here  to  drink,  and  the  solitude 


WESTERN   AUSTRALIA  37 

has  rendered  it  popular  for  game  and  wildfowl. 
During  the  day  we  shot  many  edible  birds  and 
other  game.  We  had  an  exciting  bungarra 
hunt,  and  though  we  "  treed  "  it,  it  finally  escaped 
by  springing  to  the  ground  and  entering  im- 
penetrable scrub.  This  creature  is  like  a  huge 
lizard,  and  should  not  be  interfered  with  by 
the  novice. 

Cowaramup  Bay  is  entirely  uninhabited,  and 
contains  good  soil  for  root  crops  near  the  fresh 
water,  and  the  higher  land  is  suitable  for 
poultry  and  stock.  I  believe  there  are  some 
reserve  conditions  existing,  but  these  could  be 
removed  in  the  event  of  a  person  wishing  to 
take  up  a  homestead.  Sheep  farming  would 
be  unwise  at  present  on  account  of  the  dingoes 
which  dwell  in  the  caves  here.  Tamma  abound 
everywhere,  and  the  dingoes  have  a  cunning 
way  of  hunting  them.  One  dingo  acts  as  a 
sort  of  leader,  and  entering  the  thick  scrub, 
dashes  through  it  with  fierce  howls,  while  the 
rest  occupy  different  positions  outside.  When 
the  quarry  breaks  cover  it  is  immediately  seized 
and  devoured. 

The  swamps  and  plains  of  Cowaramup  Bay 
are  frequented  by  rare  birds.  I  managed  to 


38          RAMBLES    AND   ADVENTURES 

stalk  down  and  wing  the  dark  reef -heron, 
which  has  never  been  secured  for  any  zoological 
collection.  I  presented  this  bird  to  the  Zoo- 
logical Society  of  London,  but  it  died  on  the 
road  within  a  week  of  its  capture.  This  heron 
was  about  the  size  of  a  domestic  fowl,  and  I 
discovered  it  feeding  upon  small  fish  in  the 
pools  among  the  rocks.  Creeping  upon  hands 
and  knees,  and  hiding  in  the  long  grass,  I 
watched  it  for  some  time  unobserved,  and  when 
it  took  to  flight  I  managed  to  pinion  the  right 
wing.  A  young  black  fellow  then  came  on 
the  scene  and  helped  me  to  chase  it  down.  It 
was  very  savage  when  caught,  and  gave  us 
some  nasty  pecks  with  its  long,  sharp-pointed 
beak. 

Our  return  journey  was  marred  by  the  loss  of 
our  dog,  who  picked  up  some  dingo-poison. 
The  effect  of  this  terrible  drug  was  painful  to 
witness.  At  first  his  legs  seemed  to  act  as 
though  they  were  entangled  in  a  net,  and 
after  a  few  erratic  struggles  he  fell  panting  to 
the  ground. 

Mr.  Le  Soeiif  immediately  ran  to  the  dog's 
assistance,  having  furnished  himself  with  a  plug 
of  tobacco  and  the  driving-whip,  and  with  the 


WESTERN   AUSTRALIA  39 

latter  he  forced  some  of  the  tobacco  down  the 
poor  creature's  throat.  His  limbs  had  already 
commenced  to  stiffen,  but  the  tobacco  produced 
wonderful  results,  and  in  a  few  minutes  he  was 
on  his  feet  running  about  as  though  nothing 
had  happened.  The  poison  was  strychnine,  and 
the  exercise  proved  fatal,  for  soon  the  dog  was 
seized  with  another  attack  of  convulsions  and 
we  were  obliged  to  leave  him  to  his  fate. 

Along  our  homeward  path  were  many  evi- 
dences of  the  dingo,  and  as  the  sun  began 
to  set  the  lonely  woods  were  awakened  by  their 
howls.  A  few  days  previous  to  my  arrival  a 
huge  dingo  attacked  the  sheep  at  Ellensbrook, 
and  stood  his  ground  when  Miss  Bussell  en- 
deavoured to  frighten  him  away. 

She  shouted  and  waved  around  her  a  long 
riding-whip,  but  the  brute,  instead  of  showing 
fear,  approached  with  fangs  displayed  and  the 
hair  bristling  about  its  head  and  neck  as 
though  prepared  for  a  fight.  Assistance  arrived, 
however,  and  a  rifle  shot  removed  the  danger. 

The  wild,  romantic  coast-line  which  extends 
along  the  Margaret  River  district  provides 
charming  views  which  recall  familiar  watering- 
places  at  home.  The  Margaret  River  Caves 


40          RAMBLES    AND   ADVENTURES 

are  very  wonderful  and  situated  twelve  miles 
from  Burnside.  Mrs.  Brockman  drives  tourists 
there  at  a  reasonable  charge. 

The  cave  road  passes  through  some  splendid 
forest-land  where  there  are  only  three  small 
clearings.  One  of  these  belongs  to  some  half- 
caste  blacks.  Mrs.  Brockman's  farm  extends 
practically  to  the  Margaret  River,  which  is 
crossed  by  a  substantial  bridge.  After  we  had 
travelled  this  road  about  four  miles  we  flushed 
an  enormous  iguana  over  4ft.  long,  but  before 
we  could  effect  its  capture  it  disappeared  into  a 
hole  under  a  fallen  tree.  Large  flocks  of  black 
cockatoos  almost  deafened  us  with  their  harsh 
cries,  so  we  paused  to  bag  a  few. 

These  birds  breed  freely  in  the  Margaret 
River  district,  and  nest  in  the  most  inaccessible 
holes  in  the  highest  eucalypts.  They  procure 
their  food  by  tearing  off  large  branches  of 
trees,  and  rip  off  chips  and  bark  in  an 
astonishing  way.  When  a  flock  settle  on  a  gum- 
tree,  they  strip  the  thick  bark  down,  and  leave 
much  of  it  hanging  in  ribbons  many  feet  long. 
While  at  work  they  keep  up  an  incessant  con- 
versation, which  is  amusing  to  listen  to,  and 
as  each  one  gets  on  the  track  of  a  juicy  grub 


EAGLE'S  \VINGS,  MARGARET  RIVER  CAVES. 


WESTERN   AUSTRALIA  41 

he  notifies  the  fact  with  a  squawk  that  brings 
half-a-dozen  others  to  dig  it  out.  Then  there 
is  a  commotion  that  can  be  heard  half-a-mile 
away.  If  one  is  shot  the  rest  will  hover  round 
and  round,  calling  to  it,  so  that  the  shooter,  if 
he  is  sufficiently  heartless,  can  bag  them  all. 

After  we  had  returned  to  the  road  and  walked 
back  a  few  miles  we  arrived  at  Mr.  Connelly's 
homestead.  He  had  only  occupied  his  land 
about  nine  months,  and  the  clearing  was  a 
mass  of  vegetable  wealth.  Some  of  the  carrots 
I  pulled  weighed  lib.,  and  the  parsnips  measured 
ift.,  and  everything  else  was  in  the  same  pro- 
portion. This  was  a  practical  proof  of  what  an 
industrious  emigrant  might  accomplish  with  a 
free-grant  homestead  in  a  short  time.  Mr.  Con- 
nelly had  a  nice  comfortable  cottage  built, 
which  he  told  me  cost  him  ^50.  He  possesses 
little  capital,  but  has  availed  himself  of  assist- 
ance from  the  Agricultural  Bank. 

Mr.  Connelly  made  up  a  party  for  a  day's 
tamma  shooting.  The  tamma  frequents  the 
swamps  and  flats,  and  to  procure  them  one  has 
often  to  climb  through  tangled  growth  where  it 
is  dangerous  to  proceed  with  a  loaded  gun. 
When  we  had  passed  through  the  worst  of  the 


42          RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

bush,  we  emerged  on  an  open  glade  where 
there  was  running  water.  Here  I  took  up  a 
position  on  a  fallen  tree,  and  had  barely 
balanced  myself  before  I  heard  yells  from  the 
blacks  and  saw  a  tamma  rushing  in  my  direc- 
tion. I  hastily  loaded  my  gun  while  my  eyes 
remained  fixed  on  the  quarry,  and  succeeded 
in  bringing  it  down  at  forty-five  yards  on  the 
other  side  of  my  log.  This  extraordinary  fluke 
excited  the  blacks,  who  clapped  their  hands  like 
children  as  they  shouted  to  Mr.  Le  Soeiif,  "  This 
new  chum  will  never  starve  in  the  bush." 

AVhen  we  examined  the  tamma  we  discovered 
I  had  shot  two,  because  there  was  a  well- 
developed  young  one  in  the  pouch. 

Next  day  we  drove  from  Mr.  Connelly's  to 
the  caves.  The  first  one  we  visited  was  the 
Lake  Cave.  This  is  situated  in  a  gigantic 
hollow,  and  represents  an  immense  hall  with 
a  collapsed  roof.  Trees  grow  in  the  fissures  of 
the  rocks  and  the  floor  of  the  space  is  clothed 
with  rank  herbage.  The  karri,  witch-hazel,  oak- 
wattle,  and  hazel  scrub  are  dotted  here  and 
there  among  handsome  ferns.  The  Lake  Cave 
was  discovered  by  Mrs.  Brockman.  She  was 
riding  through  the  bush  when  suddenly  her 


WESTERN   AUSTRALIA  43 

horse  stood  still  and  commenced  to  tremble. 
Hastily  dismounting,  she  advanced  cautiously 
until  she  found  herself  standing  on  the  brink 
of  a  precipice,  and,  looking  down,  was  amazed 
to  behold  the  wonderful  beauty  of  the  scene 
below.  Marking  the  spot,  she  reported  the  place 
to  Mr.  Connelly,  who  bravely  descended  into 
the  dangerous  abyss,  and  in  due  course  reported 
the  Lake  Cave  both  to  the  discoverer  and  to 
the  Government.  This  cave  has  since  been 
recognised  as  the  chief  sight  of  the  locality.  A 
substantial  flight  of  steps  has  been  erected,  and 
the  descent  is  safe  and  easy.  Mr.  Le  Soeiif 
found  here  the  bones  of  the  extinct  giant 
kangaroo  rat.  This  terrible  hollow  must  have 
acted  as  a  death-trap  to  countless  creatures,  and 
some  of  their  remains  date  back  before  the  time 
of  historic  man.  This  place,  therefore,  affords  a 
rich  field  of  study  to  scientific  men,  and  it  is 
to  be  hoped  that  naturalists  and  zoologists  will 
make  a  special  trip  from  Europe  to  investigate 
here.  They  would  have  ample  scope  for  original 
work,  because  there  exist  numerous  caves  unex- 
plored and  unknown.  We  frequently  examined 
the  entrance  and  conditions  of  some  of  these 
during  my  rambles.  Men  who  act  upon  this 


44          RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

suggestion  must  be  prepared  to  work  alone  and 
risk  their  lives  in  making  discoveries.  No  new 
venture  is  ever  safe. 

The  door  of  the  Lake  Cave  is  so  narrow  that 
only  one  person  can  enter  at  a  time.  The  cave, 
however,  is  one  of  Nature's  masterpieces,  and 
delighted  me  more  than  anything  I  saw  in 
Australia.  It  represents  an  almost  perfect  dome, 
the  ceiling  and  sides  of  which  scintillate  with 
myriads  of  pointed  pendants,  the  crowning 
feature  being  "The  Suspended  Table,"  whose 
dimensions  are  isft.  long,  7ft.  wide,  and  lin. 
thick.  The  table  is  suspended  about  2ft.  above 
the  middle  of  the  glassy  waters  of  a  subter- 
ranean lake,  from  which  the  cave  takes  its 
name,  and  is  attached  at  either  end  to  the  ceil- 
ing by  two  large  stalactites,  one  of  which 
measures  fully  8ft.  in  circumference.  By  means 
of  magnesium,  Mr.  Connelly  lighted  up  the 
magic  beauty  of  the  table,  and  its  icicle-like 
stalactites  were  brilliantly  reflected  in  the  spark- 
ling water,  and  the  marvellous  spectacle 
resembled  the  dazzling  splendour  of  an  Oriental 
display,  blending  memories  of  the  Mammoth 
Cave  of  Kentucky  with  the  Blue  Grotto  of 
Italy  and  the  Alabaster  Temples  of  Egypt.  The 


SHAWL,    MARGARET    RIVER   CAVES. 


WESTERN   AUSTRALIA  45 

photographs  distributed  through  this  chapter 
convey  a  poor  idea  of  the  real  beauty  of  the 
caves.  We  visited  other  caves  which  resembled 
in  detail  those  I  have  referred  to  in  my  chapter 
on  the  Blue  Mountains  and  Kia  Ora. 

On  another  day  we  explored  the  Margaret 
River.  There  is  a  comfortable  rowing  boat  at 
the  service  of  persons  staying  with  Mrs.  Brock- 
man,  and  in  this  we  followed  the  course  of  the 
river  to  the  ocean.  We  flushed  many  wild- 
duck  and  other  aquatic  birds  and  shot  some 
fine  specimens.  This  river  is  famous  for  marron, 
a  kind  of  crayfish  or  fresh-water  lobster,  and  is 
caught  with  fresh  meat  and  a  noose.  There  are 
special  spots  where  excellent  sport  is  to  be 
obtained.  While  Mr.  Le  Soeiif  "  yanked  "  out 
the  fish  I  lighted  a  fire  and  got  the  water 
ready,  and  by  the  time  it  was  boiling  we  had 
enough  for  lunch.  Salt  must  be  used  in  cooking. 

The  banks  of  the  river  are  thickly  bordered 
with  trees.  In  some  places  the  rushes  grow 
many  yards  from  the  shore,  and  elsewhere  the 
water  spreads  itself  out  in  swamps  and  lagoons, 
where  the  growth  is  so  dense  that  it  is  im- 
possible to  penetrate.  Here  waterfowl  find  a 
safe  retreat  for  breeding  and  feeding,  so  it  will 


46          RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

be  many  years  before  they  become  scarce.  Not 
far  from  this  river  Mr.  Le  Soeiif  has  turned 
down  some  deer,  and  the  Zoological  Society  are 
forwarding  a  few  wood-pigeons,  &c.,  from 
England  this  year  (1908)  to  add  to  the  rough 
shooting  of  the  place.  There  is  a  large  house 
near  the  mouth  of  the  river,  which  was  once 
occupied  by  the  first  inhabitant  of  the  Margaret 
River  district.  This  gentleman  was  an  Oxford 
man  named  Bussell,  who  gave  the  name  to 
Busselton.  The  house  is  now  rented,  with  the 
adjoining  land,  by  two  emigrants  who  are  in 
partnership.  We  landed  at  their  clearing.  The 
fruit-trees  planted  years  ago  have  grown  into 
giants,  especially  the  figs,  which  were  the  largest 
I  have  ever  seen  in  the  world.  They  were 
heavily  laden,  and  the  fowls  and  pigs  were 
feeding  upon  the  dropped  fruit.  Sea  salmon  are 
very  plentiful  in  the  ocean  at  the  mouth  of  the 
river,  and  I  saw  some  splendid  hauls  during 
the  day.  , 

It  was  late  when  we  returned,  and  our  row 
back  was  very  exciting.  Dingoes  and  other 
nocturnal  wanderers  kept  swimming  in  the  water, 
and  we  lighted  our  way  home  by  firing  the 
black-boy  heads. 


III. 

THE    UNPEOPLED    COUNTRY    (QUEENS- 
LAND). 

QUEENSLAND  is  rightly  called  "The  Unpeopled 
Country."  It  has  an  area  of  429,120,000  acres 
and  a  population  of  only  546,850.  Few  people, 
however,  realise  the  resources  of  this  State.  In 
the  interior  one  can  obtain  nearly  every  mineral 
known  to  science,  and  almost  every  variety  of 
climate.  The  charm  of  the  winter  weather  is 
its  extreme  dry  ness. 

The  mining  and  agricultural  possibilities  of 
Queensland  remain  undeveloped  because  some  of 
the  choicest  spots  are  inaccessible.  Opalton,  in 
the  far  west,  where  200  men  are  engaged  mining 
for  opals,  takes  weeks  to  visit,  and  a  great  part 
of  the  journey  must  be  undertaken  by  camels. 

Queensland  has  over  a  hundred  different  kinds 
of  timber,  varying  from  the  hardest  and  heaviest 
to  the  softest  and  most  useful.  The  supply  is 


48  RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

nearly  inexhaustible,  but  the  uninhabited  condi- 
tion of  the  country  renders  it  impossible  to 
bring  this  timber  properly  to  market.  About 
8o,ooo,oooft.  were  milled  last  year.  Parts  of  this 
State  have  a  steady  rainfall  and  never  suffer  from 
drought,  but  when  one  occurs  in  the  intervening 
country  the  stock  cannot  be  driven  to  market. 

Queensland  has  a  coastline  of  2,000  miles,  and 
its  splendid  fisheries  are  in  an  undeveloped 
state.  Three  large  shires  or  counties  have  an 
area  of  1 18,876  square  miles,  which  is  14,000 
square  miles  more  than  the  whole  of  New  Zea- 
land, with  the  Cook  and  other  islands  included. 

The  railways  cover  3,137  miles,  and  are  the 
property  of  the  Government.  Most  of  the  land 
available  for  settlement  is  not  far  from  the  lines, 
and  the  policy  of  the  Government  is  to  build 
light  railways  wherever  agricultural  settlement 
justifies  the  expense. 

The  nature  of  the  Queensland  soil  varies  with 
the  locality.  All  the  northern  and  eastern  lands 
are  fertile  with  vegetable  mould.  The  Darling 
Downs  contains  4,000,000  acres  of  good  black 
soil,  principally  decomposed  basalt.  The  soil 
in  the  Maranoa  district  is  lighter  and  more 
suited  to  wheat-growing  and  vines. 


QUEENSLAND  49 

In    parts    of    the    north    the    blacks    are    still 
troublesome,     and    cattle    stations    represent    the 
only    form    of   settlement;    but    in    the   south    the 
blacks  have  practically  disappeared,   and  country 
life  is  as  safe  and  enjoyable  as  in  Great  Britain. 
The  climate  of  the  south  has  been  much  mis- 
represented  both   by   ignorant   writers   and   those 
who    are    jealous    of    Queensland's    advantages. 
The    winters    are   superior    to    those   of    Southern 
Europe,    Egypt,    or    Florida,    and   even    the    heat 
of  summer  bears   no  comparison   with   the   damp 
and    unhealthy    climate   of    India.      In    the    north 
it   is   very   hot,    but   in   the   mountainous   districts 
the   temperature    is    cool    and    not    unlike   that   of 
England.       I    explored    the    country    as    far    as 
Cooktown,     and     visited     the     wonderful     Glass 
Mountains,    Darling    Downs,    Barron    Falls,    and 
the    magnificent    scenery    of    the    Great    Dividing 
Range.      The  twelve  months  I  spent  in  this  State 
will  rank  among  the  happiest  days  of  my  life. 

The  death  rate  in  Queensland  is  the  lowest 
in  the  Commonwealth.  It  is  only  9.56  per  1,000. 
Mr.  Thomas  Podmore,  an  uncle  of  mine,  emi- 
grated with  his  family  many  years  ago.  He  was 
seventy  years  of  age  at  the  time,  and  recently 
died  in  Brisbane  in  his  ninety-third  year. 

E 


50         RAMBLES    AND   ADVENTURES 

The  part  of  Queensland  I  should  recommend 
to  the  notice  of  emigrants  is  the  Kingaroy 
country.  This  district  is  practically  uninhabited, 
and  is  situated  near  to  Brisbane.  The  climate  is 
healthy  and  cool,  the  soil  rich  and  deep,  and 
there  is  a  reliable  rainfall. 

The  route  to  the  Kingaroy  is  via  Brisbane  to 
Killevan  Junction,  or  by  coach  from  Esk.  Land 
can  be  purchased  here  partly  improved  and 
fenced  for  ,£250  per  160  acres,  or  a  British 
subject  can  select  a  free  homestead  on  liberal 
conditions  of  residence,  &c. 

The  conditions  to  be  fulfilled,  before  a  title 
can  be  secured,  require  the  fencing  of  the  land 
within  five  years,  or  improvements  made  equal 
to  the  value  of  such  fencing.  The  deposit  on 
a  farm  of  160  acres  is  ,£3  i6s.  when  the  value 
of  the  land  is  IDS.  per  acre.  Such  a  farm  can 
be  made  freehold  in  five  years. 

A  man  with  ^250  to  ^300  can  start  dairying 
in  a  small  way  and  gradually  increase  his  herd. 
The  price  of  a  good  cow  is  from  .£5  to  £8, 
and  the  number  to  commence  with  is  generally 
about  twenty. 

The  most  successful  Queensland  farmers  I 
interviewed  carried  on  mixed  farming,  such  as 


QUEENSLAND  51 

dairying,  agriculture,  sheep,  pig,  and  poultry 
rearing,  horticulture,  and  bee-farming. 

The  Agricultural  Bank  of  Queensland  is  a 
Government  institution,  and  advances  money  to 
settlers  at  5  per  cent.,  repayable  in  twenty-five 
years.  The  applicants  for  an  advance  must  give 
a  mortgage  on  their  holdings.  The  bank 
advances  123.  in  the  pound  on  the  total  value 
of  the  land  and  improvements.  The  emigrant 
can  also  borrow  money  to  purchase  stock.  It 
must  be  remembered  that  all  the  States  of 
Australia  have  not  an  Agricultural  Bank,  and 
that  they  are  self-governing  and  independent. 
I  have  taken  care  to  mention  the  individual 
advantages  of  each  in  their  order  to  prevent 
any  confusion  or  disappointment. 

Mr.  J.  H.  Wall,  who  is  a  farmer  in  Kingaroy, 
granted  me  the  following  interview:  — 

'  What  do  you  think  of  the  Kingaroy 
country?  " 

"  I  have  travelled  extensively  in  other  parts  of 
the  world,  and  consider  the  Kingaroy  could  not 
be  beaten  for  farming  purposes." 

'  What  kind  of  farming  do  you  recommend 
for  the  district?" 

"  Pig-raising  and  dairying." 


52         RAMBLES    AND   ADVENTURES 

"What  crops  do  well?" 

"  All  fruit  crops,  especially  grapes,  citrous 
fruits,  potatoes,  and  vegetable  produce.  Maize 
grows  to  perfection." 

"Have  you   any   pests?" 

"No;  we  have  neither  flying  foxes,  rabbits, 
nor  noxious  insects  at  present  in  the  Kingaroy 
country." 

"  What  do  you  consider  the  chief  speculative 
attraction  ?  " 

"  The  wonderful  timber.  Some  persons  have 
already  gained  large  sums  on  their  holdings." 

"  Have  you  visited  other  parts  of  Queens- 
land?" 

"Yes;  but  I  prefer  the  Kingaroy  country  to 
any  other  part  I  have  seen." 

Mr.  J.  H.  Wall,  Kingaroy  Post  Office, 
Queensland,  will,  I  am  sure,  be  a  valuable  help 
to  any  emigrant  taking  up  land.  He  has  a 
farm  in  the  neighbourhood,  but  all  letters 
are  called  for  at  the  office,  as  there  is  no 
delivery  in  the  country.  This  gentleman 
informed  me  that  he  had  never  expected  to  find 
such  g'ood  land  so  near  to  Brisbane,  and  that 
there  is  practically  no  rock. 

The  soil  I  examined  was  brown  chocolate  and 


NORTH     QUEENSLAND     BLACKS. 


QUEENSLAND  53 

of  remarkable  depth,  as  I  noted  from  a  new 
well.  Wells  supply  most  of  the  drinking-water, 
but  it  is  not  necessary  to  sink  more  than  4oft. 
to  I2oft.  The  water  is  generally  pumped  to  the 
surface  with  the  aid  of  small  windmills,  as 
in  Canada. 

The  Queensland  Government  grants  a  free 
pass  to  persons  wishing  to  inspect  the  land. 
The  cheapest  and  best  place  to  stop  in  Brisbane 
is  "The  Union  Club,"  Charlotte  Street,  where 
the  rates  are  from  28s.  per  week  inclusive,  and 
everything  connected  with  the  place  is  perfectly 
respectable,  clean,  and  comfortable.  A  married 
man  could  safely  leave  his  wife  and  family  here 
until  he  decided  upon  his  land  and  had  a  suit- 
able house  built  for  their  accommodation.  There 
are  reduced  rates  for  families. 

The  best  route  to  Queensland  is  via  White 
Star  Line  to  Sydney,  and  then  overland  by 
train,  or  by  the  Howard-Smith  Line  s.s.  "  Bom- 
bala."  The  lowest  rates  per  adult  are  ,£20, 
and  there  are  no  suffering  and  privation  on 
these  boats.  Persons  who  go  steerage  on 
German  boats  will  find  themselves  with  sur- 
roundings and  hardships  which  render  the 
voyage  a  martyrdom,  and  the  food  is  often  so 


54         RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

disgustingly  cooked  and  served  that  they  are 
obliged  to  purchase  provisions  at  every  port. 
This  exceeds  the  cost  of  the  extra  fare  by  the 
White  Star  fleet.  Further,  there  is  no  discre- 
tion used  in  associating  passengers  in  berths 
and  at  the  tables.  Frequently  one  finds  one- 
self sitting  next  to  an  Italian  or  a  Greek  whose 
habits  are  far  inferior  to  those  of  the  average 
Hindu. 

If  an  emigrant  can  afford  to  pay  first-class  or 
second-class  rate,  the  P.  and  O.  Line  or  Orient 
Royal  Mail  Line  will  be  found  equal  to  any 
ships  afloat. 

When  the  emigrant  arrives  in  Sydney  he  can 
safely  entrust  his  luggage  to  a  recognised  agent, 
and  if  he  decides  to  go  overland  to  Brisbane  it 
is  wise  to  send  luggage  by  steamer,  as  the 
overweight  charges  are  very  heavy  on  the  rail- 
way. I  took  this  course,  and  found  it  answered 
well.  Should  a  delay  be  made  in  Sydney,  my 
chapter  on  New  South  Wales  should  be  read 
as  a  guide  to  cheap  apartments,  &c.  "  The 
Union  Club,"  Charlotte  Street,  has  a  telephone, 
which  should  be  used  to  arrange  an  interview 
at  the  Enquiry  Office,  Lands  Department,  Bris- 
bane. 


QUEENSLAND  55 

The  taxation  in  Queensland  is  about  one-third 
less  per  head  than  in  New  Zealand,  and  the 
annual  imports  are  £4  per  head  less  and  exports 
£4  per  head  more.  Some  of  the  taxation  I 
found  was  peculiar.  There  was  a  stamp  duty  of 
55.  per  ,£100  payable  on  all  mortgages,  and 
the  same  duty  when  the  mortgages  were 
released.  A  penny  receipt  stamp  on  all  receipts 
between  £i  and  £2,  and  between  £2  and  ,£50 
a  twopenny  stamp  had  to  be  used.  Queensland 
is  very  particular  about  the  adulteration  of  food 
and  drink.  No  preservative,  not  even  boracic 
acid,  is  allowed  in  butter  for  export. 

Sanitation  and  health  conditions  are  carefully 
studied.  Wherever  you  go  in  the  towns  you  see 
notices  displayed  in  conspicuous  places,  "  Do 
not  spit  on  the  footpaths.  Penalty  ,£20." 

Queenslanders  are  intensely  loyal  to  the 
Crown,  and  most  of  the  societies  are  called 
Royal  this  and  Royal  that.  The  libraries  are 
generally  called  Schools  of  Arts.  In  Toowoomba 
there  is  a  School  of  Arts  Hotel. 

The  market  is  near  Roma  Street  Railway 
Station,  and  is  a  large  building,  with  iron  roof. 
In  the  centre  of  the  asphalted  floor  are  the 
stands  or  stalls  for  cart-carried  produce.  Lines 


56          RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

of  railway  are  laid  down  the  full  length  and 
on  each  side  of  the  building.  The  farmer 
having  filled  the  truck  with  potatoes,  chaff, 
pumpkins,  or  other  produce,  the  truck  is 
brought  into  the  market  and  the  produce  sold 
without  being  handled.  I  saw  a  truck  full  of 
bananas,  brought  300  miles  from  the  north,  sold 
in  Brisbane,  and  then  forwarded  to  Toowoomba, 
100  miles  inland,  without  being  touched,  and 
there  was  apparently  not  a  bruised  banana 
amongst  the  lot. 

The  daily  papers  announce  in  their  produce 
report  not  only  the  price  realised,  but  the  name 
of  the  farmer  who  sent  the  produce  and  the 
number  of  the  truck. 

Most  of  the  residences  in  Brisbane  and  else- 
where are  made  of  wood  and  perched  upon 
house-blocks  seven  or  eight  feet  high,  with  an 
inverted  tin  plate  to  keep  the  white  ant  from 
climbing  into  the  house.  The  white  ant  soon 
destroys  a  building,  and  great  care  must  be 
exercised  in  examining  supports,  flooring,  &c.  A 
special  preparation  is  sold  to  eradicate  them 
from  places  where  they  have  commenced  their 
ravages.  No  farm  should  be  without  a  supply 
of  it. 


QUEENSLAND  57 

The  German  and  Scottish  elements  are  very 
pronounced  in  Queensland,  and  a  large  number 
of  the  leading  people  are  descended  from  one 
or  the  other.  I  do  not  know  why  so  many 
Germans  went  to  Queensland  in  the  early  days, 
but  they  were  so  numerous  that  at  one  time 
there  was  a  German  edition  of  the  Queensland 
Directory. 

Fish  is  very  expensive  in  Brisbane,  and  yet 
private  parties  obtain  enormous  hauls  of  schnap- 
per  and  other  fish  when  they  go  out  for 
pleasure.  The  Queensland  crabs  and  oysters  are 
famous  throughout  Australasia. 

The  shops  in  all  the  large  towns  are  good, 
and  the  prices  less  than  elsewhere  in  Australia. 
There  is  no  State  Church,  but  perfect  religious 
equality  for  all  denominations.  The  Brisbane 
Grammar  School  provides  an  excellent  educa- 
tion, and  is  conducted  by  an  Oxford  M.A. 
There  is  some  talk  of  establishing  a  State  Uni- 
versity, but  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  this  will  be 
delayed  until  the  population  justifies  it.  Queens- 
land needs  physical  development  at  present,  and 
the  professions  can  easily  be  maintained  by 
persons  educated  in  Sydney  University,  which  is 
so  near  at  hand. 


58          RAMBLES    AND    ADVENTURES 

The  Acclimatisation  Society's  Gardens  are  one 
of  the  sights  of  Brisbane,  and  should  not  be 
neglected  by  the  tourist.  They  contain  hot- 
houses full  of  ferns  and  orchids  and  a  splendid 
collection  of  tropical  plants  growing  out  of 
doors.  Experiments  in  hybridising  are  being 
carried  on  here.  In  the  hope  of  creating  a  new 
variety,  thousands  of  pineapple  plants  are  grown 
from  seeds.  Pineapples  with  seeds,  especially 
those  that  will  germinate,  are  very  rarely  found. 

Mr.  J.  Edmiston,  a  selector,  of  Alton  Downs, 
near  Rockhampton,  is  considered  absolutely 
reliable  by  the  Government.  He  bears  testimony 
which  shows  that  Kingaroy  is  not  the  only  part 
of  Queensland  where  the  emigrant  can  prosper. 

"  Do  you  think  there  is  a  good  prospect  for 
anyone  coming  to  Queensland?" 

"  I  think  there  is  a  splendid  prospect  if  they 
go  on  the  land  and  start  farming — much  better 
than  in  the  Old  Country,"  replied  Mr.  Edmiston. 

'  What  could  a  labouring  man  make  at  farm- 
ing here?  " 

"  He  could  easily  earn  about  .£200  a  year  at 
it.  I  have  made  that  myself.  I  had  experi- 
ence on  a  farm  at  home,  but  that  is  not 
absolutely  necessary." 


QUEENSLAND  59 

"  Do  you  think  farming  is  the  best  thing  for 
new  settlers  to  turn  to  in  this  country?" 

"  Certainly.  In  fact,  I  would  not  advise 
people  to  come  here  to  settle  in  the  towns. 
They  should  come  prepared  to  begin  farming 
at  once  or  to  make  preparation  for  starting  a 
farm  of  their  own." 

"  What  amount  of  capital  should  a  man  bring 
with  him  to  begin  farming?" 

"  A  man  could  easily  make  a  good  start  here 
with  about  ^150.  That  money  would  be  used  for 
paying  the  first  instalment  on  his  land  purchase, 
buying  a  few  cows,  and  putting  up  his  house. 
Of  course,  a  pioneer  does  not  spend  much  on 
his  house  at  first  until  he  has  made  some 
money." 

"How  did  you  begin?" 

"  I  began  with  ;£ioo  about  ten  years  ago. 
I  have  paid  for  my  land,  and  I  reckon  that  at 
the  present  time  I  am  worth  about  ,£2,000  in 
land  and  stock." 

"  Is  there  any  chance  for  a  man  without 
capital?  " 

'  Yes ;  he  could  get  assistance  from  the  Agri- 
cultural Bank  of  the  State  Government  if  he 
wished  to  begin  straight  away  on  the  land,  or 


6o         RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

he  could  buy  land  from  the  Government  on 
conditional  purchase  and  then  put  in  some  time 
with  the  neighbouring  farmers,  and  in  this  way 
save  a  little  capital  to  enable  him  to  begin  on 
his  own  land." 

"  What  kind  of  market  is  there  for  butter  and 
other  produce  in  Queensland?" 

"  There  is  a  splendid  market  always  ready  for 
butter,  and  there  is  no  difficulty  in  selling 
produce." 

"  What  other  produce  besides  butter  have  you 
grown  and  marketed?" 

"  I  have  grown  oats  for  hay,  maize  for  horse 
and  fowl  feed,  English  and  sweet  potatoes, 
poultry,  various  kinds  of  fodder  plants, 
ground  nuts,  fruits,  and  other  kinds  of  produce. 
On  the  Darling  Downs  and  in  the  West  Mdre- 
ton  districts  large  quantities  of  lucerne,  wheat, 
and  barley  are  grown." 

"  What  kind  of  return  do  you  generally  get 
from  your  crops?  " 

"  Sweet  potatoes  yielded  about  forty  tons  per 
acre,  and  they  fetch  from  £i  IDS.  to  £3  a  ton. 
English  potatoes,  five  tons  to  the  acre,  value 
£6  per  ton.  Then  I  grow  lucerne  and  several 
kinds  of  millet.  The  Hungarian  and  French 


A     BAG     OF     KANGAROO. 


QUEENSLAND  61 

millets  are  splendid  feed  for  cattle  and  poultry. 
I  have  grown  ground  nuts,  which  yield  about  a 
ton  to  the  acre,  and  sell  for  3d.  per  pound, 
equal  to  ,£28  per  acre." 

The  reader  will  notice  from  Mr.  Edmiston's 
statements  a  marked  difference  in  the  value  of 
Queensland  and  Western  Australian  produce. 
Living  on  a  farm  is  very  much  the  same  all 
over  the  world,  and  can  be  made  expensive  or 
trifling.  The  stuff  sold  in  the  markets  is  con- 
sumed in  the  towns  and  cities.  Foodstuffs  in 
Brisbane  are  cheaper  than  in  any  other  Austra- 
lian city;  in  fact,  cheaper  than  in  England. 

Mr.  John  Curtis,  President  of  the  Middle 
Ridge  Shire  Council,  Middle  Ridge,  Too- 
woomba,  made  the  following  statement:  — 

"  After  an  experience  of  forty-seven  years, 
during  which  I  have  reared  a  family  of 
twelve,  most  of  whom  are  now  settled  down 
in  life,  I  am  quite  satisfied  that  there  is  no 
greater  country  than  Queensland  on  the  face 
of  the  earth.  I  speak  from  practical  experience 
of  agricultural  life  in  this  country.  No  finer 
opportunities  await  the  emigrant  in  any  other 
part  of  the  world." 

The    people    of    Queensland    are    kind,    hospit- 


62          RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

able,  orderly,  and  very  democratic.  They 
appreciate  all  persons  of  worth,  but  are  quick 
to  detect  humbug  and  deceit.  Any  attempt  to 
pose  as  their  superior  is  resented,  and  aristo- 
cratic claims  are  viewed  with  contempt  and 
ridicule. 

I  made  two  visits  to  Queensland  from  New 
South  Wales.  The  second  was  in  December, 
1907,  during  a  severe  drought  in  Parramatta  and 
neighbourhood.  This  drought  covered  a  large 
area  of  the  State,  and  the  land  through  New 
South  Wales  was  dried  and  parched,  but  when 
I  had  passed  the  border  and  entered  the  State 
of  Queensland  everything  was  different.  The 
farms  were  flourishing  and  the  woods  and  fields 
looked  fresh  and  green. 

Explorers  who  are  paid  to  undertake  expedi- 
tions always  write  books.  These  books  generally 
represent  in  graphic  detail  every  minute  difficulty 
and  inconvenience.  To  give  spice  to  the  narra- 
tive, deprivation  of  food  and  water  is  referred 
to,  &c.,  and,  basing  supposed  accurate  know- 
ledge upon  such  testimony,  the  most  deplorable 
ideas  of  Queensland  and  the  Northern  Territory 
are  current  in  England  and  other  European 
countries.  I  quite  expected  to  find  Queensland 


QUEENSLAND  63 

like  the  country  between  Bombay  and  Madras, 
but  it  was  the  very  opposite. 

The  neighbourhood  of  Port  Augusta,  South 
Australia,  is  a  veritable  wilderness;  here  I 
encountered  the  mirage  of  the  desert,  and  saw 
houses  and  buildings  covered  with  sand  as 
Canada  is  covered  with  snow;  but  in  Queensland  I 
found  fertile,  delightful  country,  capable  of  sup- 
porting twenty  times  the  whole  population  of 
Australasia.  In  the  interior  there  are  dreary, 
barren  wastes,  but  so  there  are  everywhere,  even 
in  Old  England.  The  injustice  done  to  Queens- 
land has  been  through  the  magnifying  of  the 
dreary  wastes  and  overlooking  the  rich,  fertile 
districts.  The  latter  would  support  nearly  the 
whole  of  the  white  people  in  the  British 
Empire.  Persons,  therefore,  need  take  no  alarm 
from  reading  fictitious  stories  of  adventures  with 
blacks,  snakes,  &c.,  because  they  can,  if  they 
use  proper  discretion,  live  a.  lifetime  in  Queens- 
land without  seeing  either. 

The  tourist  should  take  the  trip  to  Gympie, 
via  "The  Glass  Mountains."  This  is  a  great 
gold-mining  town,  and  within  twelve  miles  there 
is  some  of  the  best  quail-shooting  in  the  world. 
Mr.  Austin,  "  Wyandra,"  Gympie,  is  a  thorough 


64          RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

sportsman  and  personal  friend,  and  would,  I  am 
sure,  advise  people  if  they  communicated  with 
him  and  mentioned  my  name.  Mr.  Moody, 
Violet  Street,  Gympie,  is  another  reliable 
authority  on  this  subject. 

The  best  place  to  stop  at  in  Gympie  is 
"  Wyandra,"  Chalmers  Street,  or  the  Metro- 
politan Hotel,  which  is  in  the  same  street. 
Provisions,  cartridges,  &c.,  can  be  best  obtained 
from  Cullanane  and  Co.,  in  Mary  Street. 
Another  trip  should  be  taken  by  water  to 
Cairns.  July  and  August  are  the  suitable  months 
to  go  north. 


IV 

EMIGRATION     TO     SOUTH     AUSTRALIA 
AND    THE    NORTHERN    TERRITORY 

THE  climate  of  South  Australia  is  one  of  the 
healthiest  in  the  world.  No  serious  epidemic 
has  ever  visited  the  State,  which  shares  with 
Tasmania  the  lowest  death-rate  in  the  Common- 
wealth. In  midsummer,  when  the  heat  is 
greatest,  the  air  is  generally  clear  and  dry.  The 
extreme  heat  rarely  lasts  more  than  a  week 
without  a  cool  change.  Dwellers  in  Adelaide 
can  within  an  hour  reach  localities  in  the  sur- 
rounding hills  or  at  the  seaside  where  the 
temperature  is  always  pleasant.  The  summer 
may  be  regarded  as  extending  from  October  to 
March.  The  weather  during  April  and  May  is 
perfection.  The  coldest  months  are  June,  July, 
and  August,  but  it  is  never  necessary  to  house 
and  feed  the  sheep,  cattle,  or  horses.  Fruits 
and  cereals  of  every  kind  grow  luxuriantly,  and 
live  stock  are  generally  free  from  disease. 

F 


66          RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

The  population  of  South  Australia  is  only 
350,000,  but  its  area  is  seven  times  larger  than 
the  United  Kingdom.  The  railways  extend  for 
i, 800  miles,  and  18,000  miles  of  telegraph  and 
telephone  wires  are  employed.  Three  million 
acres  of  soil  are  under  cultivation;  21,000  are 
vineyards.  The  sheep  number  5,000,000,  cattle 
225,000,  and  horses  165,000.  The  staple  export 
trade  is  ,£4,768,947.  The  foundation  of  sheep- 
breeding  and  wool-growing  was  laid  by  the 
South  Australian  Company  importing  Merinos 
from  Tasmania  and  New  South  Wales;  also 
rams  from  Mecklenburg.  The  first  fleet  which 
sailed  had  on  board  some  Leicester  and  South- 
down sheep,  and  purchases  were  also  made  at 
the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  where  sheep  were  then 
selling  at  55.  each.  Heavy  losses  occurred 
during  transit,  but  the  company  and  private 
individuals  persevered  so  that  within  two  years 
the  flocks  numbered  28,000.  In  1851  there  were 
over  1,000,000,  early  in  the  sixties  3,000,000,  and 
in  1891  the  flocks  aggregated  7,745,541.  To  the 
capitalist  in  search  of  investment,  the  pastoral 
industry  in  South  Australia  offers  exceptional 
opportunities. 

South  Australia  was  called  for  many  years  the 


SOUTH   AUSTRALIA  67 

granary  of  Australia,  being  the  first  State  to 
export  breadstuff s  on  a  large  scale.  The  climate 
and  soil  of  the  southern  portions  of  this 
country  are  eminently  adapted  to  agricultural 
pursuits.  In  1906  I  had  the  honour  of  re- 
ceiving a  small  commission  from  the  Govern- 
ment to  collect  and  furnish  drawings  of  the 
protected  birds.  This  work  enabled  me 
thoroughly  to  explore  the  hill  country  as  far  as 
the  Murray  River,  and  took  me  to  localities 
rarely  visited  and  little  known.  Port  Augusta, 
260  miles  north  of  Adelaide,  has  in  its  neigh- 
bourhood a  flourishing  ostrich  farm,  where  I 
remained  nearly  a  week.  This  industry  is  only 
in  its  initial  stage,  but  there  is  ample  oppor- 
tunity for  development.  Life  on  an  ostrich 
farm  is  full  of  interest  and  excitement,  and  I 
doubt  if  any  part  of  the  world  suits  the  birds 
better.  Fruit,  vegetables,  and  cereals  are  suc- 
cessfully raised  in  the  vicinity,  but  the  part  of 
the  State  I  would  recommend  is  the  hill  country 
south  of  Adelaide.  Land  legislation,  under  the 
excellent  leadership  of  Premier  Price,  is  on  a 
liberal  basis.  Small  blocks  in  certain  localities, 
chiefly  near  the  centres  of  population,  are  open 
for  leasing  by  working  men  in  lots  not  exceed- 


68          RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

ing  twenty  acres.  In  this  arrangement  personal 
residence  of  the  lessee  or  a  member  of  the 
family  is  required.  Leases,  with  right  of 
purchase,  which  is  exercisable  after  six  years' 
tenure,  are  allotted  for  a  term  of  twenty-one 
years,  with  right  of  renewal  for  a  further  like 
period.  The  right  of  purchase  may  not  be 
exercised  at  a  less  price  than  53.  per  acre. 

The  system  of  leasing  Crown  lands,  however, 
has  now  been  abandoned  in  favour  of  a  plan 
whereby  the  tenant  may  obtain  the  freehold. 
Taking  the  freeholds  and  Government  leases 
jointly,  the  average  area  occupied  by  each 
individual  of  the  population  is  about  seventy 
acres.  This  is  exclusive  of  pastoral  lands. 

In  the  400  miles  of  country  which  extend 
from  Mount  Gambler  or  Penola  in  the  south- 
east to  Wirrabara  in  the  north  there  are 
thousands  of  acres  of  land  specially  adapted  to 
fruit-growing.  I  examined  the  ten-acre  blocks, 
where  strawberries,  cherries,  apples,  pears, 
walnuts,  gooseberries,  plums,  apricots,  peaches, 
loquats,  almonds,  olives,  figs,  grapes,  oranges, 
lemons,  and  mulberries  had  reached  the  highest 
state  of  perfection  with  no  other  aid  than  that 
afforded  by  the  rain  and  sunshine.  These 


SOUTH   AUSTRALIA  69 

blocks  were  situated  within  driving  distance  of 
Adelaide,  and  many  rich  gullies  remained 
unoccupied. 

In  the  ranges  near  Cape  Jervis,  which  extend 
to  Gumeracha — a  distance  of  100  miles — abun- 
dance of  good  land  suitable  for  fruit-growing  is 
to  be  had.  This  district  has  a  rainfall  varying 
from  25in.  to  35in.  per  annum.  It  is  heavily 
timbered,  and  although  it  may  be  purchased  as 
low  as  £3  per  acre,  the  expense  of  clearing  it 
is  considerable.  This  locality,  however,  has  the 
great  advantage  of  being  within  easy  reach  of 
the  Adelaide  markets,  and  to  the  port  of  ship- 
ment by  steamers  trading  with  European  and 
other  oversea  countries.  Land  for  grape,  fig, 
peach,  and  apricot-growing  can  be  obtained 
within  five  or  six  miles  of  Adelaide  at  from 
;£io  upwards,  but  the  rich  alluvial  soils  suited 
for  citrus-trees  range  from  ,£50  per  acre. 

A  little  further  north  is  the  Barossa  district, 
situated  in  a  range  which  runs  almost  con- 
tinuously from  the  Mount  Lofty  range.  Here, 
around  Augaston,  Keyneton,  Nuriootpa,  and 
Tanunda,  large  tracts  of  land  are  available. 

The  capital  of  South  Australia  is  situated 
about  half  an  hour's  journey  by  rail  from  the 


70         RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

port.  The  landing-place  until  recently  was  one 
of  the  chief  drawbacks  to  Adelaide's  progress. 
The  large  boats  were  obliged  to  anchor  a  long 
distance  from  the  shore,  and  the  passengers 
were  landed  by  a  small  launch,  which  was  often 
a  dangerous  undertaking  in  rough  weather. 
The  commodious  harbour,  which  has  been  con- 
structed since  I  first  visited  the  country,  cost 
,£500,000.  Adelaide  is  one  of  the  prettiest  cities 
in  the  world,  and  well  merits  the  title  of  the 
"  Queen  city  of  the  South."  The  streets  are 
wide  and  admirably  kept,  and  the  drainage 
system  could  not  be  improved.  Living  is  very 
cheap;  a  man  with  small  private  means  can  live 
in  comfort  and  independence.  Within  the  con- 
fines of  the  city  are  ninety  miles  of  streets,  and 
thirteen  miles  of  roads  through  parks.  There 
are  170  miles  of  footpaths  and  twenty-seven 
miles  of  promenades.  Close  to  the  railway 
station  is  a  clean,  respectable  hotel,  where  board 
and  lodging  can  be  procured  for  6s.  per  day 
or  255.  to  303.  per  week.  This  is  called 
"  Grayson's  Coffee  Palace."  Lodgings  (bed- 
sitting-rooms)  vary  from  75.  6d.  per  week,  with 
use  of  kitchen,  wash-house,  and  firing.  Accom- 


•F.5 


SOUTH   AUSTRALIA  71 

modation  of  this  description  can  be  obtained  in 
Whitmore  Square. 

The  Government  officials  are  exceedingly  kiri'd 
and  friendly  to  strangers.  Any  questions  asked 
receive  careful  and  reliable  attention. 

The  great  desire*  of  the  South  Australian 
Government  is  to  settle  people  in  the  country 
districts,  and,  while  the  chief  demand  is  for 
skilled  agriculturists,  mechanics  who  are  willing 
to  go  into  the  country  may  rely  upon  work  and 
good  wages.  In  the  chief  manufacturing  centres 
the  average  earnings  per  week  are  £2  2S.  to 
£2  55.  for  men,  and  173.  6d.  to  205.  for 
women. 

Clerks,  shopmen,  and  warehousemen  are 
advised  not  to  emigrate  to  Australia,  but  if  they 
insist  on  doing  so,  experience  has  proved  that 
able,  determined  men  do  very  well.  Work  will 
not  come  to  them ;  it  must  be  sought.  The 
emigrant  who  avails  himself  of  the  columns  of 
the  "  Advertiser,"  inserts  a  sensible  advertise- 
ment describing  his  abilities,  and  calls  daily  at 
the  employment  bureaux,  will  succeed,  no 
matter  what  his  former  occupation  may  have 
been. 

One    of    the    most    striking    features    of    South 


72 

Australia  is  the  large  area  of  land  waiting  to 
be  opened  up  by  new  settlers.  The  Govern- 
ment offers  good  agricultural  land  on  the  rent- 
purchase  system,  the  terms  being  easy  and 
convenient.  These  lands  are  either  let  under 
perpetual  lease  or  disposed  of  under  agreement 
to  purchase  by  payments  extending  over  thirty 
years;  or,  if  the  tenant  so  desires,  the  purchase 
money  may  be  paid  off  at  the  end  of  six  years. 
In  each  case  the  Local  Land  Board  fixes  the 
price,  having  regard  to  the  carrying  capacity  of 
the  land  for  stock,  the  value  of  the  land  for 
agriculture,  or  its  proximity  to  the  railway. 
The  Land  Laws  of  the  State  are  worked  on  a 
liberal  basis;  elasticity  and  sympathy  with  the 
settler  characterise  their  administration.  There 
is  a  genuine  desire  to  encourage  settlement. 

In  order  to  meet  the  growing  demand  for 
partly-improved  agricultural  lands,  the  Govern- 
ment has  recently  repurchased  large  estates 
within  good  agricultural  districts,  which  they 
are  disposing  of  to  settlers  on  very  easy  terms. 
Small  annual  payments  are  made,  and  4  per 
cent,  interest  is  charged  on  the  unpaid  balance. 
About  250,000  acres  have  been  set  aside  during 
the  last  few  years  for  such  purposes. 


SOUTH   AUSTRALIA  73 

Married  couples  without  children,  strong 
youths  for  stations  and  farms,  haymakers,  men 
able  to  work  binders  and  strippers,  shepherds 
and  drovers,  men-cooks  for  stations,  country 
blacksmiths,  garden  hands,  milkmen,  and 
ploughmen  are  always  in  demand.  Fruit- 
growing and  wine-making  offer  to  men  of 
capital  and  experience  favourable  opportunities, 
which  are  capable  of  unlimited  extension.  Ex- 
perienced fruit-growers  with  a  capital  of  ,£500 
to  ;£i,ooo  should  do  well,  but  it  is  better  to 
work  at  wages,  or  to  help  a  friend  for  a  time, 
than  to  plunge  at  once  into  farming  in  a 
country  where  soil,  climate,  seasons,  and  the 
mode  of  farming  are  different  to  what  the 
new  settlers  have  been  accustomed  to.  The 
delay  incurred  in  learning  these  differences  will 
be  more  than  compensated  by  the  experience 
gained. 

South  Australia  needs  people  to  inspire  the 
country  with  the  spirit  of  enterprise  and  en- 
thusiasm. Closer  settlement  is  needed.  The 
Government,  ignorant  of  the  value  of  its  land, 
foolishly  disposed  of  enormous  tracts  in  the 
early  days  to  speculators  and  others.  Among 
the  places  I  visited  Lobethal  appealed  strongly 


74          RAMBLES    AND    ADVENTURES 

to  me.  The  people  appeared  to  me  to  possess 
too  much  land,  and  the  scrub  and  bush  were 
out  of  all  proportion  to  the  fields  under  culti- 
vation. The  farmers  apparently  were  content  to 
cultivate  such  portions  only  as  were  necessary  to 
supply  them  with  a  livelihood.  The  village  of 
Lobethal  occupies  a  delightful  position,  and  re- 
sembles England.  It  possesses  a  flourishing 
woollen  factory,  under  the  admirable  superin- 
tendence of  Mr.  Redpath.  This  gentleman 
entertained  me  during  my  visit,  and  drove  me 
many  miles  through  the  country.  He  represents 
the  typical  Scotchman  who  has  done  so  much 
to  build  up  the  success  and  stability  of  our 
Colonies.  The  general  feeling  in  Australia  is 
that  a  Scotchman  is  worth  two  average  English- 
men. 

The  lands  bordering  the  Murray  River  are 
claiming  much  attention.  A  scheme  for  drain- 
ing the  flats  is  already  on  foot,  and  much  is 
expected  from  it.  Steamboats  ply  to  and  fro 
to  the  different  townships,  and  the  crops  raised 
in  this  district  are  the  best  in  the  State. 
Murray  Bridge  is  the  nearest  town,  and  the 
Bridgeport  Hotel  is  the  best  place  to  stop. 

The  land  north  of  Adelaide  consists  of  wheat- 


SOUTH   AUSTRALIA  75 

growing  soil.  A  fertile  belt  extends  to  Gawler 
and  Roseworthy.  At  Roseworthy  there  is  an 
experimental  farm  and  college.  The  Minister  of 
Agriculture  kindly  drove  me  to  this  part  of  the 
State  on  the  Government  motor-car.  I  visited 
the  dairy,  wine  cellars,  fermenting-rooms,  engine- 
room,  farm  buildings,  and  piggeries,  and  after- 
wards drove  through  the  fields  to  inspect  the 
barley,  wheat,  and  stock.  Everything  I  saw 
represented  scientific  farming  of  a  high  order, 
and  the  appearance  of  the  produce  and  cattle 
was  excellent.  Labouring  people  have  excep- 
tional privileges  in  South  Australia.  The  Hon. 
T.  Price,  the  Premier,  is  a  strong  Labour  man. 
This  political  party  in  Australia  is  much  mis- 
understood in  England.  The  labouring  classes 
in  Australia  are  well  educated,  capable,  and  in- 
telligent. Many  of  them  have  received  a  college 
education,  and  are  fitted  for  any  responsible 
position  the  country  can  offer.  Labour,  there- 
fore, is  honoured  throughout  the  State.  There 
are  practically  no  loafers  or  so-called  gentlemen; 
the  person  who  lives  an  idle,  useless  life  is 
despised.  Working  people  are  the  country's 
greatest  need.  No  one  is  wanted  who  desires  to 
remain  a  drone  or  non-producer.  The  capitalist 


76         RAMBLES    AND   ADVENTURES 

and  employee  enter  into  a  close  relationship 
where  apparently  they  possess  mutual  interests. 
The  farmer  works  side  by  side  with  the  labourer. 
There  is  no  patronising  or  domineering. 

The  South  Australian  Government  has  fixed 
the  minimum  wage  of  a  working-man  at  one 
shilling  per  hour;  no  one  can  be  employed  for 
more  than  eight  hours  daily.  When  disputes 
arise  they  are  decided  by  a  Court  .of  Arbitra- 
tion. All  this  sounds  strange  to  an  insular 
Englishman,  but  the  system  works  well  in 
South  Australia.  The  workman  has  plenty  of 
money  to  provide  himself  and  family  with  good 
food  and  home  comforts.  The  result  is,  he 
accomplishes  twice  as  much  as  the  ordinary 
labourer  at  home,  and  what  he  undertakes  he 
does  with  a  good  heart. 

The  total  area  of  the  Northern  Territory  is 
about  335,116,800  acres,  or  four  and  a  half 
times  the  size  of  Great  Britain.  It  lies  between 
the  1 2Qth  and  i38th  deg.  of  east  longitude,  the 
southern  boundary  is  the  26th  parallel  of  south 
latitude,  and  the  most  northerly  point  of  land 
nearly  reaches  the  nth  parallel.  The  population 
of  this  vast  region  is  only  3,884,  of  which  about 
1,000  are  Europeans. 


NORTHERN  TERRITORY  77 

The  Northern  Territory  is  practically  unex- 
plored. Not  a  year  goes  by — scarcely  a  day — 
without  some  new  addition  to  the  map  of  some 
range  of  hills,  or  a  lake,  or  other  discovery. 
The  late  Duke  of  Manchester,  after  an  inspec- 
tion of  this  country  lasting  several  weeks,  said  : 
"  I  have  seen  other  parts  of  Australia,  and  I 
must  say  before  coming  to  Port  Darwin  I  had 
certainly  thought  Queensland  the  finest  part  of 
Australia;  but  I  now  consider,  as  far  as  I  can 
judge  by  that  portion  of  the  Northern  Territory 
which  I  have  seen,  that  it  is  superior  to 
Queensland,  inasmuch  as  the  vegetation  seems 
richer,  the  grass  thicker  and  of  a  more  perma- 
nent character,  and  the  country  much  better 
watered." 

The  Northern  Territory  possesses  all  sorts  of 
country  and  many  varieties  of  climate.  Port 
Darwin,  in  the  north,  has  an  average  annual 
rainfall  of  over  6oin.;  Charlotte  Waters,  the 
most  southern  point,  has  about  6in.  The 
traveller  between  these  two  localities  encounters 
stony  wastes  and  spinifex,  waterless  plains,  and 
rocky,  barren  ranges,  alternating  with  well- 
grassed  downs,  rich,  well  -  watered  districts, 
heavily-timbered  hills,  and  on  the  north  coast 


78         RAMBLES    AND   ADVENTURES 

large  navigable  rivers.  There  is  a  vast  tract  of 
splendid  cattle  country  in  the  north  of  South 
Australia,  only  the  fringe  of  which  is  occupied. 
Difficulties  of  access  alone  hinder  its  develop- 
ment. Oodnadatta,  the  terminus  of  the  railway, 
is  surrounded  by  the  driest  belt  of  country  in 
Australia;  the  rainfall  is  6in.  Proceeding  north 
of  Oodnadatta,  I  observed  the  rainfall  gradually 
increased,  and  there  were  belts  of  good  country 
with  some  natural  waters.  The  MacDonnell 
Ranges  beyond  have  a  beautiful  climate,  and 
much  mineral  wealth  will,  I  think,  be  found 
here.  The  Arltunga  district  is  already  proved 
to  contain  payable  gold-mines;  but  the  problem 
is  to  convey  supplies  and  machinery  400  miles 
on  camels  or  waggons.  Still  on  northwards, 
the  rainfall  increases  at  every  stage  until  one 
passes  through  pastoral  country  capable  of  carry- 
ing 30,000  cattle.  East  of  Powell  Creek  there 
is  a  magnificent  pastoral  country  stretching  away 
to  the  Queensland  border,  having  many  natural 
waters  and  capable  of  carrying  about  900,000 
cattle.  To  the  westward,  to  the  border  of 
Western  Australia,  there  is  some  fine  sheep 
country. 

Newcastle     Waters     is     situated     in     a     large 


NORTHERN  TERRITORY  79 

pastoral    area.        At    this    station     there    are    at 
present  7,000  fat  cattle,  but  no  means  of  getting 
them   to   market.       Mr.    Ernest   Favenc,    a   recog- 
nised authority  on   Central   Australia,   states  that 
from    the    Powell    Station    to    the    head    of    the 
Nicholson   River  he  found   "a  large  quantity  of 
valuable   cattle   land   permanently   well   watered." 
The    country    on    the    southern    slope    is    of    a 
nature  known  all  over  Australia  as  being  of  the 
best  description  for  sheep.      The  country  drained 
by  the  coastal   rivers   is  of  a  different  character; 
better    watered,    not    so    well    grassed,    and    only 
adapted     for     cattle.        The     country     I     would 
suggest  as  the  only  desirable  part  lies  from   the 
i6th  to    igth    parallels   of    latitude.      The    rivers, 
though    rough    and    not    exactly    trafficable,    are 
full  of  large,   deep,  and  permanent  lagoons.      In 
the    spinifex    ridges    there    are    any    amount    of 
herbage    and    plenty    of    vines,    which    are    very 
fattening   for   the   cattle.       The   spinifex    itself   is 
valueless,   but  the  country  on  which   it  grows  is 
often    rich    in    different    kinds    of    herbage    and 
vines. 

A  profitable  industry  of  the  Northern  Terri- 
tory is  that  of  pearl-fishing.  The  whole 
northern  coast  from  Cape  York  to  North- West 


8o         RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

Cape — a  stretch  of  coast  of  about  2,000  miles — 
is  the  natural  habitat  of  the  pearl  oyster. 
Pearl-shell  to  the  value  of  ,£20,497  was  shipped 
in  1902. 

A  large  portion  of  the  Northern  Territory  is 
utterly  unfit  for  cultivation,  and  inexpert  persons 
have  given  the  country  a  bad  name  by  estab- 
lishing plantations  on  unsuitable  land.  Plan- 
tations in  the  north  should  be  kept  within  a 
belt  of  about  eighty  miles  wide  round  the  coast. 
Rice  would  grow  well  in  this  region.  The 
curator  of  the  Botanic  Gardens  at  Port  Darwin 
made  the  following  report: — "The  plot  reserved 
for  rice  was  cropped  last  year,  with  the  usual  very 
satisfactory  results,  and  is  now  again  under  crop. 
This  cereal  is  destined  to  become  one  of  great 
importance  to  the  Northern  Territory  in  the 
future.  Three  varieties  of  rice  are  indigenous 
to  the  Northern  Territory,  and  we  have  a  great 
area  of  land  eminently  suited  for  such  cultiva- 
tion. Such  land,  being  low-lying,  is  inundated 
every  wet  season,  and  this  fact,  considered  by 
many  people  as  a  detriment,  is,  on  the  contrary, 
the  condition  demanded  by  the  swamp  variety  of 
rice,  which  is  the  most  prolific  and  profitable." 

The    Victoria    River   district   on    the   west   has 


NORTHERN  TERRITORY  81 

been  eulogised  by  many  reliable  authorities. 
Mr.  Wilson  stated: — "In  no  part  of  the  world 
have  I  seen  grass  grow  so  luxuriantly,  and  Mr. 
Gregory  observed  to  me  during  a  ten  days' 
journey,  when  I  accompanied  him  and  his 
brother  to  the  Upper  Victoria,  that  he  had  seen 
more  grass  land  than  during  all  his  life  before. 
An  aggregate  of  5,000,000  of  acres  came  under* 
the  observation  of  the  party,  and  may  all  be 
considered  wrell-watered  pasture  land." 

Captain  Carrington  wrote  on  the  Victoria 
River: — "Perhaps  the  value  of  this  magnificent 
stream  as  a  commercial  highway  may  be  better 
shown  by  comparison.  In  making  the  com- 
parison I  have  only  in  view  its  capacity  as  a 
harbour  and  easiness  of  access.  I  have  no 
hesitation  whatever  in  saying  that  the  Victoria 
is  superior  to  the  Thames,  the  Mersey,  or  the 
Hoogly."  The  Northern  Territory  is  suitable 
for  the  growth  of  sugar-cane,  rice,  maize,  lin- 
seed, tea,  coffee,  indiarubber,  tobacco,  cotton, 
millet,  and  cocoanuts;  but  up  to  the  present 
immigration  remains  at  a  standstill.  Australia 
has  yet  to  realise  its  great  duty  to  this 
wonderful  land,  comprising  so  many  fertile 
plains.  The  country  has  been  very  little  im- 

G 


82          RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

proved  since  the  Portuguese  visited  it  in  1500. 
This  is  remarkable.  Portuguese,  Dutch,  and 
English  have  all  been  unanimous  in  their  praise 
of  the  country's  natural  beauties,  the  brilliancy 
of  the  tropical  flowers,  the  rapid  fecundation 
of  tropical  fruits,  the  grandeur  of  the  jungle, 
and  the  luxuriousness  of  growth  everywhere 
to  be  seen.  It  lies  in  the  same  latitudes 
as  Mozambique,  Samoa,  Abyssinia,  and  Sene- 
gambia.  Some  white  men  who  have  never  lived 
in  India  complain  about  the  climate,  and  affirm 
that  no  Europeans  can  stand  field  work  in  it. 
Their  remarks  apply  of  course  to  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  Port  Darwin,  but  in  the  Mac- 
Donnell  Ranges  the  climate  is  beautiful.  In 
the  same  way  we  might  condemn  England 
because  it  is  in  Europe  and  the  climate  of 
Northern  Europe  is  unbearable  in  winter. 
Personally,  I  believe  the  territory  presents  the 
last  great  field  for  fortune  -  hunters.  Professor 
Tate,  F.G.S.,  declared: — "The  development  of 
the  mineral  resources  of  the  Northern  Territory 
is  but  in  its  infancy,  and  I  believe  rich  stanni- 
ferous lodes  will  yet  be  found.  Rich  auriferous 
lodes  abound  over  a  large  tract  of  the  country." 
Mr.  H.  Brown,  F.G.S.,  said:— "At  the  mouth 


NORTHERN  TERRITORY  83 

of  the  Fitzmaurice  I  saw  likely  country  for 
gold."  He  refers  also  to  the  Alligator  River 
and  the  Nicholson  as  worth  prospecting. 

The  qualifications  necessary  for  successful 
emigration  to  the  Northern  Territory  are 
peculiar.  A  man  must  be  restless,  roving, 
masterful,  hard-living,  and  hard-working.  He 
must  be  self-reliant,  courageous,  a  good  shot, 
cool-headed,  able  to  ride,  to  cook,  and  to  shift 
for  himself.  Sometimes  his  life  will  depend 
upon  doing  the  right  thing  at  the  right  time. 

The  Northern  Territory  might  be  termed  "  An 
Adventurer's  Paradise."  The  immediate  neigh- 
bourhoods of  Palmerston  in  the  north  and 
Oodnadatta  in  the  south  are  free  from  hostile 
blacks,  but  to  those  who  are  willing  to  risk  their 
lives  in  seeking  for  gold  or  rich  fertile  land 
the  black  fellow  must  be  taken  into  considera- 
tion. Dangers  arising  from  this  cause  have 
been  exaggerated,  both  by  explorers  and  tragedy- 
seekers.  The  former  always  report  the  most 
trifling  friction,  and  the  latter  describe  them  as 
cruel  savages.  The  fact  is  the  black  fellow  is 
what  the  white  man  makes  him.  If  a  timid, 
hysterical  party  fire  their  guns  in  the  direction 
of  an  approaching  mob,  the  blacks  will  re- 


84         RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

taliate,  and  probably  sneak  behind  one  of  them 
with  a  spear.  If  the  blacks  are  allowed  to 
enter  camp  and  do  as  they  like,  they  soon 
become  an  intolerable  nuisance.  The  best 
policy  is  to  treat  them  with  a  reasonable  amount 
of  leniency  and  kindness,  combined  with  abso- 
lute rule.  One  must  have  no  fear.  This  does 
not  mean  that  an  appearance  of  courage  is 
sufficient,  but  the  heart  must  be  genuinely 
fearless.  A  savage  can  read  a  white  man 
better  than  an  educated  person  can  read  a  black. 
The  immigrant  soon  becomes  accustomed  to 
blacks,  and  if  he  gains  for  himself  the  title  of 
"  batchee,  berragood,"  meaning  "  good  white- 
fellow,"  he  can  travel  where  he  likes  in  safety. 
The  black  fellow  can  discriminate  between  good 
and  bad,  and,  though  very  immoral,  he  soon 
learns  to  respect  a  self-restrained,  noble  character. 
Three  years  ago  I  came  across  some  natives 
in  their  haunts.  The  man  and  his  gin  were 
sitting  on  a  log,  a  piccaninny  sprawled  on  the 
grass,  and  a  dingo  was  coiled  up  in  the  shade. 
When  the  man  saw  me  he  bounded  to  his  feet 
as  if  he  had  received  an  electric  shock,  uttered 
a  terrified  yell,  and  ran  off  through  the  trees. 
The  woman  also  yelled  and  started,  but  turned 


NORTHERN  TERRITORY  85 

and  dashed  round,  picking  up  the  piccaninny  in 
her  sweep.  This  was  no  unusual  experience. 
They  soon  forsake  the  white  man's  neighbour- 
hood and  avoid  him  in  every  possible  way. 
When  they  become  friendly,  it  is  wise  to  keep 
them  at  a  distance,  and  never  to  expect  grati- 
tude or  reliable  services  from  them.  A  black 
fellow  sometimes  works  steadily  on  a  station  for 
months,  and  then,  without  reason,  demands  his 
wages  and  takes  his  departure  at  a  moment's 
notice,  to  join  himself  to  a  travelling  mob. 
Quoting  from  the  journal  of  another  traveller 
(1905): — "A  long  walk  was  before  us,  the 
going  was  pretty  heavy,  and  the  day  hot;  boots 
and  leggings  were  taken  off  and  handed  over  to 
the  blacks,  who  proudly  carried  them.  Cer- 
tainly, Williamson  never  saw  his  boots  again, 
but  this  was  the  exception."  Again  :  "  Loman 
sat  down  on  the  sand  and  listened  quietly  to 
the  incessant  jabber,  &c.  This  pleased  our 
black  friends  very  much,  and  the  one  who 
appeared  to  be  the  proud  chieftain,  a  power- 
fully-built savage,  announced  that  he  had 
bestowed  the  hand  of  his  daughter — a  charming 
young  lady,  whose  costume  consisted  of  a  smear 
of  red  ochre  over  the  face  and  a  medium-sized 


86         RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

bone  through  the  nose — on  a  member  of  the 
party  whose  size  had  evidently  aroused  his 
admiration."  Some  reference  to  the  blacks 
cannot  honestly  be  omitted  from  an  account  of 
the  Northern  Territory.  It  is  no  place  for 
families  or  young  children  at  present,  but 
fortunes  are  awaiting  development,  and  much 
reward  may  be  reaped  by  the  adventurous. 

The  route  to  the  Northern  Territory  is  via 
Port  Darwin  by  steamer  or  Adelaide  by  train. 
The  terminus  is  at  Oodnadatta,  688  miles  from 
the  capital.  Provisions  and  candles  should  be 
provided  for  the  journey,  because  meals  cannot 
always  be  obtained  at  the  stations,  and  the 
lamps  have  an  awkward  way  of  going  out. 
There  is  no  good  land  near  Oodnadatta,  but 
some  eighty  to  a  hundred  miles  northward  the 
good  country  begins.  Oodnadatta  contains  two 
Government  buildings  constructed  of  stone  and 
wood,  but  all  the  other  dwellings  are  of 
whitened  galvanised  iron.  The  town  is  very 
healthy  and  clean.  The  ground  is  not  loose 
enough  to  give  off  the  dust,  and  the  air  is 
fresh  and  invigorating.  There  is  a  fair  accom- 
modation-house called  the  "  Transcontinental 
Hotel,"  as  well  as  a  school-house,  where  some 


NORTHERN  TERRITORY  87 

thirty  to  forty  children  are  educated.  Some 
Chinamen  have  a  flourishing  vegetable-garden  in 
the  neighbourhood;  they  produce  very  choice 
tomatoes,  which  they  send  to  Adelaide  three  or 
four  months  before  the  southern  crops  are  due. 
Tomatoes  are  raised  all  the  year  round.  The 
bore- water  in  the  town  is  sold  to  the  inhabitants 
at  5d.  a  hundred  gallons.  The  water  is  hot 
and  has  a  peculiar  taste,  but  it  is  wholesome 
and  pleasant. 

Dalhousie  Springs,  eighty-four  miles  from 
Oodnadatta,  is  a  famous  district  for  horses. 
Here  many  racers  have  entered  into  retirement, 
such  as  Sardine,  an  Adelaide  Grand  National 
winner,  Little  Boz,  St.  Elmo,  &c.  Macumba,  a 
cattle  and  horse  station,  is  about  forty  miles 
from  Oodnadatta.  It  is  the  first  stopping-place 
for  the  night  of  the  Arltunga  coach. 

The  climate  of  the  Northern  Territory  is 
tropical,  except  on  the  table-lands,  where  the 
temperature  is  lower.  There  are  two  seasons — 
the  dry  and  the  wet.  The  wet  season  lasts  from 
November  to  April,  with  an  average  rainfall  of 
63in.  at  Palmerston,  decreasing  southward  to  a 
minimum  of  6in.  During  the  wet  season  the 
heat  is  tropical,  but  at  other  times  of  the  year 


88          RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

the   days   are   bright   and   clear   and   the   weather 
is  equable. 

Land  suitable  for  cotton-growing  is  offered  by 
the  Government  in  blocks  of  5,000  acres,  rent 
free  for  seven  years;  afterwards  at  a  rental  of 
i|d.  per  acre,  with  the  right  to  purchase  at 
2S.  6d.  per  acre. 

The   emigrant    should    visit    the    Territory    and 
study    its    conditions    before    embarking    on    any 
definite     plan.      I     have     described     where     the 
best-known    land    is    situated,    but    a    few    days 
should     be     spent     in     Adelaide     for     consulta- 
tion   with    the    State    authorities.      The    Crown 
Lands    Office    will    provide    reliable    information, 
or    the    Agent-General    for    South    Australia    in 
London    would    prove    a    valuable    help.     Cattle- 
raising   or   ostrich-farming   would   be   encouraged 
by    the    Government.      Ostriches    of    a    splendid 
type     can     be     purchased     from     Port     Augusta 
Farm,     and     cattle     under     the     advice     of     the 
Hon.     L.     O'Laughlin,     M.P.,     Adelaide,     who 
is    the    Minister   controlling    the    Northern    Terri- 
tory and  also  an   expert  farmer. 


V 


THE     BEAUTIFUL     ISLAND     OF 
TASMANIA 

TASMANIA  has  an  area  of  26,215  square  miles, 
and  a  population  of  180,163  (1907).  It  is 
situated  south  of  the  mainland,  and  the  voyage 
from  England  costs  no  more  than  to  Western 
Australia.  This  beautiful  island  is  more  English 
than  the  other  States.  Its  surface  is  remarkably 
uneven,  being  a  succession  of  hills  and  valleys 
of  great  height  and  depth,  with  peaks  and 
glens.  The  scenery  includes  the  snow-capped 
mountain,  the  glassy  lake,  the  wild  shore,  the 
barren  tract,  the  green  valley,  the  extensive 
sheep-land,  and  the  wild  expanse  of  agricultural 
land  studded  with  neat  homesteads  and  made 
pleasant  to  the  English  eye  by  the  subdivision 
into  fields  and  highly-cultivated  gardens  and 
orchards,  fenced  by  hedges  such  as  adorn  the 
landscapes  of  England.  The  whole  island  is 
watered  by  never-failing  rivers. 


90          RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

The  valleys  and  plains  richly  repay  cultiva- 
tion, and  there  is  a  large  area  of  grazing  land. 
In  many  localities  good  land  remains  un- 
occupied and  not  yet  opened  up  by  roads. 

The  soil  in  the  Ringarooma  and  Scottsdale 
country  and  along  the  north-west  is  a  chocolate 
loam  of  great  depth.  The  only  difficulty  to 
settlement  lies  in  the  dense  forests.  The  same 
applies  to  the  North-West  and  Huon  districts, 
wherein  the  sturdy  settlers,  wrestling  with  the 
forest  giants,  are  steadily  increasing  the  culti- 
vation of  the  land.  The  conditions  are  similar 
to  those  of  Canada,  without  the  long,  cold 
winter.  The  high  central  table-land  is  com- 
paratively treeless,  but  the  soil  is  poor. 

Scottsdale  is  the  terminus  of  the  Launceston 
and  Scottsdale  Railway  line.  It  is  thirty-nine 
miles  north-east  of  Launceston,  and  one  train 
runs  daily  to  and  from  the  city.  Coaches 
connect  with  these  trains  and  convey  passengers 
to  Ringarooma,  Braxholm,  Derby,  and  Moorina. 
These  places  all  represent  good  agricultural 
land,  very  sparsely  settled.  St.  Helens  lies 
about  twenty-five  miles  south-east  of  Moorina, 
and  is  rapidly  becoming  an  important  centre  for 
export.  A  steamer  trades  here  every  alternate 


THE     AUTHOR     LECTURING     ON     THE     TASMAXIAN     FAUNA. 
[ECIDNA,     PLATYPUS,    TASMANIAN     WOLF,    ETC.] 


TASMANIA  91 

week  to  Hobart  or  Launceston.  The  chief  crops 
grown  in  this  neighbourhood  are  wheat,  barley, 
potatoes,  peas,  &c.  Sheep,  horses,  cattle,  and 
pigs  do  well. 

The  north-west  coast  has  recently  attracted 
many  people,  and  I  was  surprised  at  the 
amount  of  settlement  which  has  taken  place 
here.  I  think  this  part  of  the  island  affords 
the  best  opportunity  to  the  emigrant.  In  East 
and  West  Devon  the  country  has  been  well 
opened  up,  and  is  supplied  with  good  roads, 
railways,  and  deep-water  ports,  so  that  the 
settlers  have  no  difficulty  in  getting  produce  to 
market.  In  the  county  of  Wellington,  which 
lies  beyond,  the  farmers  are  not  so  favourably 
situated,  but  appear  in  a  prosperous  condition. 
On  the  Inglis,  Calder,  and  St.  Mary  rivers 
large  tracts  have  been  selected,  and  areas  of 
first-class  land  still  await  the  emigrant.  The 
Union  Steamship  Company  runs  a  boat  bi- 
weekly between  Devonport  (Tasmania)  and 
Melbourne,  and  one  weekly  to  Sydney.  This 
enables  the  new  settler  to  avoid  the  train 
journey  from  Launceston,  and  lands  him  direct 
from  England  in  the  splendid  agricultural 
county  of  Devon. 


92         RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

New  Norfolk  and  the  Huon  district  are 
within  easy  jeach  of  Hobart,  the  capital  of 
Tasmania.  These  are  celebrated  orchard  centres, 
the  soil  being  admirably  adapted  to  fruit  culture. 
The  ground  must  not  be  too  rich,  or  the  trees 
run  to  wood  and  become  barren.  It  is  a  re- 
markable feature  of  the  fruit  industry  throughout 
the  island  that  the  best  crops  are  produced  from 
trees  of  stunted  growth.  Tasmanian  apples 
rank  high  in  the  markets  of  the  world.  The 
American  and  Canadian  fruit  is  often  dry  and 
lacking  in  flavour,  though  when  eaten  fresh 
from  the  tree  it  is  different.  Tasmanian  apples 
retain  their  quality  for  many  months,  and  reach 
England  in  prime  condition.  During  the  fruit 
season  Hobart  is  the  scene  of  much  activity, 
and  the  picturesque  River  Derwent  is  alive  with 
the  world's  shipping. 

The  climate  of  Tasmania  is  delightful,  and 
the  winters  are  mild.  The  island  suffered 
severely  for  many  years  from  the  terrible  depre- 
dations of  bushrangers;  but  these  horrors  have 
long  ago  disappeared,  and  the  aborigines  are 
extinct. 

The  marsupial  wolf  and  devil  once  played 
havoc  with  the  flocks,  but  now  the  shooting  or 


TASMANIA  93 

trapping  of  these  carnivora  is  considered  a  great 
event,  and  one  must  go  far  into  the  pathless 
wilds  to  search  for  them.  The  island  is  com- 
paratively free  from  pests,  though  rabbits  are 
very  plentiful  in  the  Cambridge  district,  near 
Hobart.  Potatoes  often  fetch  a  high  price  in 
New  Zealand  and  the  other  Australian  States, 
and  at  such  times  Tasmanian  farmers  have 
made  fortunes  by  selling  their  crops.  The 
potato  harvest  is  practically  certain,  though  the 
returns  depend  on  outside  markets. 

Beaconsfield  (Devon  County)  is  the  chief 
centre  of  the  gold -mining  industry.  The 
Tasmanian  Gold  Mining  Company  has  proved 
itself  to  be  one  of  the  most  productive  in  the 
southern  hemisphere.  The  other  leading  mines 
are  the  Amalgamated  West  Tasmania,  Ophir, 
&c.  Forty  thousand  ounces  of  gold  have  been 
produced  from  one  of  these  mines  annually,  and 
much  mineral  wealth  remains  undiscovered. 
Experts  believe  that  only  the  fringe  of  Tas- 
mania's wealth  has  been  touched. 

The  general  method  of  clearing  land  in  Tas- 
mania is  first  to  ring-bark  the  large  trees, 
which  begin  to  die  at  once,  and  then  to  remove 
all  the  indigenous  vegetable  growths.  The 


94         RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

smaller  scrub  must  be  grubbed  up  and  burnt, 
and  the  larger  trees  dug  around  until  their  roots 
are  exposed.  They  are  then  either  pulled  down 
or  burned  out.  The  instrument  used  for  the 
former  is  called  "  a  forest  devil."  When  the 
trees  are  down  they  are  cut  into  manageable 
lengths,  piled  together,  and  burned.  Most  of 
the  native  timbers  will  burn  green,  and  there  is 
seldom  any  difficulty  in  getting  rid  of  them. 
All  roots  must  be  "  run  "  and  removed  to  a 
depth  of  i8in.  or  2ft.  Clearing,  to  an  English 
emigrant,  is  a  big  undertaking.  It  is  usually 
done  by  contract,  and  the  cost  varies  with  the 
nature  of  the  work.  There  are  many  men  who 
make  a  regular  business  of  it,  and  provide  the 
necessary  appliances,  from  "  forest  devils  "  and 
bullock  teams  to  blasting  powder. 

It  is  preferable  to  have  clearing  done  by 
contract,  to  prevent  delay.  The  selector  should 
take  care  to  see  that  all  roots  are  removed  to 
the  stipulated  depth  and  the  general  conditions 
complied  with.  It  is  usual  to  include  the  clear- 
ing and  first  ploughing  in  one  contract.  The 
roots  of  some  Eucalypts  penetrate  to  a  great 
depth,  and  after  trees  are  ring-barked  a  stream 
of  fresh  water  frequently  flows  through  the 


TASMANIA  95 

land.  I  discovered  the  roots  of  trees  in  some 
cases  more  than  moft.  below  the  surface. 

After  trees  have  been  ring-barked  some  will 
burn  while  green,  and  others  within  twelve 
months.  The  value  of  labour  in  clearing  land 
is  estimated  at  from  IDS.  to  £2  per  acre. 
Cleared  land  is  valued  at  from  £3  to  £2$  per 
acre,  according  to  the  soil,  proximity  to  markets, 
and  other  factors.  The  word  "  cleared "  is 
often  applied  to  land  on  which  all  the  scrub 
has  been  destroyed  but  which  is  still  studded 
with  dead  trees  killed  by  "  ringing."  These 
trees  are  sometimes  blown  down  by  gales  and 
cut  into  lengths  and  burnt  where  they  fall. 
"  Partially  cleared "  refers  to  land  some  of 
which  remains  in  its  original  condition  of 
forest. 

Many  farmers  in  the  north-western  counties 
engage  entirely  in  potato-growing.  It  is  a 
popular  method  of  procuring  ready  cash  under 
easy  circumstances.  I  had  an  interview  with 
one  young  emigrant,  who  had  just  rented  a 
farm  with  the  object  of  making  a  home  for 
himself.  Potatoes  were  very  cheap  and  his 
funds  only  amounted  to  £8.  With  this  sum 
he  purchased  enough  seed  to  plant  sixteen  acres 


96          RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

of  potatoes.  When  digging  time  came  he  had 
a  splendid  crop,  and  his  harvest  brought  him 
in  ;£6oo. 

Another  example  of  good  luck  happened  to  a 
farm  labourer  who  was  "  humping  his  bluey  " 
in  search  of  employment  in  the  bad  times 
which  prevailed  at  the  end  of  1906.  Money 
was  very  scarce,  and  although  labour  and  out- 
side help  were  very  necessary  on  plenty,  of  the 
farms  he  called  at,  the  owners  had  not  the 
wherewithal  to  pay,  and  so  he  had  to  pass  on. 
At  length  he  found  a  farmer  who  was  willing 
to  furnish  him  with  free  board  and  lodging, 
with  payment  in  kind.  The  terms  were  that 
in  return  for  preparing  a  few  acres  for  the 
plough,  and  planting  with  seed  potatoes,  he 
should  have  half  the  crop.  "  Spuds  "  were  then 
fetching  only  155.  to  £i  per  ton.  The  man 
went  energetically  to  work,  and  in  due  course 
prepared  and  planted  a  good  area  of  land. 
The  crop  turned  out  well,  and  the  net  result 
to  the  man  totted  up  to  something  over  ^120 
for  three  months'  work,  potatoes  having  risen 
to  a  fancy  price.  In  1907  they  fetched  £20 
per  ton,  and  were  retailed  in  Auckland  at  3d. 
per  Ib. 


\ 


TASMANIA  97 

The  possibilities  and  probabilities  of  potato- 
growing  came  under  my  notice  in  the  case  of 
a  farmer  in  the  Pine  Road  district,  near  Penguin 
(Devon).  He  was  accustomed  to  plant  large 
areas  of  his  farm  with  the  tuber,  and,  as  a 
rule,  found  the  results  most  satisfactory.  This 
particular  season  he  had  a  very  fine  planting 
of  some  eighty  acres,  and  they  were  estimated 
to  yield  at  the  rate  of  ten  tons  per  acre.  This 
farmer  received  and  refused  an  offer  of  ,£3,000 
for  his  potato  crop  as  it  stood  in  the 
paddocks,  the  buyer  to  do  all  the  digging,  find 
bags,  and  cart  the  produce  to  market.  The 
owner  considered  the  offer  was  not  good 
enough,  and  preferred  to  wait  for  the  predicted 
boom  prices  for.  June  and  July,  which  eventually 
ruled. 

During  my  trip  from  Bellerive  to  Sorrell 
and^Colebrook,  in  the  counties  of  Pembroke 
and  Monmouth,  I  was  the  guest  of  Mr.  P. 
Murdock,  who  drove  me  for  many  miles 
through  the  country.  I  interviewed  several  suc- 
cessful farmers  and  walked  over  extensive  sheep- 
runs.  The  land  is  well  farmed  in  these 
counties,  and  the  conditions  compare  favourably 
with  those  of  Great  Britain.  The  fields  are 

H 


98          RAMBLES   AND    ADVENTURES 

separated  by  hedges,  and  the  country  lanes  are 
similar  to  those  of  England.  The  regular  rain- 
fall gives  a  delightful  appearance  to  the  fields 
in  spring,  and  wheat,  barley,  oats,  &c.,  yield 
good  crops.  Land  can  be  bought  in  Cambridge 
at  a  reasonable  cost,  but  there  are  no  free 
homestead  farms. 

I  resided  in  Tasmania  for  twelve  months,  not 
only  exploring  the  country  wherever  there  was 
a  railway,  but  penetrating  into  the  virgin  forest 
and  vacant  Crown  lands.  Some  parts  of  the 
island  I  found  almost  impossible  to  journey 
through,  and  more  than  once  became  hopelessly 
lost,  being  rescued  by  search  parties. 

The  cheapest  route  to  Tasmania  is  via  Mel- 
bourne on  the  s.s.  "  Waretea,"  of  Holyman's 
White  Star  Line,  but  the  most  comfortable  is 
by  the  Union  Steamship  Company.  - 


VI 
EMIGRATION    TO    NEW   SOUTH    WALES 

THE  New  South  Wales  Government  has 
made  special  arrangements  with  several  shipping 
companies  for  reduced  rates  of  passage  money 
to  their  State  for  persons  anxious  to  engage 
in  agriculture.  The  emigrants  must  be  de- 
sirable in  every  way  and  approved  of  by  the 
Agent-General  in  London  before  these  con- 
cessions can  be  recognised.  The  lowest  rate 
to  Sydney  is  from  £6  to  £g  third  class,  and 
from  £26  to  £28  second  class.  Only  those  who 
have  been  accustomed  to  the  roughest  kind  of 
life  should  travel  third  class. 

The  State  of  New  South  Wales  comprises  an 
area  of  198,848,000  acres,  and  is  more  than 
two  and  a  half  times  the  size  of  Great  Britain 
and  Ireland.  The  population  is  only  1,600,000, 
so  there  is  plenty  of  room  for  more  people. 

Sydney,    the    working-man's    paradise,    is    one 


TOO         RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

of  the  most  beautifully-situated  cities  in  the 
world.  The  harbour,  parks,  gardens,  and 
recreation  grounds  are  well  placed,  so  that 
artificial  landscape  harmonises  with  Nature. 
Not  only  is  the  city  itself  full  of  interest  and 
amusements,  but  there  are  so  many  cheap 
pleasure  trips  in  the  neighbourhood  that  for  a 
few  pence  a  person  can  visit  a  different  spot 
every  week  in  the  year.  It  is  quite  impossible 
to  compare  these  pleasure  resorts  with  anything 
English,  because,  summed  together,  they  com- 
bine Coney  Island,  Dieppe,  Naples,  Ilfracombe, 
Margate,  Rottingdean,  and  the  Canadian  Lakes. 
Manly,  Como,  the  National  Park,  the  Hawkes- 
bury,  Bondi,  &c.,  &c.,  are  among  the  most 
popular,  and  within  easy  distance. 

The  climate  of  the  State  is  very  hot  in 
certain  parts,  especially  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Parramatta,  but  in  winter  it  is  ideal  everywhere. 

The  valleys  and  hills  of  the  Blue  Mountains 
furnish  a  cool,  pleasant  refuge  during  the 
summer,  when  the  temperature  is  very  much 
the  same  as  it  is  in  England.  Here  there  is 
a  regular  rainfall,  and  much  uninhabited  land 
containing  rich  belts  of  soil.  The  small 
capitalist  with  a  few  pounds  of  certain  income 


NEW    SOUTH   WALES  101 

would  find  life  in  one  of  these  choice  spots 
unequalled  anywhere  for  health,  profit,  and 
enjoyment. 

The  peculiar  advantages  of  the  uninhabited 
valleys  of  the  Blue  Mountains  have  not  yet 
been  made  known,  because  few  persons  have 
ever  explored  them  or  thought  about  them. 

The  tourists  and  holiday-makers  who  take  the 
long  road-trip  from  Katoomba  to  the  Jenolan 
Caves  have  either  driven  or  walked  along  the 
mountain  road. 

I  explored  the  Blue  Mountains  far  beyond 
the  range  of  guide-books  and  conveyances,  and 
it  was  during  these  expeditions  that  I  was 
surprised  to  discover  so  many  beautiful  and 
desirable  localities  without  a  sign  of  human 
habitation.  It  may,  of  course,  be  the  policy  of 
some  persons  to  discourage  settlement  here,  but 
mountain  scenery  does  not  deteriorate  with  the 
introduction  of  green  fields,  golden  corn, 
picturesque  homesteads,  and  romantic-looking 
homes.  Nothing  adds  more  to  the  charm  of 
the  Jamieson  Valley  than  the  home  and  sur- 
roundings of  Lilianfels. 

One  trip  I  took  was  from  Nellie's  Glen, 
which  is  situated  about  two  and  a  half  miles  from 


102         RAMBLES    AND   ADVENTURES 

the  Carrington  Hotel,  Katoomba.  Conveyances 
can  be  hired  for  a  couple  of  shillings  to  the 
"  Explorer's  Tree,"  but  the  rest  of  the  journey 
must  be  taken  on  foot.  I  do  not  consider  the 
path  is  safe  for  a  horse,  and  should  not  advise 
any  person  to  attempt  to  ride;  there  are  so 
many  dangerous  spots  which  only  a  native 
understands  how  to  avoid. 

After  emerging  from  the  glen  and  ravine  the 
road  begins  to  ascend,  and  in  a  few  hours 
good  land  will  be  discovered  on  both  sides  of 
the  path.  Cattle  and  mixed  farming  would 
pay  well  here,  and  there  is  plenty  of  beautiful 
running  water. 

There  are  practically  no  good  roads  through 
this  country,  but  there  is  a  movement  on  foot 
to  build  them  when  settlement  advances.  The 
good  agricultural  land  commences  about  twelve 
miles  from  Katoomba. 

Katoomba  is  a  famous  summer  resort  sixty- 
five  miles  from  Sydney.  It  contains  large 
hotels,  boarding-houses,  and  lodging-places,  and 
furnishes  a  good  local  market  for  eggs,  poultry, 
vegetables,  and  dairy  produce. 

The  great  mistake  many  emigrants  make  is 
taking  up  land  far  away  from  any  city.  My 


THE  BLUE   MOUNTAINS   ARE  THE  HOME  OF  THE   WALLABY. 
[PHOTOGRAPHED    NEAR    KIA   ORA.] 


NEW    SOUTH   WALES  103 

advice    would    always    be    to    examine    the    land 
close    at    home    before    going    further    afield. 

New  South  Wales  does  not  offer  the  same 
opportunities  as  Western  Australia,  Queensland, 
or  Tasmania,  but  it  possesses  peculiar  attrac- 
tions which  these  States  do  not. 

Sydney     is      the     metropolitan     city     of     the 
Commonwealth,      and      has      a      population      of 
500,000.      The    farmer    is    within    easy    access    of 
the    best    market    in    the    southern    hemisphere. 
The   city    itself    is   entirely    European,    and    there 
are   fewer    foreigners    here    than    in    the   ordinary 
large  towns  at  home.     The  hum  and  activity  of 
modern    enterprise    centre    in    Sydney,    and    the 
scientific    farmer    is    in     touch    with     the    latest 
machinery,   fertilisers,   and   improvements.      If  he 
wants    a    change    he    can     find    every    form    of 
excitement,     amusement,     and     pleasure     to     be 
found  in   London  or  Paris.    The   Royal  Society, 
the    Royal   Geographical   Society,    and   a   host   of 
others    associate    men    of    like    tastes,    and    the 
clubs  are  well  managed  and  comfortable.    Cloth- 
ing  and   stores   are   cheap    or   dear   according   to 
the   locality,    which   applies   to   all   large   capitals 
throughout    the    world.        The    settlers    I    inter- 
viewed   in    the    valleys    of    the    Blue    Mountains 


104         RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

were  prosperous  and  contented.  They  were 
engaged  chiefly  in  growing  maize,  root  crops, 
fruit,  and  in  dairying.  Some  of  them  had 
introduced  imported  grasses  with  wonderful 
results,  and  their  cattle  looked  in  excellent 
condition. 

The  Governments  generally  urge  emigrants 
to  go  some  distance  away  for  settlement. 
Politics,  perhaps,  influence  their  interest  in  the 
matter,  and  my  experience  has  been,  during 
twenty  years  of  travel,  that  all  Government 
literature  is  misleading  in  every  part  of  our 
Empire.  The  only  reliable  advice  can  proceed 
from  those  who  have  no  personal  motive  in 
giving  it. 

There  is  no  good  land  available  along  the 
road  within  four  miles  of  Katoomba,  but  the 
emigrant  who  has  the  courage  and  energy  to 
visit  the  locality  I  have  referred  to  will  be  able 
to  ascertain  what  land  is  vacant  and  make  his 
own  selection. 

The  country  between  Sydney  and  Parramatta 
represents  some  of  the  worst  land  in  the  State, 
but  a  few  miles  beyond  the  fruit  farms  are 
reached,  and  the  soil  improves  as  the  train 
nears  Penrith.  Penrith  is  "  the  gate  "  to  the 


NEW    SOUTH   WALES  105 

Blue  Mountains.  No  idea  can  be  formed  of 
the  districts  from  a  railway  journey,  because 
throughout  Australia  the  good  land  always  lies 
beyond  the  railway  line. 

New  South  Wales  possesses  large  areas  of 
land  open  for  selection  in  different  parts  of  the 
State.  These  lands  have  in  many  cases  been 
acquired  from  their  original  owners  by  pur- 
chase. In  the  early  days  enormous  tracts  were 
bestowed  indiscriminately  upon  unworthy  indi- 
viduals, who  either  lived  out  of  the  country  or 
fed  a  few  cattle  upon  it.  In  this  way  some 
of  the  best  agricultural  land  remained  locked, 
with  no  possibility  of  development.  These 
estates  have  now  been  sub-divided  into  home- 
steads, and  can  be  purchased  from  the  Govern- 
ment from  £2  to  £3  per  acre,  small  deposits 
being  accepted  and  liberal  terms  granted. 
Where  land  is  far  away  from  a  railway  it  is 
practically  given  away. 

The  average  yield  of  wheat  throughout  this 
State  has  been  ten  bushels  to  the  acre  for  a 
number  of  years,  and  25.  6d.  per  bushel  is 
the  lowest  price  ever  realised. 

The  Government  of  New  South  Wales  some- 
times recommends  the  small  capitalist  to  com- 


io6         RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

mence  his  operations  with  wheat-growing,  but 
I  am  sure  mixed  farming  is  the  only  safe 
investment  in  this  climate. 

Farming  in  this  part  of  the  world  commences 
with  ploughing  in  February  and  sowing  in 
March.  Hay-harvesting  takes  place  early  in 
November,  and  is  followed  by  the  cutting  of 
maize.  December  is  the  month  for  getting  in 
the  wheat  from  the  fields.  The  chief  shearing 
season  is  October  and  November. 

The  New  England  district  produces  not  only 
good  wheat,  but  excellent  potatoes,  and  some 
farmers  have  realised  gross  returns  of  ^40  per 
acre.  The  cost  of  stocking  a  small  dairy  farm 
of  100  acres  in  New  South  Wales  has  been 
estimated  at  about  ,£400.  Such  a  farm  would 
represent  thirty  cows,  ten  heifers,  two  plough- 
horses,  three  pigs,  cart  and  harness,  plough,  culti- 
vator, sundry  tools,  separator,  cans,  buckets,  &c. 

The  Australian  system  of  farming  differs 
from  the  English  in  not  being  so  intense.  The 
British  practice,  with  modifications,  could  be 
successfully  followed  in  Australia.  Instead  of 
making  provision  for  a  long,  cold  winter,  as 
in  England,  the  farmer  must  provide  for  the 
dry  summer  of  Australia. 


ENTRANCE    TO    A    CAVE.    BLUE     MOUNTAINS. 


NEW   SOUTH   WALES  107 

An  instance  of  quick  returns  from  virgin  soil 
was  brought  under  my  notice  in  the  case  of 
Mr.  T.  G.  Adamson,  of  Tamworth.  This 
gentleman  bought  a  block  of  220  acres  of 
uncleared  land  at  the  end  of  March,  1906.  The 
land  was  cleared  of  its  timber,  and  a  crop  of 
wheat  and  barley  put  in.  At  the  end  of 
December,  1906,  Mr.  Adamson  took  off  695 
bags  of  wheat  and  eighty-one  bags  of  barley, 
and  in  January,  1907,  received  a  cheque  for 
,£380  for  the  proceeds.  Tamworth  is  one  of 
the  districts  in  which  the  New  South  Wales 
Government  is  making  arrangements  to  resume 
large  areas  which  are  at  present  lying  unculti- 
vated in  the  hands  of  private  owners.  On  the 
western  slopes  lying  at  the  back  of  the  moun- 
tain ranges  some  of  the  best  land  in  Australia 
can  be  found  for  the  production  of  fruits  for 
canning  and  drying  purposes.  Australian  dried 
fruits  are  often  considered  superior  to  the  im- 
ported article,  and  the  few  hundred  tons  sent 
to  London  have  been  very  favourably  reported 
upon. 

The  local  fruit  trade  is  of  considerable 
magnitude  and  commands  a  fair  price. 

Mixed    farming    must     represent    fairly     good 


io8       RAMBLES    AND   ADVENTURES 

land   and   a   reliable   rainfall,    and   where    this    is 
to   be   found   results   are   safe. 

Mixed  farming  minimises  the  risk.  It  allows 
of  monetary  returns  being  received  more  often, 
and  provides  for  a  division  of  labour  for  both 
men  and  teams  throughout  the  year,  which  con- 
siderably relieves  the  monotony.  The  principal 
produce  to  be  aimed  at  is  wool,  mutton,  wheat, 
butter,  bacon,  and  fruits. 

Sugar-cane  can  be  grown  successfully  in  the 
northern  counties  of  Rous,  Richmond,  and 
Clarence.  In  the  southern  districts  maize, 
millet,  oats,  rye,  potatoes,  &c.,  are  raised.  On 
the  soil  of  second-rate  quality  in  the  undulating 
country  nearer  the  foothills,  pineapples,  bananas, 
oranges,  lemons,  grapes,  peaches,  apricots, 
plums,  passion  fruit,  and  different  berries  can 
be  produced. 

The  alluvial  soil  of  all  the  coastal  rivers  is 
wrell  adapted  for  the  growing  of  lucerne,  maize, 
and  other  fodder  crops,  and  the  higher  ground 
furnishes  ideal  grazing  for  cattle.  The  greater 
portion  of  the  Western  Plains  is  given  over  en- 
tirely to  stock-raising,  except  around  the  artesian 
bores  in  the  north-west  and  along  the  irrigation 
canals  of  the  Riverina,  in  the  south-west. 


THE    INTERIOR    OF    A    CAVE,    BLUE    MOUNTAIN'S. 


NEW    SOUTH   WALES  109 

Outdoor  life  is  the  rule  in  New  South  Wales, 
and  the  windows  and  doors  of  houses  are 
generally  left  open  day  and  night.  Most  of 
the  houses  have  verandas,  in  which  much  time 
is  spent.  Owing  to  the  climate,  outdoor  exer- 
cise is  freely  indulged  in.  Cricket,  football,  and 
cycling  are  everywhere,  and  golf  is  spreading 
marvellously.  Boating  and  bathing  are  common, 
owing  to  the  numerous  harbours  and  long 
coast-line.  Riding  is  very  common,  because 
horses  are  good  and  cheap.  The  postman 
brings  your  letters  on  horseback,  the  butcher- 
boy  your  meat,  and  the  lamplighter  goes  his 
round  in  the  same  way. 

The  four  seasons  of  the  year  are  not  so 
marked  in  this  State  as  in  Europe.  Few  of 
the  trees  lose  their  leaves  in  winter.  With 
spring  they  get  a  new  set  of  leaves.  Summer 
and  winter  are  marked  enough  because  the 
winter  is  absolutely  perfection,  but  the  inter- 
mediate spring  and  autumn  are  not  so.  I 
consider  there  are  only  two  really  bad  months, 
but  these  are  not  so  troublesome  as  our  bad 
months  in  England.  When  it  is  very  hot  for 
a  few  days  it  is  always  followed  by  a  southerly 
wind  to  take  away  the  effects.  Spring  months 


no        RAMBLES    AND   ADVENTURES 

are  September,  October,  and  November; 
summer,  December,  January,  and  February ; 
autumn,  March,  April,  and  May ;  winter,  June, 
July,  and  August. 

The  emigrant  who  wishes  to  take  up  land 
should  call  at  the  Intelligence  Department  in 
Sydney  as  soon  as  he  arrives.  Concessions  are 
granted  on  the  railways  to  all  those  who  desire 
to  engage  in  rural  work,  both  with  regard  to 
tickets  and  effects.  Board  and  lodging  can  be 
obtained  in  Sydney  for  single  men  from  123. 
to  i8s.  per  week,  but  married  couples  will  find 
it  cheaper  to  go  into  lodgings  at  from  IDS.  per 
week  upwards.  Meals  can  be  purchased  in  the 
city  at  6d.  each,  but  those  who  can  afford  an 
extra  3d.  will  be  wise  to  dine  at  Her  Majesty's 
Restaurant  in  Pitt  Street.  Two  of  these  meals 
daily,  are  quite  sufficient  for  health  in  the 
summer.  The  breakfast  can  be  prepared  over 
an  oil  stove  at  the  lodgings. 

Victoria  Street,  Darlinghurst,  will  be  found 
a  reasonable  and  respectable  locality  for  lodgings. 
The  cars  run  from  King  Street  direct  for  id., 
and  if  a  person  walks  along  Victoria  Street 
he  will  see  cards  placed  in  the  windows  giving 
notice  of  vacant  rooms. 


NEW   SOUTH   WALES 


in 


The  small  hotels  and  boarding-houses  should 
not  be  attempted  unless  acting  under  the  recom- 
mendation of  an  immigration  officer. 

There  are  several  labour  bureaux  in  Sydney, 
the  majority  being  in  Bathurst  Street.  There 
are  a  few  in  Castlereagh  Street  and  one  at  the 
top  of  George  Street.  The  daily  papers  should 
be  carefully  scanned  by  those  seeking  employ- 
ment, and  if  qualified  persons  really  want  work 
and  diligently  apply  for  it  they  will  not  be 
many  days  in  New  South  Wales  before  they 
have  a  settled  position.  Work  is  easier  to 
obtain  in  Sydney  than  it  is  in  London. 

Much  harm  has  been  done  to  emigration  to 
New  South  Wales  by  the  indiscriminate  choice 
of  persons  for  reduced  passages  and  the  small 
amount  of  information  given  to  them.  Nearly 
all  the  literature  issued  by  agencies  in  England 
has  been  written  by  persons  paid  to  do  the 
work.  These  writers  are  often  Australians  or 
Canadians  who  do  not  understand  English 
people  or  their  customs.  Every  pamphlet  I 
have  studied  has  been  misleading.  Working 
men  arrive  in  Sydney  and  elsewhere  expecting 
to  be  snapped  up  for  work  at  higher  wages 
than  they  can  get  at  home.  For  instance,  I 


ii2        RAMBLES    AND   ADVENTURES 

have  before  me  a  publication  of  the  New  South 
Wales  Government  with  a  table  of  wages  for 
working  men:  Bricklayers,  is.  4^d.  per  hour; 
carpenters,  is.  3d.  per  hour;  masons,  is.  4^d. 
per  hour;  plasterers,  is.  3d.  per  hour;  painters, 

is.    2d.    per    hour;    blacksmiths,     los.    per    day; 
BjjV 

&c.,  &c.  These  wages  are  quite  correct,  no 
doubt,  but  everybody  cannot  remain  in  Sydney 
and  obtain  them.  The  English  emigrant  does 
not  appear  willing  to  understand  this,  and 
remains  in  the  city  waiting  for  a  job  to  turn 
up,  or  tries  in  vain  for  a  situation  in  the  place, 
which  is  overcrowded  because  men  will  not  go 
elsewhere.  Sydney  is  a  friend  hard  to  part 
with,  and  I  doubt  if  the  most  callous  can  leave 
it  without  some  regret.  The  English  working 
man,  therefore,  is  to  be  commiserated. 

Then    there    are    worthless,    lazy,    unprincipled 

a 
persons    who    lounge    about    street    corners,    and 

plead  a  long  story  about  the  unemployed  and 
the  English  workman  who  has  driven  him  from 
work.  These  people  are  often  thieves  and  pick- 
pockets, who  would  not  stick  at  anything  longer 
than  a  day  or  two. 

Men    are    often    to    be    seen    sleeping    out-of- 
doors   in    the  Domain   without   money   or   homes. 


A     TYPICAL     FOREST     SCENE. 


NEW    SOUTH   WALES  113 

A  few  of  these  may  belong  to  the  helpless 
class  of  which  we  have  so  many  in  England, 
but  the  majority  I  found  represented  the  men  I 
have  alluded  to. 

Just  before  I  left  Sydney  in  1908  it  was 
reported  to  me  that  a  number  of  emigrants 
had  arrived  who  could  not  get  work,  and  were 
trying  to  persuade  the  shipping  company  to 
allow  them  to  work  their  passages  back  to 
England.  This  appeared  to  me  a  serious 
matter,  if  it  was  true,  so  I  determined  to 
investigate  it.  I  visited  the  labour  bureaux 
first,  and  was  surprised  to  find  large  numbers 
of  advertisements  for  men  and  women  all  over 
the  State.  These  emigrants  had  not  applied  at 
any  of  these  places  for  work,  nor  did  they 
know  of  their  existence.  Had  they  applied 
regularly  and  made  even  an  ordinary  effort  to 
interview  employers  they  would  not  have 
brought  this  unjust  accusation  against  the 
country.  An  ordinary  person  who  is  worth  a 
wage  can  earn  a  wage  in  Australia.  We  have 
a  section  of  society  in  England  among  the 
working  classes  who  obtain  wages  and  never 
earn  them ;  in  fact,  during  their  whole  lives 
they  never  try  to  add  a  penny  to  the  income 

I 


ii4       RAMBLES   AND    ADVENTURES 

of  their  employer  nor  look  beyond  their  own 
selfish  demands  and  needs.  These  people 
generally  end  their  days  in  the  workhouse  at 
home,  but  in  Australia  they  would  probably 
do  so  in  prison.  Australia  needs  men  able  to 
work,  willing  to  work,  and  anxious  to  do  their 
own  part  in  adding  to  the  country's  advance- 
ment and  strength. 

No  person  should  arrive  in  Sydney  without 
^"5  clear  of  his  steamship  expenses,  and  unless 
he  travels  by  the  White  Star  Line  he  should 
have  £$  extra  to  spend  on  necessary  food  and 
equipment  during  the  voyage. 

The  easiest  job  to  secure  is  a  situation  for  a 
married  couple  on  a  farm,  where  the  wife  does 
the  cooking  and  the  husband  the  ploughing, 
&c.,  &c.  Ploughing  is  an  important  qualifica- 
tion for  farm  work.  The  wages  for  such 
employment  vary  from  ,£75  to  ;£8o  per 
annum,  with  board  and  lodging.  The  appli- 
cants should  be  between  twenty-six  and  thirty- 
five  years  of  age.  The  small  capitalist  with 
^400  to  ,£1,000  should  exercise  the  strictest 
economy,  and  not  communicate  his  plans  or 
wealth  to  anyone  during  the  voyage  or  in 
Sydney.  It  is  far  better  to  appear  an  honest 


NEW    SOUTH   WALES  115 

person   seeking  employment   than  a  person   with 
money   to   invest. 

Mr.  Proudfoot,  Redfern,  Sydney,  is  a  reliable 
person  to  look  after  luggage.  His  carts  are 
generally  on  the  wharf,  but,  if  not,  he  can  be 
easily  communicated  with  by  telephone.  He 
stores  private  property  and  ships  it  carefully  to 
any  address  sent  him.  I  always  found  his 
charges  more  reasonable  than  anyone  else's. 
When  the  luggage  is  disposed  of  at  the  wharf 
the  emigrant  can  easily  walk  to  King  Street 
and  take  the  car  to  Victoria  Street  to  look  out 
for  his  lodgings.  Should  the  steamer  arrive 
after  dark  I  should  advise  that  the  first  night 
be  spent  at  the  Alliance  Hotel,  at  the  corner  of 
Castlereagh  and  Parke  Streets.  Trams  from 
the  railway  stations  pass  the  door.  The  rates 
here  are  253.  per  week  or  45.  per  day.  If  this 
cannot  be  arranged  I  should  suggest  that  the 
night  be  spent  on  the  ship.  Stewards  may 
object  to  this,  but  they  have  no  authority  what- 
ever, and  can  be  entirely  ignored.  When  a 
party  of  emigrants  are  on  board  I  should 
advise  them  to  send  a  telegram  to  the  Intelli- 
gence Department,  Sydney,  from  Melbourne, 
with  the  words:  "Please  send  an  officer  to 


n6        RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

meet    party    on    s.s.    ' .'  '        Arrangements 

can  be  made  with  the  shipping  companies  for 
the  emigrants  to  remain  on  board  for  not  more 
than  three  days  after  arrival  in  port  without 
extra  charge. 

The    small    capitalist    will    find    the    Alliance 
Hotel  very  comfortable. 


-  TO  THE  SPORTSM/tffe  PARADISE- 
•  tzhzHomz  ct  the  Moose  • 


/"\NE  might  think  that  the  builders 
^^  of  the  Canadian  Pacific  Rail- 
way had  a  special  eye  to  the  moose 
hunter,  so  completely  does  this  system 
cover  the  range  of  this  noble  animal. 
From  New  Brunswick  to  British 
Columbia,  the  Canadian  Pacific  tra- 
verses every  district  where  moose 
can  be  found.  One  third  of  New 
Brunswick  is  good  hunting  ground : 
Quebec  is  well  supplied:  over  100 
moose  are  brought  out  of  Ontario  each 
year  by  the  Canadian  Pacific.  British 
Columbia  and  Yukon  moose  are  the 
largest  in  the  world.  Owing  to  the 
excellent  regulations  for  the  protection 
of  game,  the  numbers  are  increasing, 
especially  in  the  Cassiar  district  of 
British  Columbia. 

Deer,  caribou,  wapiti,  mountain 
sheep.  Rocky  Mountain  goat,  musk 
ox.  black  and  grizzly  bear,  panther, 
antelope,  and  innumerable  kinds  of 
small  game  are  to  be  had  in  con- 
siderable numbers  in  the  great  sporting 
districts  served  by  the  Canadian 
Pacific. 

As  to  fishing,  British  sportsmen  who 
have  not  tried  their  luck  in  Canada 
cannot  realise  what  awaits  them  if 
only  they  go  there.  Suffice  to  say  that 
Canada  has  more  than  satisfied  such 


2.50 


an  experienced  angler  as  F.  Q.  Aflalo. 
There  are  excellent  fishing  grounds 
only  a  week's  distance  from  England. 
Among  the  gamest  fish  of  America 
are  the  maskinonge  and  ouananiche, 
both  to  be  found  in  the  province  of 
Quebec. 

The  cost  of  a  camping  trip  for  a 
party  of  four  for  ten  days  may  be 
estimated  as  follows  : — 

Two  canoes,  50  cent»  per  day  ...  SI 0.00 
One  tent  and  fly,  50  cents  per  day  5.00 
One  tent  for  guides,  25  cents  psr 

day 

Wages  for   head   guide,  $2.50   per 

day 25.00 

Three    other    guides,    each    $2.00 

per  day       60.00 

Camp   outfit,  including   camp   cots, 

tables,    chain,    axes,    p^ks  traps, 

and  cooking  utensils,  &c.  •••   7.50 

Making  a  total  of  $110.00 
Dollar  =  about  4».  1  Jd. 

Write  for  Pamphlets,  "  Fishing  and 
Shooting  "  and  "  Camping  and  Canoe- 
ing," to 

CANADIAN 
PACIFIC  RAILWAY, 
62-65,  Charing  Cross, 
London,  S.W. 


VII 
A  SPORTSMAN'S   PARADISE 

"WHERE  can  I  get  good  sport?"  This 
question  has  been  asked  me  frequently.  Some 
hunters,  perhaps,  would  suggest  a  distant  land, 
where  only  the  rich  and  leisured  classes  could 
go;  but  my  visit  to  Canada  in  1904  furnished 
me  with  knowledge  of  lakes  and  forests  easy  of 
access,  and  within  the  reach  of  all  who  have 
six  weeks  to  spare  annually  and  one  hundred 
pounds  to  spend.  I  have  recently  discovered 
unfished  waters  and  virgin  forests  where  no 
woodma'n's  axe  has  ever  been  heard,  and  where 
the  wild  animals  seem  barely  to  heed  the  pre- 
sence of  man.  This  sporting  paradise  is  situated 
in  the  district  of  Lake  Timagami  and  Lake 
Abbitibi.  Moose,  Virginian  deer,  caribou,  bear, 
and  wolf  are  plentiful.  The  waters  teem  with 


120       RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

fish.  Huge  salmon,  speckled  trout,  black  bass, 
pickerel,  pike,  and  maskinonge  disregard  the 
subtlety  of  the  hook ;  while  the  reed-beds  and 
covers  abound  with  feathered  game. 

Timagami  can  easily  be  reached  in  a  fort- 
night from  London.  The  route  is  by  the 
Allan  Line  to  Montreal,  and  the  Grand  Trunk 
Railway  to  North  Bay,  with  a  brief  journey  on 
the  new  line  to  Timagami.  The  journey  by 
C.P.R.  to  Mattawa,  and  thence  by  canoe, 
occupies  three  or  four  extra  days,  but  is 
delightful. 

Lake  Abbitibi  lies  north  of  Lake  Temis- 
camigue,  and  is  reached  by  steamboat  from 
Lake  Temiscamigue  station  to  New  Liscard,  and 
thence  by  guides  through  the  bush  and  by 
canoe.  This  journey  occupies  much  time,  and 
can  only  be  undertaken  by  those  capable  of 
enduring  rough  open-air  life.  Lake  Timagami 
has  been  described  as  the  Koh-i-noor  of  all 
Canadian  lakes.  It  is  larger  than  all  the  re- 
nowned Muskoka  lakes  combined,  and  dotted 
with  thirteen  hundred  and  forty-four  islands  of 
wondrous  beauty.  An  area  of  1,400,000  acres 
in  this  country,  including  Lakes  Timagami, 
Evelyn,  Rabbit,  Obabika,  and  others,  has 


A   SPORTSMAN'S   PARADISE  121 

recently  been  withdrawn  from  settlement,  and 
constituted  a  timber  reserve  under  the  Forests' 
Reserves  Act.  Hence  this  large  tract  will 
remain  a  wilderness  and  a  perpetual  resort  for 
the  sportsman.  The  shores  of  these  lakes 
belong  to  a  land  where  neither  the  settler  nor 
the  lumberman  has  penetrated.  The  traveller 
can  enjoy  the  forest  scenery  as  it  looked  when 
only  the  red  man  held  sway  and  the  Hudson 
Bay  Company  planted  their  first  trading  forts. 
Timagami,  too,  is  the  safest  of  all  lakes  for 
canoes,  owing  to  the  close  proximity  at  all 
times  of  islands,  any  of  them  making  a  good 
camping  spot. 

Bear  Island,  on  which  is  situated  an  Indian 
village  and  a  Hudson  Bay  Company  trading 
post,  is  eighteen  miles  down  the  lake.  Small 
steamers  run  from  Timagami  Post  Office  to  this 
island. 

The  fall,  or  autumn,  is  the  best  time  of  the 
year  to  hunt  the  moose.  The  weather  at  this 
season  is  bright,  clear,  and  bracing;  I  doubt 
if  any  climate  can  compare  with  this  district 
during  September  to  November.  This  is  the 
rutting  season ;  and  the  Indian,  imitating  the 
amorous  roars  of  the  cow,  which  she  utters 


122       RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

periodically  to  make  known  her  whereabouts  to 
the  bull,  can  with  care  and  patience  secure  a 
shot.  The  most  successful  hour  for  moose- 
calling  is  between  sundown  and  dark. 

The  procedure  for  shooting  moose  is  some- 
times as  follows.  The  nearest  man  takes  a 
decided  aim,  as  nearly  as  possible  under  the 
forearm  and  through  the  neck,  and  fires ;  or, 
if  fronting  the  beast,  in  the  centre  of  the  breast. 
If  he  only  wounds,  the  second  hunter  fires 
also,  and  perhaps  the  third,  and  the  animal 
succumbs  at  last,  though  it  sometimes  manages 
to  run,  scramble,  and  stumble  for  miles.  The 
hunters,  after  the  first  shots,  should  run  forward 
as  fast  as  possible  and  shoot  again  and  again 
until  the  moose  drops.  In  this  way  many 
animals  that  would  otherwise  be  lost  are  ob- 
tained. The  sportsman  must  not  be  led  astray 
by  the  ease  with  which  he  can  fire  half  a  dozen 
shots  from  his  repeater;  but  he  should  aim  as 
carefully  with  each  shot  as  if  it  were  his  last. 

During  the  open  season  cf  1903  (November  i 
to  November  15)  it  is  estimated  that  ten 
thousand  deer  and  one  hundred  moose  were 
killed  in  Northern  Ontario,  in  which  Timagami 
is  situated.  It  is  somewhat  marvellous  how  the 


A   SPORTSMAN'S   PARADISE  123 

stock  of  deer  keeps  pace  with  the  number 
killed,  but  it  seems  that  each  year  they  are 
becoming  more  numerous,  and  there  is  an 
increase  instead  of  a  diminution.  This  is 
accounted  for  by  the  shortness  of  the  open 
season,  and  by  the  strict  prosecution  by  the 
Ontario  Government  of  anyone  transgressing  the 
laws.  The  cost  of  a  licence  is  £$,  which 
extends  from  the  first  to  the  fifteenth  of 
November,  both  days  inclusive.  Each  licence 
is  supplied  with  two  coupons,  one  of  which 
must  be  attached  to  each  deer  killed,  and  the 
carrier  is  obliged  to  cancel  these  coupons  when 
deer  are  delivered  to  him  for  transportation. 

Timagami  is  one  of  the  loveliest  regions  on 
earth.  No  matter  where  one  paddles  he  is 
always  in  sight  of  lordly  pines  and  mountain 
peaks  by  day  and  within  hearing  distance  of 
the  unwieldy  moose's  crash  and  roar  by  night. 
Here  are  immense  tracts  of  rocky  and  well- 
wooded  territory  which  can  never  be  brought 
under  cultivation,  and  which,  so  long  as  the 
forests  are  not  denuded,  will  continue  a 
veritable  sportsman's  paradise.  The  naturalist 
will  note  the  presence  of  many  beautiful  birds 
in  this  neighbourhood.  The  following  are  the 


i24        RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

most  abundant: — Black  duck,  mergansers,  teal, 
scaup  duck,  buffle-head,  ruddy  duck,  bittern, 
heron,  sand  pipers,  yellow  legs,  hawks,  owls, 
ruffed  and  Canada  grouse,  osprey,  king-birds, 
blue  and  Canada  jays,  raven,  crow,  blackbirds, 
grackles,  sparrows,  juncos,  chickadees,  robins, 
cedar  birds,  and  drake  wood-duck. 

The  earliest  time  to  visit  Canada  for  sport 
is  July.  A  few  days  can  be  profitably  spent 
at  Ste.  Anne  de  Bellevue,  situated  about  twenty 
miles  from  Montreal.  The  hotel  is  good  and 
charges  very  much  less  than  those  in  the  city. 
The  Grand  Trunk  Railway  system  enables  the 
sportsman  to  make  the  journey  in  an  hour. 
Fishing  here  is  very  good.  Black  bass  and 
wall-eyed  pike  (dore)  are  the  most  plentiful, 
while  the  ferocious  maskinonge,  that  prince  of 
game  fish,  is  found  in  reasonable  abundance; 
in  fact,  the  maskinonge  grounds — which  lie 
about  seven  miles  below  Ste.  Anne — are  be- 
lieved to  be  the  very  best  in  Canadian  waters. 
In  1904  the  record  fish  tipped  the  scales  at 
57lb.  I  had  two  very  good  days  here  with 
Ludger  Pilon",  who  is  an  excellent  guide  and 
fisherman. 

Mr.  Monteith  (Monteith  House,  Lake  Rosseau) 


.  , . . 


I 


A    SPORTSMAN'S    PARADISE  125 

has  kindly  undertaken  to  organise  an  annual 
hunting  party  to  Timagami,  and  to  furnish 
local  information.  He  is  one  of  the  cleverest 
woodsmen  on  the  North  American  Continent. 
He  swims  like  a  fish,  runs  like  a  deer,  and  is 
a  dead  shot.  He  has  tracked  down  and  killed 
three  bears  in  one  day.  Once  he  narrowly 
escaped  death  from  an  infuriated  moose.  The 
animal  had  been  stunned  by  a  bullet,  and  when 
Monteith  approached  to  attack  him  with  his 
hunting-knife  the  wounded  moose  jumped  to  his 
feet  and  they  both  fell  struggling  into  the  lake. 
Even  in  these  dangerous  circumstances  the  wily 
hunter  preserved  his  presence  of  mind  and 
succeeded  'in  stabbing  the  brute  through  the 
heart. 

Muskoka  lies  en  route  for  Timagami.  This 
romantic  region  is  easily  reached  from  Montreal 
by  booking  to  Gravenhurst  Wharf,  where  the 
Muskoka  Navigation  steamers  await  the  arrival 
of  the  trains.  There  is  nothing  anywhere  else 
like  Muskoka.  It  stands  alone  in  its  particular 
individuality  and  beauty,  and  there  are  few 
spots  to  be  compared  to  it  in  loveliness. 
"The  old  axiom  of  'See  Naples  and  die,'1 
writes  an  enthusiast,  "  does  not  apply  to 


126       RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

Muskoka;  a  more  appropriate  saying  might  be 
suggested,  'See  Muskoka  before  you  die,'  and 
the  visit  will  probably  prolong  your  life."  This 
region  is  a  panorama  of  delightful  scenes  in 
lake  and  stream,  and  wood  and  sky.  Those 
who  have  visited  the  Thousand  Islands  say  that 
Nature  was  lavish  when  she  gave  birth  to  that 
creation,  and  lovers  of  the  Adirondacks  say  she 
was  careless  in  leaving  so  much  that  is  beau- 
tiful among  the  Highlands  of  New  York ;  but 
if  this  is  true,  she  certainly  was  prodigally 
extravagant  in  Muskoka,  for  one  finds  the 
islands  and  woods  combined  in  a  wealth  of 
scenery  almost  too  much  for  any  one  resort. 

Crane  Lake  and  Blackstone  Lake  are  my 
favourite  fishing  waters.  The  route  is  by 
steamer  to  Port  Sandfield  and  Gordon  Bay,  and 
then  by  canoe  with  a  guide  or  by  waggon  road 
through  the  bush  from  Port  Cockburn.  Fish 
are  most  abundant  in  these  waters,  and  a  good 
catch  is  certain  even  to  inexperienced  anglers. 
Green  frogs  and  minnows  are  the  best  bait. 
Pickerel,  black  bass,  and  maskinonge  afford 
excellent  sport.  We  were  content  to  average 
about  thirty  pounds'  weight  daily,  though 
others,  of  the  "  terror  type,"  boasted  of  slaying 


A    SPORTSMAN'S    PARADISE  127 

one  hundred  pounds'  weight.  Deer,  bear,  and 
wolf  are  to  be  procured  in  the  backwoods  of 
this  locality,  though  they  are  not  to  be  com- 
pared in  numbers  to  Timagami.  Dave  Lawson, 
a  forester,  told  me  that  he  was  chased  by 
wolves  one  winter  near  Blackstone  Lake.  He 
shot  his  two  deer  during  a  hunt  of  three  and 
a  half  hours.  Lawson  saw  the  traces  of  several 
moose  in  this  neighbourhood.  It  is  no  un- 
common experience  to  get  within  range  of  eight 
moose  during  a  day's  trip  near  Timagami. 

The  illustrations  are  from  photographs  taken 
recently  in  this  "  haunt  of  big  game  and  fish." 
Here  I  found  the  forest  beaten  down  into  solid 
paths.  These  paths  had  been  used  for  centuries 
by  wild  animals  passing  to  and  fro  from  the 
lakes  to  drink.  To  shoot  the  wolf  the  hunter 
lies  concealed  near  a  run-a-way,  and  awaits  the 
wolves  as  they  pass  in  pursuit  of  deer.  The 
bush  is  so  dense  in  Timagami  that  it  is  im- 
possible to  run  wolves  with  hounds.  The 
famous  Louis  Scholes  hunts  regularly  in  this 
sporting  paradise,  and  his  father,  who  never 
fails  to  procure  his  legal  game,  told  me  that 
all  I  could  write  would  not  exaggerate  Tima- 
gami's  charms  for  a  sportsman. 


128        RAMBLES    AND   ADVENTURES 

The  Muskoka  district  consists  of  800  lakes, 
though  there  are  not  more  than  three  navigated 
by  the  large  steamers.  Thousands  of  youths 
confine  their  shooting  and  angling  to  these 
waters,  but  the  English  sportsman  should  not 
be  tempted  to  delay  longer  here  than  is 
necessary  to  prepare  for  his  expedition  through 
the  wild  tangle  of  smaller  lakes  and  streams, 
where,  with  his  gun  and  canoe,  he  will  reach 
the  "silent  places,"  and  be  alone  with  Nature 
in  a  virgin  state.  The  lakes  vary  in  size  from 
forty  miles  in  length  to  small  ponds  covering 
an  acre.  I  have  resided  in  this  locality  for  a 
year  and  a  half,  and  revisited  it  again  and 
again,  and  as  recently  as  June,  1904. 

Muskoka  is  a  place  of  which  the  sportsman 
never  seems  to  tire.  The  very  mention  of  the 
word  has  a  strange  effect  upon  anyone  who  has 
ever  been  under  the  spell  of  its  fascinations. 
Its  altitude,  the  peculiarly  beneficial  properties 
of  its  waters,  and  the  piney  fragrance  in  the 
air  are  most  conducive  to  health  and  enjoyment. 
August  and  September  are  good  months  for 
visiting  these  lakes.  The  passage  should  be 
booked  to  Gordon  Bay  via  Port  Sandfield. 
Mr.  Cox,  the  proprietor  of  a  good  hotel  at  this 


A   SPORTSMAN'S    PARADISE  129 

port,    is   a   sportsman,    and    if   written   to   before- 
hand will   arrange  for  guides. 

Dave  Lawson  (Falding,  P.O.  Muskoka)  or 
Vankoughnet  are  good  shots  and  woodsmen. 
A  son  of  Vankoughnet  would  meet  the  steamer 
at  Gordon  Bay  or  Port  Cockburn  and  escort  a 
party  by  waggon  through  the  bush  to  Black- 
stone  Lake,  or  by  canoe  and  portages  from 
Gordon  Bay.  The  latter  route  is  preferable, 
and  some  good  sport  can  be  had  during  the 
trip  through  this  sparsely  settled  country. 

Long  Lake,  Clear  Lake,  Silver  Lake,  and 
Portage  Lake  should  be  visited.  The  shores  of 
these  lakes  are  capital  specimens  of  the  primi- 
tive wilderness.  The  few  who  have  visited 
these  teeming  waters  have  mostly  been  genuine 
fishermen,  who  are  happiest  when  far  away 
from  civilisation.  Few  clearings  break  the 
majestic  sweep  of  the  grand  old  forests;  within 
the  sheltered  bays  the  loons  laugh  undisturbed, 
and  the  wild  birds  splash  in  the  marshy  edges 
or  upon  the  sandy  shores.  Giant  pines  and 
hemlocks  cast  their  dark  shadows  upon  the 
sparkling  water.  The  sweet  odour  of  rasp- 
berries, huckleberries,  and  other  fruits  greets  us 
as  we  pass  the  large  islands,  where,  perhaps,  a 

K 


1 30       RAMBLES    AND   ADVENTURES 

she-bear  is  guarding  her  cubs.      No  sound,  save 
the   croaking   of   bull-frogs,    or   the   harsh    voice 
of    the    blue-jay,    disturbs    the    solemn    stillness. 
The     beaver     and     otter     may     be     seen     here, 
and    rare    fur-bearing    animals.       We    frequently 
hear   the   heavy   splash   of   a   stag   as   he   swims 
from    an    island    to    the    mainland.       When    he 
reaches  the  shore  he  shakes   the   dripping  water 
from   his  flanks,    and  stands  for  a   moment  with 
turned    head    displaying    his    handsome    antlers. 
As  we  paddle  on  and  turn  a  sharp  bend  of  the 
islands,    a   wild   duck,    with   low,    agitated   flight, 
hastens    with    her    young    brood    from    danger. 
As    night   approaches,    we   perceive   a   fox   skulk- 
ing beneath   the  shadow  of  the   rocks,   watching 
a    large    hare    that    has    left    his    shelter    and    is 
feeding    upon    some    rich,    tender    grass.       Soon 
an    unwary    movement    causes    alarm,    and    with 
four  bounds   he   has   nearly   gone;   but   now,    for 
a    moment,    he    stops,    his    ears    are    erect,    and 
every    instinct    alert ;    then    he    slowly    vanishes. 
The    bright,    gleaming   eyes   of   a   racoon    attract 
us  to  the  hollow  log,  and  the  long-drawn  moan 
of  the  wolf  warns  us  that  the  hour  is  late. 

The    illustrations    represent    the    usual    experi- 
ence   of    average    rifle-shots.       Twelve    thousand 


A   SPORTSMAN'S    PARADISE  131 

deer  were  procured  in  Muskoka  during  1903, 
and  recently,  during  my  rambles  through  the 
bush,  I  discovered  deer-sign  more  plentiful  than 
ever.  Every  night  I  heard  the  weird  scream  of 
the  lynx  and  the  uncanny  bark  of  the  fox. 
Grouse  were  abundant,  and  the  coveys  of  young 
strong  and  healthy. 

I  have  never  failed  to  catch  fish  in  Muskoka. 
In  1904  I  had  good  sport  from  Point  Kaye 
Wharf,  where  trout,  white  fish,  and  pickerel 
were  numerous.  I  took  some  fifty  photographs, 
but,  unfortunately,  the  majority  were  ruined 
during  my  rough  life  in  the  bush.  A  good 
split  bamboo  rod,  9jft.  long,  quadruplex  reel 
and  braided  line,  2ft.  of  medium-sized  copper 
wire,  a  No.  4  spoon  with  double  hooks,  and  a 
good  gaff,  represent  the  outfit  necessary  for 
maskinonge. 

On  May  2ist,  1904,  while  trolling  off  One 
Tree  Island,  with  some  3oyds.  of  line  astern, 
I  felt  a  crunch  at  the  spoon,  and  the  line 
began  to  slip  away  from  the  reel  at  a  terrible 
pace.  I  had  hooked  a  huge  maskinonge.  The 
fight  for  ten  minutes  was  the  most  exciting  of 
my  life.  The  first  run  would  have  snapped  my 
line  had  we  not  backed  the  boat  gently.  This 


132        RAMBLES    AND   ADVENTURES 

sent  us  into  deep  water.  Two  or  three  times 
I  managed  to  turn  his  head  and  reel  in  the 
slack-line,  but,  by  foolishly  under-estimating 
the  weight  of  the  fish,  he  snapped  the  hook 
and  got  away. 

Deer  -  shooting  in  these  wilds  is  always 
associated  with  excitement  and  charm.  I  will 
give  a  short  account  of  one  of  my  experiences. 
We  left  Mr.  Vankoughnet's  house  on  Black- 
stone  Lake  at  an  early  hour.  After  a  paddle 
of  a  couple  of  hours  we  landed  at  a  small  bay. 
Here  the  party  separated,  two  men  having 
previously  been  landed  some  miles  higher  up 
the  lake. 

The  position  I  selected  was  a  fairly  open 
spot,  where  tall  trees  had  rotted  and  fallen. 
This  swamp  covered  about  ten  acres,  and 
on  the  north  side  the  ground  rose  to  a 
considerable  height.  The  place  was  bounded 
by  a  few  tall,  handsome  trees,  and  it  was 
behind  one  of  these  on  the  south  side  that  I 
took  up  my  stand,  about  thirty-five  yards  from 
the  thick  bush.  This  neighbourhood  is  one  of 
the  wildest  and  most  solitary  places  in  the 
world.  For  ten  minutes  a  deathly  silence 
reigned,  and  my  thoughts  were  occupied  with 
plans  for  shooting  across  the  swamp.  I 


I 


A   SPORTSMAN'S   PARADISE  133 

was  expected  to  drive  the  deer  back  to  the 
guns  and  prevent  them  from  reaching  the  lake. 
The  first  awakening  to  life  was  the  squall  of 
some  blue-jays,  evidently  startled  by  the  hunt- 
ing party,  and  I  had  an  opportunity  of 
observing  their  restless  habits.  They  approached 
so  near  to  me  that  I  could  have  hit  them  with 
a  stone,  and  then,  as  though  disgusted,  they  all 
flew  away  chattering.  Soon  a  large  kingfisher 
crossed  and  recrossed  the  swamp,  giving  me  an 
easy  shot  and  a  desire  to  add  his  gorgeous 
plumage  to  my  collection  of  birds.  This  king- 
fisher created  some  stir  and  animation  in  the 
dark  waters  of  the  swamp.  Innumerable  little 
heads  popped  up,  and  now  and  then  a  heavy 
splash  startled  me.  Suddenly  there  sounded  a 
hideous  bellowing,  introduced  by  a  deep,  gut- 
tural voice  and  chorused  by  thousands,  until  I 
began  to  fear  that  a  deer  would  escape  from  me 
during  the  din.  They  were  huge  bull-frogs; 
but  what  caused  their  wrath  or  terror  I  could 
not  conceive,  until  it  dawned  upon  me  that 
they  had  only  recently  recovered  from  the  noise 
made  during  the  landing  of  our  party.  Seizing 
a  piece  of  rotten  wood  I  hurled  it  into  their 
midst,  and  they  immediately  became  silent. 


134       RAMBLES    AND   ADVENTURES 

Scarcely    had    the    frogs    disappeared,    when    I 
heard    the    approach    of    the    hounds;    their    deep 
baying   sounded  almost  sepulchral   in   the   virgin 
woods.       I    now    became    alert,    examining    gun, 
cartridges,    safety-catch,    &c.,    and    then    listened 
intently.       I    gazed    on    all    the    deer-runs,    and 
stepped  backward  to  allow  space  for  a  swinging 
shot.       Once    or    twice    I    heard    the    sound    of 
snapping   twigs;    but   after   waiting    in    readiness 
for  a  long  time,   I  concluded  that  the  stag  had 
"  broken    away."       Another    monotonous    silence 
followed,    and    I    was   tempted   to    follow    in    the 
direction  of  a  ruffed  grouse,  whose  call  sounded 
close    by    in    the    deep    undergrowth.        I    had, 
however,   only   proceeded  a  few  yards  when   my 
footsteps   were   arrested   by   a   deep   baying,    and 
before    I    could    regain     my    hiding-place    there 
came    the    whirr    and    report    of    a    flying    bullet 
as    it    struck    the    distant    rocks.     My    plan    had 
been    to    remain    in    hiding,    and    then    to    rush 
forward      and      discharge      my      rifle      into      the 
breast    or    neck    of    the    quarry.        There    was    a 
delicious    sense    of    danger    and    uncertainty    in 
my   position.      It  might  be   a  bear,    wolf,    lynx, 
or   moose.      These   animals   are   all   terrible   foes 
when   wounded,    and   as   I   stood  far  away   from 


A   SPORTSMAN'S   PARADISE          135 

my  comrades  my  chances  of  becoming  the 
victim  instead  of  the  victor  were  not  improbable. 

I  had  not  long  to  wait — a  brief  notice  of 
snapping  twigs,  and  then  a  huge  buck  appeared, 
with  his  head  almost  bowed  to  the  ground, 
and  his  handsome  antlers  directed  at  me.  I 
fired  immediately.  The  wounded  animal  took  a 
bound  forward,  and  as  he  fell  I  ran  toward 
him.  I  had  approached  him  within  six  yards 
when  he  amazed  me  by  struggling  to  his  feet 
and  charging.  This  was  a  dangerous  position. 
Some  sportsmen,  ignorant  of  big  game,  have 
been  utterly  confused  under  such  circumstances; 
but  having  had  some  experience  in  keeping  a 
cool  head,  I  quickly  stepped  aside  and  brought 
him  to  the  ground  with  a  bullet  through  the 
shoulder. 

At  sunset,  when  our  party  reassembled  on  the 
shore  to  embark,  we  presented  quite  a  picturesque 
sight,  for  each  hunter  appeared  dragging  his 
game  to  the  boats.  The  paddle  back  to  camp 
took  some  time  with  our  heavily  -  freighted 
barques. 

A  few  years  ago  the  shores  of  Troat  Lake, 
near  the  northern  branch  of  the  River  Ottawa, 
swarmed  with  bears.  The  bears  were  harmless 


136       RAMBLES    AND   ADVENTURES 

enough  if  unmolested,  but  their  unpleasant 
prying  disposition  frequently  gained  for  them  a 
character  they  did  not  deserve.  They  would 
creep  up  under  the  cover  of  a  thick  bush  and 
watch  a  fisherman  for  hours,  and  follow  a 
camping  party  at  a  distance  for  miles.  This 
habit  of  curiosity  resulted  in  many  a  weird 
story  of  narrow  escapes,  which  were  purely 
fictitious. 

One  day  I  was  left  in  charge  of  a  camp. 
The  men  had  gone  into  the  forest  to  hunt. 
My  work  was  to  tidy  the  shanty  and  prepare 
supper  before  dusk. 

When  I  found  myself  alone,  and  the  deathly 
silence  made  itself  felt,  I  walked  out  a  little 
way  to  view  the  lake.  The  bright  sunshine  lit 
up  every  bay  and  creek.  The  quivering  voice 
of  the  loon  arose  from  the  reed-beds,  and  a 
large  brood  of  half-grown  wild  ducklings 
sported  themselves  under  the  shadow  of  a  rocky 
isle. 

Across  the  carpet  of  green  which  bordered 
the  lake  wandered  the  trails  of  many  creatures 
— the  stately,  regular  prints  of  the  partridge; 
the  series  of  pairs  made  by  the  squirrel;  those 
of  the  weasel  and  mink,  just  like  the  squirrel's, 


A   SPORTSMAN'S   PARADISE  137 

except  that  the  prints  were  not  quite  side  by 
side,  and  that  between  every  other  pair  stretched 
the  mark  of  the  animal's  long,  slender  body. 
The  damp  ground  showed  the  print  of  a  baby's 
hand  that  the  racoon  had  left;  the  broad  pad 
of  a  lynx;  the  dog-like  trail  of  wolves. 

Strange  sounds  broke  the  stillness,  causing 
me  to  start  with  nervous  dread.  The  black 
and  white  woodpecker  hammered  noisily  upon  a 
hollow  trunk,  or  the  ribald  blue  jay  chattered 
with  unexpected  suddenness  overhead.  The 
pines,  that  extended  as  far  as  the  horizon,  were 
beautiful  and  solemn  and  still.  The  smooth 
surface  of  the  water  was  constantly  convulsed 
by  the  black  bass,  as  he  sprang  upward  and 
fell  with  a  loud  splash  into  the  cool  depths. 

I  stood  gazing  at  this  calm  picture  of 
Nature,  overawed  by  my  surroundings,  having 
only  recently  left  my  home  and  native  land. 
Turning  my  head  carelessly  to  note  the  distance 
I  had  wandered  from  the  camp,  I  perceived  to 
my  horror  a  large,  black  bear  watching  me 
from  under  the  shelter  of  a  rock  only  a  dozen 
yards  distant.  Expecting  to  be  immediately 
attacked,  I  rushed  away  toward  the  hut,  not 
daring  to  look  back  until  the  door  was  reached 


138        RAMBLES    AND   ADVENTURES 

and  barred — then  I  peeped  through  the  chinks 
in  the  logs,  and  discovered  he  had  disappeared. 

For  an  hour  I  remained  indoors,  expecting  he 
would  reappear,  and  then  shame  for  my 
cowardice  made  me  bold,  and  I  seized  a  loaded 
rifle  and  cautiously  approached  the  spot  where 
he  had  given  me  such  a  scare.  He  was  not 
there,  nor  could  I  find  any  sign  of  his  presence 
in  the  neighbourhood. 

Returning  to  my  retreat,  I  commenced  to 
prepare  for  my  comrades'  return.  Soon  I  had 
a  fire  blazing,  and  a  savoury  mess  of  trout, 
venison,  and  baked  potatoes  cooking  in  the  pot 
and  frying-pan. 

I  had  been  busy  for  some  time,  and  had 
forgotten  my  unwelcome  visitor,  when  an  un- 
expected growl  made  me  look  up.  The  bear 
was  watching  me  from  a  fallen  log.  Again  I 
hastened  away  to  my  retreat,  glancing  over  my 
shoulder  to  observe  if  I  was  followed.  My 
surprise,  however,  was  great — the  bear  was 
rushing  away  with  the  speed  of  a  racehorse  in 
an  opposite  direction,  and  the  crash  of  his 
heavy  body  through  the  thick  undergrowth  sug- 
gested that  he  was,  if  possible,  more  frightened 
than  I. 


A    SPORTSMAN'S   PARADISE  139 

Now  had  I  been  content  to  congratulate 
myself  with  this  fact  I  should  have  left  the 
harmless  creature  alone,  but,  like  many  foolish 
overgrown  boys,  I  was  anxious  to  show  off  to 
my  comrades.  Seizing  a  rifle  I  ran  in  the 
direction  of  the  sounds.  Sometimes  I  stumbled 
and  fell,  when  the  projecting  branches  and  un- 
even ground,  acting  like  snares,  tripped  my 
feet. 

Once  while  scrambling  over  the  top  of  a 
fallen  log  the  weight  of  my  body  broke  through 
the  rotten  bark  and  I  disappeared  half 
smothered  into  the  hollow  centre,  but  I  still 
persevered  until  I  arrived  at  the  edge  of  the 
thick  forest  where  there  was  an  open  glade. 

Here  some  three  hundred  yards  distant  was 
the  bear;  he  was  shuffling  along  and  rooting  in 
the  ground  so  that  he  looked  like  a  great  pig. 
He  appeared  to  be  hunting  for  small  reptiles, 
insects,  and  other  food.  A  moderate-sized 
stone  he  would  turn  over  with  a  single  clap  of 
his  paw,  and  then  plunge  his  nose  down  into 
the  hollow  to  gobble  up  the  small  creatures 
underneath,  while  they  remained  dazed  by  the 
light. 

The    big    logs    and    rocks    he    would    try    and 


140       RAMBLES    AND   ADVENTURES 

worry  at  with  both  paws ;  once,  over-exerting 
his  clumsy  strength,  he  lost  his  grip  and  rolled 
clean  over.  Under  some  of  the  logs  he  evi- 
dently found  mice  and  chipmunks;  then,  as 
soon  as  the  log  was  overturned,  he  would  be 
seen  jumping  about  with  grotesque  agility,  and 
making  quick  dabs  here  and  there,  as  the  little 
scurrying  rodent  turned  and  twisted,  until  at 
last  he  put  his  paw  on  it  and  scooped  it  up 
into  his  mouth.  When  he  smelt  mice  under 
some  hiding-place  he  would  cautiously  turn  the 
shelter  over  with  one  paw,  holding  the  other 
ready  to  strike. 

While  he  was  in  this  attitude  I  lifted  my 
rifle  to  the  shoulder  and  fired.  The  bear  was 
hit,  and  blood  trickled  from  his  side.  For  a 
brief  moment  he  stood  trembling,  and  then  the 
pain  of  his  wound  seemed  to  drive  him  mad. 
He  rolled  himself  over  and  over,  tore  up  the 
earth  with  his  sharp  claws,  and  bit  savagely 
in  the  direction  from  whence  he  felt  pain.  I 
aimed  and  fired  again.  Then  the  unexpected 
happened.  The  second  wound  brought  the 
maddened  creature  to  his  senses,  and,  stagger- 
ing to  his  feet,  he  charged  with  fierce,  open 
jaws.  I  endeavoured  to  fire  again,  but  an 


imMtiEZ 


"l    HURLED   THE    USELESS    WEAPON    AT    THE    BEAR'S    HEAD." 


A   SPORTSMAN'S   PARADISE  141 

empty  cartridge  jammed,  and  I  held  in  my 
hand  a  useless  weapon.  I  had,  however,  some 
consolation  in  knowing  the  bear  was  badly 
wounded  and  that  my  companions  might  hear 
the  firing. 

Hurling,  therefore,  the  worthless  gun  at  the 
bear's  head,  I  took  to  my  heels  and  ran.  The 
bear  paused  to  examine  the  rifle  and  then  bit 
and  worried  at  it. 

I  did  not  pause  in  my  flight  until  I  had  put 
a  mile  between  us,  and  then,  hearing  no  sound, 
I  sat  upon  a  log  and  lighted  my  pipe.  I  had 
scarcely  made  myself  comfortable  when  I  be- 
came conscious  of  something  approaching. 

Believing  it  was  a  friend,  I  hastened  to 
meet  him,  convulsed  with  laughter  at  the 
thought  of  my  recent  adventure,  but  I  soon 
came  to  a  standstill  as  the  angry  growls  of  a 
bear  reached  me.  The  growlings  increased  as 
he  approached,  and  when  he  caught  sight  of 
me  he  stood  erect  upon  his  hind  legs  tearing 
fiercely  at  the  air  and  scratching  his  bleeding 
wounds. 

One  glimpse  was  enough,  so,  giving  a  loud 
shout  for  help,  I  took  to  flight.  The  bear 
gained  upon  me  rapidly,  and  in  a  few  minutes 


142        RAMBLES    AND   ADVENTURES 

would  have  had  me  in  his  power  had  not  a 
chance  accident  prevented  it.  Feeling  warm 
and  encumbered  by  my  heavy  coat,  I  flung  it 
off,  and  to  my  relief  observed  the  bear  pause 
to  rend  it  into  a  thousand  fragments.  This 
delay  gave  me  a  chance  which  enabled  me  to 
put  several  hundred  yards  between  us  and  to 
take  refuge  in  a  thick  clump  of  hemlock,  where 
I  hoped  to  remain  hidden.  The  bear,  however, 
soon  got  on  my  track  again,  and  came  directly 
towards  me.  I  was  forced,  therefore,  to  hastily 
quit  the  spot  and  run  on  again.  By  this  time 
it  was  evident  that  the  movements  of  the  bear 
were  sluggish,  and  he  several  times  nearly  fell 
to  the  ground,  until  during  one  of  these  seizures 
he  tumbled  over  dead. 

On  another  occasion  I  had  a  narrow  escape 
from  wolves.  I  have  told  this  story  once 
before  as  the  adventure  of  a  young  trapper, 
but  the  trapper  was  in  reality  myself.  I  was 
encamped  with  a  friend  one  winter,  far  north 
of  Lake  Timagami,  on  the  shores  of  an 
unknown  and  unnamed  piece  of  water.  We 
had  a  long  line  of  traps,  which  extended 
for  several  miles,  and  being  overtaken  on  one 
of  our  rounds  by  a  storm,  we  lost  the  track 


A    SPORTSMAN'S   PARADISE  143 

and  became  hopelessly  lost.  To  add  to  our 
dangers,  the  wolves  became  very  troublesome, 
and,  driven  by  hunger,  pursued  us  for  many 
miles.  The  details  are  as  follows: — It  was 
almost  dark  when  the  howling  of  wolves  alarmed 
us.  Jack  led  the  way,  and  I  endeavoured  to 
follow  him.  I  could  not  refrain  from  admiring 
his  cool  courage,  but  men  inured  to  the  woods 
are  often  heroes  of  many  noble  deeds.  Sud- 
denly he  stopped  and  held  up  his  hand.  The 
din  was  awful,  but  he  addressed  me  in  a  calm 
voice,  "  I  am  afraid  we're  in  for  a  hot  time. 
I've  travelled  this  road  many  years,  but  never 
heard  wolves  like  this." 

"  I  suppose  they've  tracked  us  for  certain," 
I  replied. 

"  They've  tracked  us  sure  enough,"  said  Jack, 
"  and  we'd  better  be  off  before  they  get  any 
nearer." 

"Can't  we  make  a  stand  against  them?"  I 
asked,  nervously. 

"  I  don't  think  we  can  do  anything  except 
spend  the  night  in  a  tree,"  replied  Jack,  "and 
then  we  shall  have  the  chance  of  freezing  this 
cold  night.  We'll  keep  on  our  legs  as  long  as 
we  can.  I  expect  they  will  circle  us  before 


144        RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

they  attack,  and  then  we  must  do  a  '  guy  '  up 
a  tree." 

"  I  have  always  heard  wolves  won't  come  near 
a  good  fire.  Why  not  get  some  dry  wood  while 
we've  time  and  make  a  big  pile?"  I  suggested. 

"It's  too  late;  we  ought  to  have  thought  of 
this  long  ago — in  fact,  it  was  foolish  to  leave  the 
place  where  we  had  supper,"  remarked  Jack. 

The  prospect  of  spending  a  whole  night  in 
mid-winter  freezing  and  cramped  on  the  branches 
of  a  tree  was  a  terrible  alternative.  The  thermo- 
meter at  this  season  falls  below  zero,  and  unless 
circulation  could  be  maintained  we  ran  the  risk  of 
freezing  to  death. 

All  wild  animals  have  a  peculiar  fascination 
over  their  victims.  It  is  on  this  account  that  the 
benighted  traveller  secures  himself  firmly  before 
entertaining  thoughts  of  sleep  and  rest.  Wolves 
prowl  round  a  refugee  in  circles,  and  they  seem  to 
possess  a  peculiar  magnetic  power.  One  feels  an 
almost  irresistible  inclination  to  fall  into  their 
midst.  The  cold  of  night  is  difficult  to  combat. 
Furs  may  be  warm  and  plentiful,  but  the  icy  atmo- 
sphere penetrates  everything,  and  soon  a  person 
feels  a  numbness  in  the  hands  and  feet.  Jack's 
proposal  appeared  to  me  only  a  feeble  substitute 


A   SPORTSMAN'S   PARADISE  145 

for    warding    off    the    wolves    by    means    of    fires 
and  guns. 

It  was  a  beautiful  night,  and  the  stars  shone 
brightly,  lighting  up  the  path  where  the  tree-tops 
permitted.  Every  hour  was  important  in  dimin- 
ishing the  sufferings  that  appeared  imminent,  so 
we  nerved  ourselves  to  prolong  our  flight. 

The  casual  swinging  gait  we  assumed  at  the 
start  was  soon  changed  to  rapid  speed.  Men 
who  have  run  for  their  lives  know  what  this  means. 
Although  it  was  very  dark,  we  managed  to  keep 
together  until  we  reached  the  borderland  of  an 
extensive  lake.  Pausing  here  before  entrusting 
myself  to  the  frozen  surface,  I  was  aroused  by  the 
voice  of  Jack  shouting,  "  Come  on,  don't  stop 
a  second!  Our  only  chance  is  to  cross  the  lake 
and  look  out  for  a  large  oak." 

The  wolves  had  gained  so  rapidly  upon  us 
that  their  howls  deadened  my  voice  as  I  shouted 
a  reply.  Turning  my  head,  I  perceived  they 
were  now  visible.  Their  glaring  eyes  shone 
like  fire  in  the  darkness,  and  they  were  so 
numerous  that  I  gave  myself  up  for  lost.  I 
still  struggled  on,  however,  though  I  felt  like 
one  fighting  in  a  dream.  Just  as  I  reached  the 
shore  I  heard  Jack's  voice  urging  me  to  climb  a 

L 


146        RAMBLES    AND   ADVENTURES 

tree.  But  I  could  not  stop  to  attempt  this.  We 
had  separated  at  the  lake  and  taken  different 
directions.  This  somewhat  baffled  the  wolves, 
who,  arriving  at  this  spot,  where  they  discovered 
two  scents,  began  to  scamper  in  all  directions 
around  the  shore. 

It  was  at  this  opportune  moment  that  I  came 
upon  a  small  clearing  with  a  rough  log-hut. 
Breaking  cover,  I  exerted  all  my  strength  to 
reach  this  place,  hearing  the  cries  of  a  huge 
dog-wolf  close  upon  my  track,  and  knowing 
that  the  whole  pack  was  not  far  off. 

Barely  had  I  reached  the  hut  when  this  wolf, 
which  was  far  in  advance  of  the  rest,  made  a 
spring.  The  timbers  creaked  and  groaned  as 
I  hurled  my  body  against  the  door  and  avoided 
this  first  attack ;  then,  with  a  loud  crash,  it 
fell  in,  and  I  was  free.  Jumping  to  my  feet,  I 
quickly  blockaded  the  entrance,  dealing  heavy 
blows  with  an  axe  I  picked  up  upon  the  wolves 
that  tried  to  force  a  passage. 

Robbed  of  their  prey,  the  wolves  ran  round 
the  hut,  trying  to  discover  some  other  means 
of  reaching  me.  They  sounded  their  hideous 
snarls  at  every  chink  in  the  logs ;  but  as  time 
went  on  and  they  still  continued  merely  scraping 


A   SPORTSMAN'S   PARADISE  147 

and  tearing  at  the  stout  timbers,  I  began  to 
feel  the  more  pressing  danger  was  over. 

Once  I  fancied  I  heard  a  piteous,  despairing 
shriek,  and  my  thoughts  turned  to  my  brave 
friend.  The  sound  seemed  like  the  voice  of 
a  man  whose  last  hour  had  come  and  the  death 
which  he  had  to  face  was  of  an  awful  character. 
I  tried  to  picture  Jack  safely  hidden  away 
amidst  the  branches  of  a  huge  tree,  but  in 
reality  I  had  little  hope.  A  man  overtaken 
by  so  many  wolves  would  have  been  killed  and 
devoured  in  a  few  minutes,  and,  under-estimating 
the  speed  of  my  flight,  I  dreaded  lest  the 
wolves,  having  devoured  Jack,  might  be  now 
hurrying  after  me.  It  was  a  dreadful  thought, 
and  the  horror  of  returning  home  without  him 
almost  urged  me  to  go  forth  into  the  night  and 
perish.  Weary,  cold,  and  miserable,  I  finally 
huddled  myself  among  some  empty  sacks,  and 
fell  asleep. 

It  was  broad  daylight  when  I  awoke,  and  my 
limbs  were  stiff  and  sore.  The  wolves  had 
entirely  disappeared,  and  as  I  pulled  away  the 
barriers  from  the  door  I  saw  Jack,  pale  and 
fainting,  leaning  against  the  side  of  the  hut. 

At  first   I   thought  he  was  dying,   but  after   I 


148        RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

had  dragged  him  into  the  shanty  I  perceived 
he  was  in  a  half-frozen  stupor.  I  wrapped 
round  him  every  possible  covering  I  could  find, 
and  as  I  lay  by  his  side  he  fell  into  an  easy 
sleep.  I  now  began  to  look  about  me  and 
examine  the  crude  dwelling  that  had  proved 
such  a  "tower  of  refuge"  against  the  wolves. 

The  timbers  were  carelessly  hewn,  being 
squared  and  fitted  with  no  other  tool  than  the 
ordinary  backwoodsman's  axe.  Mud  and  boughs 
had  been  rammed  in  the  open  spaces,  though 
daylight  was  visible  here  and  there.  Standing 
as  a  fixture  in  the  centre  was  a  table  supported 
by  huge  blocks.  Upon  this  table  still  remained 
the  rude  appointments  of  a  simple  meal.  The 
fat  adhered  to  the  frying-pan,  and  the  flesh  of  a 
fat  buck  remained  unconsumed  in  the  midst. 
An  unwholesome-looking  loaf  was  uncut,  and 
the  preparations  appeared  as  though  made  for 
an  expected  visitor.  A  large  hunting-knife 
and  steel  were  hanging  from  a  nail  ready  for 
use.  There  were  no  windows,  but  on  one  side 
was  a  sliding  door,  used  probably  for  light  and 
ventilation.  This  room  was  partitioned  by  a  curious 
screen  composed  of  deer-hides  and  old  sacking. 
My  attention  was  particularly  attracted  to  this 


A   SPORTSMAN'S    PARADISE  149 

screen.  An  extraordinary  fascination  caused  me 
to  gaze  at  it.  I  contented  myself  for  some 
time  with  the  furniture,  but  the  weird-looking 
screen  seemed  to  overawe  everything.  I  had 
no  wish  to  intrude  upon  the  privacy  of  the 
owner,  but  a  sickly,  oppressive  odour  permeated 
the  atmosphere  and  produced  a  feeling  of  in- 
tolerable nausea.  I  attributed  this  to  the  death 
of  some  unfortunate  dog  or  cat  that  had  been 
unintentionally  neglected. 

My  hand  had  already  seized  the  huge  screen, 
and  I  was  about  to  draw  it  impulsively  aside, 
when  a  noise  suddenly  arrested  the  act.  Why 
was  it  I  started  and  turned  pale  ?  Is  there  a 
power  within  that  can  speak  ?  I  drew  rapidly 
away  and  went  to  the  door  for  fresh  air. 
While  standing  here  a  few  minutes  I  perceived 
Jack  raise  himself  upon  his  elbows  and  look 
searchingly  at  me  before  he  asked:  "What  is 
the  matter  with  that  screen?"  I  have  been  look- 
ing at  it  for  the  last  five  minutes.  I  can't  make 
it  out;  it  seemed  to  wake  me  up." 

Having  recovered  from  my  unaccountable 
nervousness,  I  asked  Jack,  with  a  laugh,  "  Did 
you  see  a  ghost?" 

"A    ghost!"    he   exclaimed,    springing    to    his 


ISO       RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

feet.  "  I  have  heard  of  ghost  stories,  but  this 
atmosphere  is  so  thick  I  believe  we  could  cut 
slices  out  of  it  with  a  knife." 

"Well!  never  mind,  old  man,"  I  replied 
reassuringly,  "  let  us  have  a  pipe  and  disinfect 
the  enemy." 

We  had  our  pipes  and  talked  of  everything 
we  could  think  of  except  that  screen,  but  I 
noticed  my  companion  looking  at  it  continually, 
and  he  too  detected  me  a  dozen  times  doing  the 
same.  Finally,  we  both  asked,  almost  together, 
"What  is  behind  it?" 

The  sun  was  now  well  up,  and  the  warm  rays 
fell  upon  the  roof  of  the  hut,  and  as  the  heat 
increased  the  atmosphere  became  unbearable.  We 
walked  together  round  the  building  a  dozen  times 
and  tried  to  peer  into  that  mysterious  recess  and 
to  unearth  the  mystery  without  the  necessity  of 
pulling  aside  the  screen,  but  without  success. 

Still  we  hesitated.  There  are  horrors  in  the 
appearance  of  death  that  the  bravest  shrink  from, 
and  though  we  had  both  so  narrowly  escaped, 
yet  that  screen,  with  its  weird  shadow  and  awful 
something  hidden,  made  the  very  thought  of 
investigation  repugnant.  The  old-fashioned  de- 
cision of  tossing  a  coin  in  the  air  occurred 


A   SPORTSMAN'S   PARADISE          151 

doubtless  to  us  both,  but  to  carry  it  out  was  a 
concession  to  cowardice  that  neither  would  admit. 

Jack  was  evidently  working  himself  up  to 
desperation,  though  he  could  not  keep  his  eyes 
off  the  screen.  Taking  me  by  the  arm,  he  said  : 
"Come  on!  Let  us  buck  up  and  do  it." 

We  entered  the  hut  without  a  word.  The 
atmosphere  appeared  worse  than  ever,  but  we  did 
not  pause  until,  as  though  by  mutual  consent, 
each  had  grasped  a  portion  of  the  screen  and 
given  it  a  violent  wrench.  The  result  was  both 
alarming  and  remarkable.  A  terrible  blow 
struck  me  on  the  brow,  and,  staggering  backwards, 
I  fell  to  the  ground.  I  was  knocked  insensible, 
and,  when  I  recovered,  Jack  was  bending  over  me 
and  wiping  blood  from  a  wound  upon  my  head. 
My  first  words  were:  "What  has  happened?" 
The  disorder  and  wreck  around  answered  the 
question.  Our  united  efforts  had  destroyed  the 
whole  structure,  and  a  heavy  pole  had  inflicted 
a  severe  blow  on  me  as  it  fell. 

My  friend  had  not  escaped  entirely  without 
hurt,  for  he  told  me  he  had  also  been  stunned  by 
a  mysterious  blow.  Our  nerves,  however,  were 
in  a  far  more  reasonable  condition  after  the 
accident  than  they  were  before.  We  therefore 


152       RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

once  more  approached  the  couch  which  lay  half 
covered  by  the  fallen  screen,  and,  carefully  lifting 
the  corners,  looked  underneath. 

Oh,  horrors!  A  most  dreadful  sight  greeted 
us.  The  face  of  a  young  woman,  half  devoured 
and  in  a  terrible  state  of  decomposition !  The 
poor  creature  had  doubtless  been  seized  with 
sudden  illness  and  staggered  to  her  bed,  where 
she  had  helplessly  suffered  and  died.  It  would 
appear  from  the  half-prepared  meal  that  her 
fatal  attack  had  overtaken  her  while  engaged  in 
an  effort  to  make  ready  for  her  husband's 
home-coming. 

Leaving  this  chamber  of  horrors,  we  hastened 
to  the  neighbouring  outbuildings,  only  to  find 
the  doors  barred  and  locked.  A  few  heavy 
blows,  however,  from  a  club  soon  revealed  a 
dead  cow,  a  hog,  and  a  few  fowls.  The  hog 
had  evidently  been  the  last  to  die,  a  half-eaten 
chicken  and  even  rents  in  the  cow's  carcase 
testifying  to  his  last  effort  to  support  life. 

Our  position  was  extremely  painful.  The 
body  of  the  woman  was  in  too  terrible  a  con- 
dition to  move,  and  we  had  no  materials  for 
making  a  coffin.  The  only  alternative  appeared 
to  be  to  set  fire  to  the  buildings  and  their 


A   SPORTSMAN'S   PARADISE         153 

contents.  Jack  agreed  to  this  arrangement, 
because  it  appeared  to  us  both  that  the  scoun- 
drel husband  who  had  brought  his  wife  into 
these  wild  forest  regions  had  secretly  left  her 
and  entered  a  lumbering  camp,  surrendering 
his  wife  to  her  fate. 

Gathering  all  the  dead  wood  we  could  find, 
we  piled  huge  heaps  on  each  side,  and  then 
applied  a  flaming  torch,  and  in  the  solemn  light 
of  that  weird  fire,  with  heads  uncovered,  we 
proceeded  silently  and  sadly  to  retrace  our  way 
to  camp. 

Deer -hunting  will  continue  famous  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  New  Ontario  for  many  years. 
Immense  tracks  of  virgin  forest,  containing  in- 
numerable lakes,  will  take  a  century  to  occupy. 
An  old  hunter  tells  the  following  story  of  a 
fatal  encounter  with  a  bull-moose:  — 

"  While  hunting  near  the  Cceur  d'Alene 
Mountains  with  a  mining  prospector  named 
Pingree,  late  in  November,  there  came  a  heavy 
fall  of  snow.  It  was  just  the  weather  to  bring 
ordinary  quarry  to  a  standstill,  although  not 
deep  enough  to  hamper  a  moose's  movements. 

"  We  started  at  an  early  hour  to  the  borders 
of  a  lake  to  kill  deer.  In  the  thicket  near  to 


154       RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

the  water  we  suddenly  flushed  a  bull-moose. 
He  was  a  lean  old  fellow,  but  very  fierce  and 
threatening.  Pingree,  who  was  nearer  to  him, 
fired  at  close  quarters,  but  not  fatally.  The 
moose,  with  blood  streaming  from  a  wound, 
rushed  straight  at  his  opponent  and  knocked 
him  down  before  he  could  get  out  of  the  way, 
and,  as  he  lay  helpless,  began  to  pound  him 
on  the  chest  with  his  terrible  forefeet. 

"  This  event  had  occurred  in  an  open  glade, 
hidden  from  my  view,  but  the  piercing  screams 
of  my  companion  quickly  summoned  me  to  the 
spot.  I  rushed  round  the  thickets  and  fired 
several  shots  from  my  repeater  into  the  body  of 
the  squealing,  trampling  monster.  He  turned 
upon  me  immediately,  and  I  had  to  swing 
myself  into  a  small  tree  to  avoid  his  rush  as  he 
went  crashing  and  plunging  into  the  dense 
forest  and  disappeared.  I  hastened  to  the 
assistance  of  my  poor  wounded  friend,  but  soon 
discovered  he  was  past  all  help,  for  his  chest 
was  beaten  in,  and  he  died  in  a  couple  of 
hours." 

The  cougar  is  not  plentiful  in  Canada,  and 
only  once  did  I  discover  one.  This  was  in  the 
early  part  of  December,  1889,  when  I  chanced 


"  BEGAN    TO    POUND    HIM    WITH    HIS    TERRIBLE   FOREFEET.' 


A   SPORTSMAN'S    PARADISE          155 

to  be  driving  from  Utterson  to  Port  Carling. 
The  snow  had  fallen  and  frozen  hard,  and  the 
sleighing  was  decidedly  good.  The  roads  were 
splendid,  and  my  Indian  ponies  drew  me 
swiftly  over  their  smooth  surface.  After  pass- 
ing the  clearing  of  George  Mahon  I  suddenly 
became  aware  of  some  large  cat-like  animal 
bounding  towards  me  from  a  sloping  bank  on 
the  left.  The  moon  was  shining,  and  as  I 
looked  at  the  strange  creature  I  became  alarmed 
to  observe  its  extraordinary  speed.  I  was 
driving  very  fast,  but  the  bounds  of  the  wild 
cat  made  it  appear  as  though  the  sleigh  was 
stationary.  At  first  I  mistook  the  brute  for  a 
large  bloodhound,  and  got  my  long  whip  ready. 
Scarcely  had  I  prepared  to  strike,  when  the 
cougar  sprang  at  me  from  the  back  of  the 
sleigh.  The  horses  bolted,  and  the  cat,  missing 
its  mark,  fell  heavily  in  the  snow.  I  had  a 
large  frontier  revolver  in  my  belt,  and  in  an 
instant  I  fired  two  shots  in  quick  succession. 
Both  appeared  to  take  effect,  but  did  not  pre- 
vent a  second  attack.  This  time  he  nearly 
reached  me,  and  got  his  terrible  claws  into  the 
thick  buffalo  robe.  Fortunately,  I  did  not  lose 
my  head,  but  fired  at  him  at  close  quarters 


156       RAMBLES   AND    ADVENTURES 

before  it  was  possible  to  be  mauled,  and  he 
suddenly  relaxed  his  hold  and  slipped  off.  For 
a  moment  he  lay  on  his  side,  apparently  dead. 
I  did  not  delay  to  examine  him,  but  drove  on 
as  rapidly  as  possible,  thankful  to  have  escaped 
with  my  life. 

Next  morning  I  proceeded  at  an  early  hour 
to  pick  up  my  cougar.  There  was  a  patch  of 
crimson  on  the  snow,  and  blood-marks  led  me 
to  a  swamp,  whence  I  followed  the  trail  for 
some  miles,  until  it  disappeared  amongst  some 
huge  boulders  where  it  was  impossible  to  climb. 
A  famous  hunter  related  to  me  how  two  men 
were  attacked  by  cougars.  This  occurred  in  the 
month  of  January  while  they  were  returning  to 
camp  after  a  successful  hunt.  Each  carried  on 
his  back  the  saddle,  haunches,  and  hide  of  a 
deer.  About  dusk,  as  they  were  passing  through 
a  narrow  ravine,  the  man  in  front  heard  his 
companion  utter  a  sudden  shout  for  help,  and  was 
dumbfounded  to  see  him  lying  on  his  face  in 
the  snow  with  a  cougar,  which  had  knocked 
him  down,  standing  over  him,  grasping  the 
venison,  while  another  brute  was  bounding 
towards  him.  The  surprised  hunter  swung  his 
rifle  round  instantly  and  shot  the  first  one  in 


"A  LARGE,  FLAT,  HIDEOUS  FACE   WITH   GLARING   EYES." 


A    SPORTSMAN'S    PARADISE          157 

the  brain,  and  it  dropped  motionless,  whereat 
the  second  paused  a  moment,  and  then  rushed 
off  in  an  opposite  direction.  There  are  few 
instances  of  cougars  attacking  men,  and  Mr. 
Roosevelt  is  of  the  opinion,  in  this  case,  that 
the  animals  were  young,  stupid,  and  very 
hungry.  The  smell  of  the  raw  meat  excited 
them,  and  they  probably  could  not  make  out 
what  the  men  were,  with  the  deerskins  on  their 
backs.  Evidently  the  cougars  were  merely 
striving  to  steal  the  venison,  and  not  to  attack 
the  hunters. 

The  lynx  I  once  discovered  peering  at  me 
from  the  shelter  of  a  thick  bough.  I  was 
travelling  north-east  of  Lake  Rosseau  in  the 
direction  of  Fairy  Lake.  I  had  ridden  about 
ten  miles  from  Rosseau  Village,  when  my 
attention  was  drawn  to  some  tree-grouse  feed- 
ing on  a  bank  some  fifty  yards  ahead.  I 
quickly  dismounted,  and,  creeping  stealthily 
towards  them,  bagged  one  and  wounded  another. 
Following  on  this  bird's  laboured  flight  I  was 
suddenly  startled  by  hearing  a  noise  overhead, 
and,  looking  up,  saw  a  large,  flat,  hideous  face 
glaring  down  upon  me.  I  fired,  and  hit  the 
creature.  It  was  a  huge  lynx,  and  with  a 


158        RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

bound  it  sprang  at  me  from  a  bough,  missed 
its  aim,  and  fell  sprawling  in  the  snow.  The 
awful  rage  it  displayed  was  horrifying,  as  it 
worried  and  destroyed  everything  within  reach 
of  its  cruel  claws.  A  more  ferocious  creature  I 
had  never  seen.  Its  strength  and  destructive 
power  were  enormous.  For  a  considerable  time 
I  heard  its  fiendish  screams  after  I  had  ridden 
away  from  the  spot. 

The  big  game  hunter  has  many  exciting 
adventures  in  Canada.  Winter  is  the  season  for 
moose  and  deer,  and  terrible  storms  sweep  over 
the  forest.  I  have  survived  two  cyclones — one 
in  Canada  and  another  in  South  -  Eastern 
Illinois.  In  the  former  experience  I  was  accom- 
panied by  a  man  named  Herbert,  who  shortly 
afterwards  perished  in  a  storm  on  Lake 
Muskoka.  The  prelude  to  this  cyclone  was  an 
oppressive,  sickly  sense  of  warmth,  followed  by 
icy  waves  of  air.  Then  came  a  deathlike  silence 
and  a  fearful  consciousness  of  danger.  Suddenly 
strange  rumblings  sounded  in  the  distance,  in- 
creasing in  volume,  until  it  seemed  as  though 
some  infernal  machine  was  tearing  up  the 
mountains,  and  hurling  trees  and  rocks  through 
space.  Snow  whirled  around  us  in  blinding 


"AFTER  THE  CYCLONE." 


A    SPORTSMAN'S   PARADISE          159 

clouds,  carrying  in  its  embrace  the  most  deadly 
missiles,  and  we  were  both  hurled  to  the 
ground,  blinded,  choked,  and  gasping  for 
breath.  The  snow-dust  cut  our  faces,  and  pene- 
trated through  everything  we  wore.  The  noise 
and  confusion  overhead  baffle  description.  An 
overwhelming  desire  to  sleep  seized  us,  but  we 
fought  against  it,  and,  staggering  to  our  feet, 
plunged  through  the  storm.  More  than  once  I 
stumbled  and  fell,  having  no  energy  to  rise, 
and  I  am  unable  to  narrate  the  circumstances 
that  once  more  enabled  me  to  battle  on.  In  a 
half-blinded  and  stupefied  state  I  continued  to 
plod  on  for  an  hour,  moving  mechanically. 
The  ground  was  in  places  almost  bare  or  piled 
up  in  massive  hills  of  snow.  More  than  once 
I  collided  with  the  forest  trees  or  fell  helplessly 
into  a  moving  mound  of  icy  dust.  It  was  so 
dark  that  at  times  I  could  not  even  see  my  feet. 
Sometimes  the  whirling  snowclouds  lifted  and 
the  sun  appeared,  but  these  lulls  were  followed 
by  cyclonic  outbursts  more  terrible  than  before. 
I  felt  when  these  were  repeated  that  I  could 
not  survive  the  strain,  but  the  last  cloud,  as 
dark  as  night,  at  length  passed  over,  and  the 
storm  ceased.  My  companion  found  me  half- 


160        RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

dead  in  the  snow,  and  but  for  his  noble  assist- 
ance I  should  have  perished. 

The  lakes  of  Canada  are  in  March  coated 
with  four  to  six  feet  of  solid  frozen  surface, 
composed  of  good  ice,  which  is  the  frozen  lake- 
water,  then  snow  partly  melted  and  partly 
frozen,  then  snow  melted  and  entirely  frozen, 
and  covered  with  deep  snow  upon  which 
a  few  inches  of  ice  have  formed.  When  this 
surface  ice  melts  it  is  no  uncommon  sight  to 
see  a  man  driving  over  lakes  apparently  covered 
with  water.  A  sleigh  driven  over  the  ice  in 
these  circumstances  looks  like  a  huge  water 
monster  sporting  in  the  lake.  I  shall  never 
forget  walking  from  Gregory  to  Port  Sandfield 
during  the  month  of  April,  1889.  The  first 
half-mile  was  delightful,  the  ice  being  strong 
and  smooth.  Then  the  top  ice  began  to  crack, 
and  after  a  time  to  break  through,  giving  me  a 
drop  of  nearly  two  feet  into  the  biting-cold 
water  above  the  foundation  ice. 

Mr.  Gregory,  who  was  my  companion,  re- 
called this  adventure  to  my  memory  in  1904, 
when  I  revisited  old  haunts.  He  had  the 
greatest  difficulty  in  urging  me  on,  because  my 
sensations  at  every  step  reminded  me  of  a 


A   SPORTSMAN'S   PARADISE          161 

recent  experience  in  England  when  I  narrowly 
escaped  drowning.  There  was  really  no  danger 
in  this  respect,  but  I  believed  that  every  step 
of  that  terrible  journey  would  be  my  last.  Had 
I  fainted,  however,  no  power  on  earth  could 
have  saved  my  life. 

The  Queen's  Hotel,  Toronto,  is  the  best 
place  to  put  up  at.  This  hotel  is  old-fashioned, 
reasonable,  and  extremely  comfortable.  The 
proprietor  of  the  Queen's  Hotel  takes  a  keen 
interest  in  sport,  and  gladly  renders  his  assist- 
ance and  advice.  My  rule  has  been  to  make 
the  Queen's  Hotel  a  permanent  Canadian 
address  during  residence  in  the  country,  and  a 
centre  for  trips  to  Muskoka  and  Timagami. 
Other  places  may  appear  cheaper,  but  after 
twenty  years'  experience  I  doubt  if  they  will 
be  found  so  in  the  end.  It  might  be  well  to 
mention  my  books  when  requesting  an  inter- 
view. 


M 


VIII 

AN    ADVENTURE    WITH    A    TASMANIAN 
DEVIL 

THE  Tasmanian  Devil,  whose  habitat  is  con- 
fined to  the  wild,  uninhabited  portions  of 
Tasmania,  is  almost  extinct.  The  circumstances 
and  adventures  associated  with  my  coming  into 
contact  with  this  rare  and  ferocious  marsupial 
may  be  of  interest  to  my  readers. 

"  He  never  returned."  These  were  the  last 
words  of  my  companion  when  he  said  good-bye 
and  left  me  to  continue  my  journey  alone.  We 
had  been  discussing  an  expedition  to  the  Crown 
Lands  on  the  banks  of  the  Emu  River,  and  his 
remark  referred  to  the  mysterious  disappearance 
of  the  last  adventurer  to  these  wilds.  Search 
parties  had  failed  to  discover  the  slightest  clue 
as  to  his  fate,  and  though  months  had  passed 
to  years  he  never  returned.  It  was  a  lovely 
cool  day,  and  the  waves  were  breaking  with  a 
gentle  murmur  on  the  beach,  as  I  stepped 


THE   TASMANIAN    DEVIL  163 

along  briskly  over  the  smooth  sands.  In  about 
half  an  hour  I  reached  the  delta,  where  the 
blaze  path  is  somewhat  difficult  to  find.  Here 
huge  tree-ferns  grow  to  immense  height  and 
flourish  amidst  the  rank,  decaying  vegetation. 
In  some  places  monster  trees  are  piled  in 
massive  heaps  and  present  formidable  barriers. 
The  country,  too,  is  intersected  by  brooks  and 
streams,  and  the  low  gullies  are  dangerous 
swamps  where  a  false  step  means  a  loathsome 
plunge  into  black,  oozing  mud.  This  pathless 
wilderness  so  hampers  the  pedestrian  that  he  is 
often  forced  to  leave  the  river  banks  for  the 
higher  ground,  where  he  can  only  proceed  by 
jumping  from  rock  to  rock. 

The  woods,  however,  are  full  of  charm  to  the 
naturalist,  and  the  weird  solitude  gives  a 
romantic  touch  to  the  place.  Frequently  I 
would  pause  to  gather  the  delicate  flowers  of 
the  white  cluster  or  to  admire  the  pale  greenish 
bell-flowers  of  the  Billiardera  longiflora;  the  red 
conia,  spacris,  blue-berry,  and  cherry  blossomed 
to  perfection  in  this  natural  garden.  Bird  life 
was  much  in  evidence,  and  ground  doves,  wood- 
hen,  quail,  wood-thrush,  and  honey-birds  re- 
lieved the  deathly  silence. 


164        RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

While  I  stooped  to  gather  ferns  I  was  sud- 
denly startled  by  a  great  commotion,  and, 
looking  up,  perceived  a  small  herd  of  wild 
cattle  thundering  down  a  grassy  slope.  They 
were  handsome,  fierce-looking  creatures  with 
long  tapering  horns  and  strong,  well-shaped 
bodies — wild  descendants  of  a  domestic  breed. 
For  a  moment  I  gazed  at  their  wild  careering 
with  wonder,  and  then  looked  anxiously  for  a 
place  of  safety.  There  was  no  shelter  near,  so 
in  despair  I  turned  and  ran  towards  the  river, 
stumbling  and  scrambling  through  the  tangled 
vines.  The  herd  had  sighted  me  and  were  in 
hot  pursuit,  rendering  the  forest  hideous  with 
their  bellows.  I  had  now  reached  some  tall, 
closely-growing  reeds,  and  only  their  waving 
tops  marked  my  flight.  The  infuriated  brutes 
pressed  on,  splashing  the  mud  about  them  in 
showers.  The  sparkle  of  the  shining  river  was 
visible,  but  a  terrible  obstacle  stood  in  my 
way.  This  obstacle  was  a  perfect  net-work  of 
fallen  tree-ferns,  covered  with  green  unwhole- 
some slime.  Half-blinded  and  choked  I  hurled 
myself  against  it,  hearing  the  rush  of  feet 
behind  me  and  too  terrified  to  turn  my  head — 
a  false  step  or  fall  and  I  knew  I  should  be 


THE   TASMANIAN   DEVIL  165 

gored  to  death.  I  clutched,  slipped,  fell,  and 
rolled,  herbage  broke  with  my  weight,  and  to 
my  amazement  I  found  myself  safe  on  the 
other  side,  where  the  ground  sloped  gently  to 
the  river.  My  pursuers  were  thus  baffled,  and 
soon  I  heard  them  returning  on  their  tracks. 
Working  my  way  to  the  river,  I  reached  the 
mud-flats,  where  platypus  and  other  amphibious 
creatures  had  left  marks  of  recent  occupation. 

The  food  of  the  platypus  or  duck-bill  consists 
of  shrimps,  beetles,  worms,  and  water  fleas. 
They  are  chiefly  nocturnal,  but  as  the  afternoon 
advanced  I  observed  a  few  rise  to  the  surface 
to  devour  their  food.  The  platypus  is  one  of 
the  most  remarkable  of  living  animals.  It  has 
a  broad,  duck-like  bill,  webbed  feet,  and  a  body 
covered  with  rich  brown  fur;  to  which  is  added 
a  bushy  tail  like  a  beaver.  It  lays  eggs  and 
suckles  its  young.  When  swimming  the  fore- 
paws  are  expanded  and  the  hind-paws  and  tail 
seem  to  take  little  part  in  propelling.  When 
diving  they  throw  their  heads  rapidly  beneath 
the  body  and  the  front  paws  are  used  until  the 
bottom  is  reached.  The  water  being  very  clear, 
I  observed  them  turn  the  sand  over  rapidly 
with  their  bills,  and  a  train  of  bubbles  marked 


i66        RAMBLES   AND    ADVENTURES 

the  spot  where  their  movements  were  taking 
place.  Their  burrows  I  found  just  below  the 
surface  of  the  river.  These  animals  are  very 
shy  and  difficult  to  approach,  and  to  stalk  them 
successfully  requires  time  and  patience.  The 
Tasmanian  bush  is  not  a  desirable  place  to 
find  oneself  benighted,  so  I  left  the  river  at  an 
early  hour  to  retrace  my  steps  to  Burnie. 
Daylight  had  somewhat  minimised  my  difficul- 
ties of  travel,  but  trudging  back  was  a  different 
matter.  Frequently  I  slipped  and  fell  into  the 
slime  and  mud,  and  soon  found  myself  bruised 
and  bleeding.  When  possible  I  kept  clear  of 
the  swamps,  and  tramped  through  dense  scrub 
on  the  dry  ground.  Progress  was  slow  and 
painful,  and  after  a  long  toilsome  effort  I  sat 
down  to  rest,  feeling  very  weary.  In  this 
neighbourhood  forests  had  lived,  fallen,  and 
decayed,  and  the  rotten  wood  lay  thick  and 
deep.  Every  great  fern  which  thrived  in  this 
fattening  pasture  was  at  once  a  fern  and 
fernery,  and  parasite  ferns  clung  everywhere. 
I  had  taken  up  a  position  on  a  huge  platform 
of  fallen  trees  when  I  became  gradually  con- 
scious that  I  was  sinking  into  the  ground,  and 
then,  without  further  warning,  the  rotten  wood 


THE   TASMANIAN  DEVIL  167 

gave  way.  Down  I  went,  in  spite  of  struggles, 
into  a  dark,  gloomy  space  with  my  throat 
choking  with  blinding  dust.  It  was  an  awful 
moment,  and  when  I  found  myself  lying  in 
slime  and  mud,  I  recalled  the  words:  "He 
never  returned."  Battling  with  reeking  rubbish 
I  cleared  the  bark  and  broken  boughs  from  my 
arms  and  shoulders  until  I  could  manage  to 
stand.  Looking  upward  through  the  disgusting 
debris,  I  caught  a  faint  glimmer  of  light. 
Mustering  my  strength,  I  made  several  desperate 
efforts  to  climb  up  the  rotten  sides  of  my 
prison.  Once  I  nearly  reached  the  top,  and 
when  I  paused  to  breathe  the  fresh  branches 
broke,  and  I  fell  backwards  half  stunned.  My 
ultimate  deliverance  was  accidental,  and  hap- 
pened from  my  clinging,  during  a  slip,  to  the 
other  side  of  the  gap.  Here  my  foothold  re- 
mained firm,  so  I  drew  my  hunting-knife,  and, 
with  much  labour,  cut  a  way  through  the 
fallen  boughs,  and  thus  managed  to  work  a 
passage  for  my  body.  Through  this  I  squirmed 
with  elbow  and  knees,  while  the  sharp  wood 
cut  into  my  flesh.  Once  safely  outside  I 
looked  around  me.  The  forest  was  a  perfect  laby- 
rinth of  vegetation,  tropical  in  its  luxuriance  and 


i68        RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

variety,  partly  due  to  the  favouring  influence  of 
humidity  and  the  fertile  soil,  enriched  by  the 
accumulated  humus  of  incalculable  centuries. 
Water  oozed  out  from  the  moist  ground  in  all 
directions,  tinkling  as  it  fell  and  making  quiet 
music  of  its  own  as  it  descended  into  the  hollows, 
where  the  tree-ferns  grew,  and  then  gurgled 
onwards  to  the  river. 

All  that  had  delighted  me  during  the  day  now 
became  a  source  of  dread.  The  muddy  pool  and 
sluggish  spring  were  signals  of  horror,  and  the 
trees  looked  like  spectres  as  they  waved  their 
gaunt  arms — glaring  ghastly  white.  In  a  perfect 
bath  of  perspiration  I  regained  the  river  bank, 
devoutly  thankful  to  have  emerged  from  that 
gloomy  mass  of  decaying  life.  Hungry  and 
miserable,  I  set  about  looking  for  a  place  to 
camp.  Close  to  where  I  stood  were  the  marks  of 
wild  cattle.  One  bull  had  apparently  stopped 
within  a  few  yards  to  stamp  and  paw  the  ground 
suspiciously  as  the  hoof-prints  showed,  and  then, 
unwilling  to  proceed  further,  had  turned  back  on 
his  tracks.  The  land  on  the  other  side  of  the 
river  was  steep  and  rocky,  and  huge  boulders 
projected  from  the  hillsides.  In  the  deep  earth 
large  blue  gum  trees  grew  to  a  great  height  and 


THE   TASMANIAN   DEVIL  169 

the  ravines  were  thickly  covered  with  te-scrub. 
After  careful  consideration  I  decided  to  cross 
over  and  pitch  my  camp.  The  sun  had  set  and 
dark  shadows  had  veiled  the  distant  woods.  I 
experienced  some  difficulty  in  effecting  my 
passage  across,  and  more  than  once  I  was  nearly 
swept  from  my  feet  by  the  swiftly-flowing  water. 
Steadying  myself  with  a  stout  stick  and  occa- 
sionally clinging  to  a  rock  or  overhanging 
bough,  I  managed  to  keep  my  balance.  The 
scramble  through  the  tall  rushes  occupied  some 
time,  and  when  I  gained  the  hill-side  my  arms 
and  face  were  bleeding  from  fresh  wounds  and 
my  clothes  severely  torn.  I  found,  to  my  dis- 
appointment, that  I  had  hardly  improved 
matters,  as  far  as  travelling  was  concerned,  and 
wandered  about  for  several  hours  seeking  in  vain 
for  an  open  glade.  About  10  p.m.  I  found  it 
impossible  to  proceed  further  without  a  torch,  so 
I  fired  some  dry  wood,  and  by  its  light 
endeavoured  to  pick  my  way.  Sometimes  I 
caught  a  glimpse  of  a  ring-tailed  opossum  as  he 
ran  across  my  path  and  scuttled  up  into  the 
trees,  or  a  rustle  and  jump  announced  the 
proximity  of  a  prying  kangaroo,  and  stealthier 
sounds  made  me  apprehensive  of  the  dreaded 


1 70       RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

devil  or  other  carnivora.  It  was  while  passing 
over  some  rocky,  broken  ground  that  I  took  a 
false  step  and,  before  I  could  recover,  fell  from 
a  great  height,  striking  against  tree  and  rock 
until  I  reached  a  broad  ledge,  where  I  remained 
in  a  semi-conscious  state  for  several  minutes. 
At  length  I  dragged  myself  to  my  feet,  and 
found  I  could  only  stand  on  one  foot,  the 
other  being  so  painful  that  the  slightest 
pressure  was  agony.  I  struck  a  match  and 
peered  over  the  edge  of  my  resting  place.  It 
was  only  a  few  feet  down  to  a  level  spot,  so 
I  descended  painfully  and  commenced  to  gather 
fuel  for  a  fire.  I  was  obliged  to  make  several 
trips,  but  when  I  had  procured  a  good  blaze 
its  warmth  made  me  drowsy  and  I  soon  fell 
asleep. 

About  one  o'clock  in  the  morning  I  was 
rudely  awakened  by  a  fierce  growl,  and  turning 
over  on  my  side  found  myself  face  to  face  with 
a  fierce,  hideous  creature,  whose  eyes  seemed 
to  glow  with  a  murderous  light.  He  had  a 
huge  head  and  sharp,  glittering  teeth,  and  his 
parted  jaws  added  to  his  savage  aspect.  As  I 
observed  him  closely,  with  the  aid  of  a  fire- 
brand, I  noticed  his  body  was  covered  with 


THE    TASMANIAN   DEVIL  171 

thick  black  hair,  a  white  patch  extended  from 
his  chest  to  the  ribs,  and  a  similar  mark 
appeared  above  a  long,  coarse  tail.  His 
shoulders  seemed  to  quiver  with  excitement  and 
his  attitude  was  most  threatening.  Had  I  been 
uninjured  I  might  have  taken  a  delight  in  the 
advent  of  such  a  strange  visitant,  but  in  my 
present  crippled  condition  I  viewed  his  coming 
with  nervous  excitement,  and  would  have  given 
anything  to  tempt  him  to  depart.  Shouting 
and  threatening  noises  made  no  impression,  so 
I  shuffled  close  to  my  fire  and  commenced  a 
bombardment  with  burning  sticks.  The  sparks 
flew  in  all  directions,  and  when  I  paused  from 
sheer  exhaustion  my  fire  was  nearly  out,  but 
my  unwelcome  guest  still  remained  almost  in 
the  same  position  he  had  formerly  occupied. 
His  attitude,  however,  was  more  aggressive  and 
he  took  a  few  short,  defiant  steps  nearer  to  me, 
accompanying  this  action  with  a  horrible  growl. 
Then  followed  a  series  of  antics  which  held  me 
spellbound.  They  could  be  likened  to  a  worried 
dog  snapping  viciously  at  tormenting  flies. 
Several  times  he  sprang  upward,  bringing  his 
jaws  together  with  a  loud,  resounding  snap. 
His  size  was  doubtless  magnified  by  the  un- 


RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

certain  light,  and  I  felt  at  the  time  I  had  never 
before  seen  a  more  terrible  sight.  When  he  had 
ceased  his  exertions  he  composed  himself  into 
a  defensive  attitude,  as  though  he  were  afraid 
to  attack  me  while  I  remained  prepared. 
Whenever  I  moved  he  followed  my  example 
like  one  engaged  in  a  pugilistic  duel.  Weary 
of  this  long  inactivity  I  decided  to  commence 
the  battle,  and  aimed  carefully  with  my  revolver 
to  strike  him  between  the  eyes.  There  was  a 
loud  report  and  a  vivid  flash — a  deadly  silence 
followed;  but  when  I  looked  to  ascertain  if  my 
bullet  had  hit  its  mark  I  was  amazed  to  per- 
ceive the  devil  still  glaring  upon  me  with 
increased  fury  and  apparently  unharmed.  I  had 
still  five  undischarged  cartridges  and  a  huge 
stone  handy.  I  moved  forward,  therefore,  to 
renew  my  attack  at  close  quarters,  anger  over- 
coming fear".  This  time  I  fired  every  shot 
without  a  pause,  determined  to  rush  upon  him 
with  a  stone  and  hunting  knife  if  unsuccessful. 
Three  shots  took  effect,  but  still  he  stood  his 
ground  with  feet  wide  apart  and  widening  with 
every  hit.  His  jaw  dropped  lower  and  lower, 
blood  flowed  from  his  mouth,  and  hatred  was 
depicted  in  every  gesture;  then  there  was  a 


THE   TASMANIAN   DEVIL  173 

scrambling  and  shuffling  noise,  and  I  held  my 
sharp  knife  ready,  expecting  him  to  imme- 
diately rush  upon  me,  instead  of  which  he 
appeared  to  double  up  and  collapse,  and  with 
a  yell  of  pain  rolled  and  tumbled  from  the 
ledge,  nor  did  he  pause  in  his  disordered  flight 
until  a  splash  announced  that  he  had  reached 
the  river.  My  adventures  now  came  to  an  end. 
The  noise  of  the  firing  directed  the  footsteps 
of  a  search  party,  and  in  due  course  I  was 
rescued  from  my  perilous  position. 

The  body  of  the  Tasmanian  Devil  was  sub- 
sequently found,  and  the  preserved  specimen 
was  exhibited  in  London  at  the  Franco-British 
Exhibition. 


IX 


IN  CANNIBAL  LANDS 

THE  cannibals  of  the  most  daring  type  are  those 
who  do  not  merely  procure  human  flesh  as 
animal  food,  but  seek  for  victims  that  they  may 
get  human  blood  for  ceremonial  purposes,  and 
on  such  occasions,  when  they  fail  to  secure 
victims  from  an  alien  tribe,  they  select  them 
from  among  their  own  kin.  This  phase  of 
cannibalism  is  the  most  difficult  to  combat.  It 
is  not  merely  a  matter  of  showing  these  can- 
nibals the  undesirability  of  hunting,  killing,  and 
eating  their  fellows,  but  to  uproot  their  deeply- 
imbedded  idea  that  human  blood  is  an  essential 
to  their  ceremonial  rites.  The  natives  of  the 
Purari  delta  of  British  New  Guinea  are 
examples  of  the  most  savage  people  holding 
these  tenets.  To  their  untutored  minds  the 
blood-shedding  of  Christ  confirms  rather  than 
dissipates  their  principles.  These  wild  tribes 


IN    CANNIBAL   LANDS  175 

are  locally  known  as  Naman  natives.  Terrible 
as  the  curse  of  cannibalism  is  among  them, 
their  recognised  system  of  immorality  is  hardly 
less  terrible.  The  female  sex  receive  no  form 
of  respect ;  daily  they  are  subjected  to  the  most 
degrading  form  of  barter,  and  are  made  the 
victims  of  the  most  horrible  phases  of  im- 
morality during  the  period  of  cannibal  orgies. 

In  the  New  Hebrides  the  natives,  though 
still  determined  cannibals  and  very  treacherous, 
do  not  kill  and  eat  white  people  without  excuse. 
They  may  murder  you  if  they  take  a  dislike 
or  if  you  have  in  their  opinion  called  down  a 
curse  on  the  country  by  your  presence,  and  so 
caused  the  death  of  someone  belonging  to  their 
tribe,  or  if  some  other  white  person  has  angered 
the  gods,  and  you  happen  to  be  the  next  who 
comes  along;  or  if  they  have  lately  been  seized 
with  a  desire  "  to  make  themselves  strong  "  by 
shedding  white  man's  blood.  But  if  they  rather 
like  you  on  the  whole  and  they  do  not  think 
you  have  cast  spells  upon  them,  you  may 
mingle  freely  among  them  in  confidence  without 
a  maxim  gun  for  a  companion.  The  Male- 
kulan  tribe  often  carry  poisoned  arrows.  These 
can  always  be  recognised  by  the  leaves  wrapped 


176        RAMBLES    AND   ADVENTURES 

round  the  arrow  points.  I  have  handled  one 
of  these  arrows.  It  had  a  long  unbarbed  point, 
clotted  and  dark  with  some  thick  liquid. 
Essence  of  decaying  human  corpse  is  said  to 
be  the  poison  employed.  Death  almost  always 
follows  a  wound  from  one  of  these  arrows ;  it 
commonly  occurs  on  the  ninth  day. 

During  my  rambles  among  the  Pacific  Islands 
Herr  Schlehahan  was  cruelly  murdered  by  the 
man-eating  natives  of  the  Admiralty  Group. 
He  had  for  many  years  resided  on  St.  Gabriel 
Island.  He  received  no  warning  of  the  inten- 
tion of  the  natives.  Suddenly  he  was  ap- 
proached from  behind  by  a  savage  who  dealt 
him  a  severe  blow  on  the  head  with  a  club. 

The  unfortunate  trader  fell  senseless,  and, 
while  he  lay  on  the  ground,  his  body  was 
terribly  mutilated  by  the  natives  armed  with 
tomahawks.  What  eventually  became  of  the 
remains  is  not  at  all  clear,  but  from  the  fact 
that  the  inhabitants  of  the  whole  of  the  Ad- 
miralty Group  are  cannibals  it  is  presumed  that 
the  body  was  devoured  at  one  of  their  feasts. 

The  Trinidad  Islands  appeared  to  me  chiefly 
noteworthy  because  of  the  horribly  diseased 
state  of  the  inhabitants.  Loathsome  disorders 


IN   CANNIBAL   LANDS  177 

seem    to    have    been    spread    through    the    islands 
by  noxious  Asiatic  coolies. 

Calling  upon  some  of  the  leading  natives,  I 
obtained  much  useful  information  respecting 
their  feelings  toward  immigrants. 

In  answer  to  my  questions  an  old  chief 
replied  as  follows:  — 

"How  are  you   and  all  your  people?" 

"  Don't  like  coolies — coolies  no  good.  China- 
men no  good." 

"How   do   you   like   the   English?" 

"We  don't  want  to  lose  our  land;  if  land 
go  then  we  cry  very  much.  White  settlers  do 
the  crooked.  Good  English  very  good;  some 
English  no  good." 

This  was  all  I  could  get  out  of  him  beyond 
a  special  message  to  His  Majesty  the  King, 
which  I  fear  would  be  of  little  interest.  My 
time  was  limited,  so  I  was  obliged  to  check 
the  elaborate  preparations  he  ordered  for  my 
entertainment;  but  when  I  took  my  departure 
he  said,  "You  come  back;  you  stay  week." 

In  Sydney  I  met,  at  an  obscure  boarding- 
house,  the  famous  Captain  Weaver,  who,  for 
alleged  piracy  and  murder  on  the  high  seas, 
was  condemned  to  death  in  Fiji. 

N 


i;8       RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

He  informed  me  that  while  cruising  among 
some  islands  off  the  coast  of  New  Guinea  he 
landed  upon  one  notorious  for  cannibalism.  The 
natives  were  very  hostile  at  first,  but  after  a 
few  days,  and  numerous  presents  had  been 
received  by  them,  they  professed  friendship,  and 
requested  him  to  attend  a  conference  on  shore. 

These  natives  were  ruled  over  by  a  popular 
king  who  was  old  and  seriously  ill.  The  con- 
ference was  convened,  therefore,  to  request 
Weaver  to  remove  the  evil  spell  under  which 
he  was  suffering.  Captain  Weaver  knew  from 
the  curiosity  of  the  people  that  no  white  men 
had  visited  this  island,  but  he  determined  to 
risk  his  life  to  win  the  inhabitants  to  friendly 
trade  and  intercourse.  Fortifying  himself  with 
drugs  from  the  ship,  he  travelled  alone  several 
miles  through  the  dense  forest  to  the  native 
town.  Here  he  found  that  the  king  was 
suffering  from  fever.  Knowing  the  immense 
importance  the  natives  attached  to  ceremony 
and  incantations,  he  performed  grotesque  and 
humorous  antics  which  delighted  his  beholders, 
who  called  to  each  other  to  watch  the  magic 
of  the  great  medicine  man.  When  he  had 
finished  these  deceptions  he  requested  the  people 


IN   CANNIBAL    LANDS  179 

to  retire,  and  entered  the  king's  hut  to  ad- 
minister a  few  grains  of  quinine.  This  simple 
but  wonderful  remedy  soon  had  the  desired 
effect,  and  in  a  few  days  the  king  was  restored 
to  health. 

.Weaver  now  became  the  wonder  and  admira- 
tion of  everybody,  and  so  rose  in  public  favour 
that  he  ranked  next  to  the  king  on  all  cere- 
monial occasions.  When  the  king  died,  a  few 
weeks  afterwards,  Weaver  was  so  popular  that 
it  was  considered  the  life  of  the  old  man  had 
only  been  prolonged  to  fit  him  to  become  his 
successor.  Weaver,  therefore,  was  made  king, 
and  ruled  over  these  people  with  a  wise  and 
cautious  hand.  He  taught  them  the  use  of 
firearms,  how  to  build  houses  and  fortify  their 
towns.  In  a  short  time  the  white  king  became 
immensely  wealthy,  and,  being  ambitious,  he 
determined  to  sail  to  Sydney  to  purchase 
articles  for  the  development  of  his  kingdom. 

During  the  voyage  his  ship  was  lost  on  a 
reef,  and  Weaver  arrived  in  the  city  penniless. 
Nothing  daunted,  he  approached  several  wealthy 
people  and  related  his  extraordinary  experiences 
with  so  much  cleverness  that  they  advanced 
him  money  to  purchase  another  ship.  The 


i8o       RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

exact  position  of  his  island  he  kept  secret,  not 
knowing  whom  to  trust,  and  having  much 
wealth  hidden  there.  Discontent  arose  among 
his  crew  soon  after  he  had  cleared  "  The 
Heads,"  and  long  before  he  reached  his  destina- 
tion he  discovered  a  plot  to  murder  him  and 
take  the  ship. 

Weaver,  however,  determined  to  be  on  his 
guard,  and,  having  bribed  the  cabin-boy  to 
reveal  the  plans  of  his  enemies,  he  turned  the 
tables  on  them  by  shooting  the  ringleader.  For 
this  act  he  was  seized  by  a  British  warship 
and  imprisoned  for  many  years  in  Suva,  Fiji. 

When  the  islanders  found  their  king  did  not 
return,  they  scoured  the  Pacific  for  news  of 
him,  and  finally  discovered  he  was  in  Fiji. 
These  devoted  people  managed  to  hide  them- 
selves and  to  enter  into  communication  with  the 
prisoner. 

Captain  Weaver  was  ultimately  liberated,  and 
affirmed  his  act  was  justified,  and  he  was  inno- 
cent of  crime. 

In  1906  he  was  busy  collecting  money  to  fit 
out  a  ship,  and  offered  me  the  post  of  Prime 
Minister  and  Secretary  at  an  enormous  salary. 
I  took  some  days  before  giving  him  an  answer, 


IN   CANNIBAL   LANDS  181 

being  fascinated  with  the  idea  of  new  experi- 
ences and  adventures.  Happily,  however,  I 
decided  to  decline.  When  I  returned  to 
Sydney  in  1908  I  discovered  many  persons  were 
anxiously  awaiting  some  news  of  his  ship. 

Fiji  was  once  the  most  notorious  cannibal 
land  in  the  world.  An  Englishman  named 
Pickering  fell  into  the  hands  of  a  hostile  tribe. 
He  soon  became  aware  that  they  were  making 
preparations  for  a  cannibal  feast,  of  which  he 
was  to  be  the  principal  dish,  though  these 
preparations  would  not  have  been  noticed  by  any 
one  less  versed  in  their  customs.  He  knew  that 
before  they  proceeded  to  kill  him  a  bowl  of 
kava  would  have  to  be  made  and  a  prayer  said 
over  the  beverage  when  ready,  and  the  person 
saying  the  prayer  could  not  be  eaten.  Pre- 
tending utter  unconsciousness  of  what  was 
going  on,  he  eagerly  watched  for  the  moment 
when  the  preparation  of  the  kava  was  advanced 
to  the  stage  at  which  the  prayer  had  to  be 
said,  then  suddenly,  to  the  utter  dismay  of  his 
enemies,  he  pronounced  the  well-known  formula. 
No  one  now  dared  to  take  his  life,  and  he  had 
the  keen  satisfaction  of  partaking  of  the  yams 
and  fruit  provided  for  his  own  funeral. 


1 82        RAMBLES   AND    ADVENTURES 

A   cannibal    feast   is   conducted   as   follows:  — 

The  victims  are  made  to  sit  upon  the  ground 
with  their  legs  drawn  under  their  thighs  and 
their  arms  placed  close  beside  them.  In  this 
position  they  are  bound  so  tightly  that  they 
cannot  move  a  joint.  They  are  then  placed 
in  the  oven  upon  hot  stones  and  covered  with 
leaves  and  stones,  and  so  roasted  alive. 

When  the  body  is  cooked  it  is  taken  from 
the  oven  and  the  face  painted  black.  It  is 
then  carried  to  the  Bure,  where  it  is  offered 
to  the  gods,  being  afterwards  cut  up  and  dis- 
tributed to  be  eaten  by  the  people.  Women 
seldom  eat  human  flesh. 

The  Fijians  once  indulged  in  horrible  rites. 
At  the  burial  of  a  great  chief  the  body  was 
laid  in  state  upon  a  spacious  lawn  in  the 
presence  of  an  immense  concourse  of  people. 
The  principal  wife,  after  she  had  been  properly 
adorned,  then  walked  out  and  took  her  seat 
near  the  body  of  her  husband,  when  a  rope  was 
passed  around  her  neck,  which  eight  or  ten 
men  pulled  with  all  their  strength,  until  she 
was  strangled  and  dead.  When  this  was  done 
the  second  wife  came  and  seated  herself  in  the 
same  place,  and  she  also  was  killed.  A  third 


IN   CANNIBAL   LANDS  183 

and  a  fourth  became  voluntary  sacrifices  in  the 
same  manner,  and  afterwards  they  were  all  in- 
terred in  a  common  grave.  One  body  was 
placed  above,  one  below,  and  one  on  either  side 
of  the  husband.  The  reasons  assigned  for  this 
barbarous  custom  was  that  the  spirit  of  the 
chief  might  not  be  lonely  in  its  passage  to  the 
invisible  world. 

Human  sacrifices  were  common  before  a  war 
took  place.  The  only  weapon  with  which  the 
procurers  of  sacrifices  were  armed  was  a  small 
stone  concealed  in  the  hollow  of  the  hand. 
With  this  they  would  strike  their  victim  a 
stunning  blow  upon  the  back  of  the  head,  when 
others,  who  were  in  readiness,  would  rush  in 
and  complete  the  horrid  work.  The  body  was 
then  carried  amid  songs  and  shouts  of  savage 
triumph  and  offered  to  the  gods.  At  other 
times  the  king's  gang  of  desperadoes  would 
arm  themselves  with  spears,  surround  the  house 
of  their  victim,  and  enjoy  the  sport  of  spearing 
him  through  the  apertures  between  the  poles 
which  encircled  the  house.  In  these  circum- 
stances the  object  of  their  savage  amusement, 
frenzied  with  pain  and  dread,  would  rush  from  one 
part  of  the  house  to  the  other  vainly  seeking  pro- 


1 84         RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

tection ;  but  wherever  he  ran  he  found  a  spear 
entering  his  body,  and  at  length,  perceiving  no 
possibility  of  escape,  he  would  cover  himself  in 
his  cloth,  throw  himself  upon  the  floor,  and  wait 
until  a  spear  would  pierce  his  heart. 

At  Raratonga  two  human  victims  were  in- 
variably offered  at  the  birth  of  the  son  of  a 
principal  chief.  Another  circumstance  which 
rendered  this  practice  still  more  dreadful  was 
that  as  soon  as  one  of  a  family  had  been 
selected  all  the  other  male  members  of  it  were 
looked  upon  as  devoted  to  the  same  horrid 
purpose.  It  availed  them  nothing  if  they  re- 
moved to  another  island,  for  they  would  be 
sought  after  and  often  pursued  with  dogs 
whenever  a  sacrifice  was  required. 

The  capture  and  massacre  of  the  "  Port-au- 
Prince's  "  crew  at  Hayti  on  December  i,  1806, 
ranks  among  the  most  awful  fates  which  befell 
sailors  among  the  Pacific  Islands. 

At  9  a.m.  Tooi-Tooi,  the  Sandwich  Islander, 
came  aboard  and  invited  Mr.  Brown  to  go  on 
shore  and  view  the  country.  He  immediately 
complied,  and  went  unarmed.  About  an  hour 
after  he  left  the  ship  Mr.  Mariner,  who  was  in 
the  steerage,  went  to  the  hatch  for  the  sake  of 


IN   CANNIBAL   LANDS  185 

a  light  to  mend  his  pen,  when,  looking  up,  he 
saw  Mr.  Dixon  standing  on  a  gun,  endeavour- 
ing by  signs  to  prevent  more  natives  coming 
on  board.  At  this  moment  he  heard  a  loud 
shout  from  the  savages,  and  saw  one  of  them 
knock  Mr.  Dixon  down  with  his  club. 

Too  surely  convinced  now  what  was  to  happen, 
he  ran  into  the  gun-room,  when  a  native  caught 
hold  of  him  by  the  hand;  but,  escaping  from  his 
grasp,  he  ran  down  the  scuttle,  where  he  found 
the  cooper.  Considering  the  magazine  the 
safest  place,  they  ran  there,  and,  having  con- 
sulted what  was  best  to  be  done,  they  came  to 
the  resolution  of  blowing  up  the  vessel. 

Bent  upon  this  desperate  enterprise,  Mr. 
Mariner  repaired  to  the  gun-room  to  procure 
flint  and  steel,  but  was  unable  to  get  at  the 
muskets  without  making  too  much  noise,  for 
the  arm  chest  lay  beneath  the  boarding-pikes, 
\\hich  had  carelessly  been  thrown  down  the 
scuttle  the  previous  evening;  and  the  noise 
occasioned  by  clearing  them  away,  as  the  uproar 
above  began  to  cease,  would  undoubtedly  have 
attracted  the  savages'  notice.  He  therefore  re- 
turned to  the  magazine,  where  he  found  the 
cooper  in  great  distress  from  tire  apprehension 


1 86        RAMBLES    AND   ADVENTURES 

of  his  probable  fate.  Mr.  Mariner  now  pro- 
posed that  they  should  go  on  deck  at  once  and 
meet  their  death  like  men,  while  their  enemies 
were  hot  with  slaughter,  rather  than,  by  delay, 
subject  themselves  to  the  cruelties  of  cooler 
barbarity;  and  after  some  hesitation  the  cooper 
consented  to  follow  if  Mr.  Mariner  would  lead 
the  way.  The  latter  thereupon  went  to  the 
gun-room,  and,  lifting  up  the  hatch  a  little,  saw 
Tooi-Tooi  examining  Captain  Duck's  sword  and 
other  arms  that  were  in  his  state-room.  Their 
backs  being  turned,  he  lifted  off  the  hatch  en- 
tirely, and  jumped  up  into  the  cabin.  Tooi- 
Tooi,  instantly  turning  round,  Mr.  Mariner  pre- 
sented his  hands  open,  to  signify  that  he  was 
unarmed  and  at  their  mercy;  then,  uttering 
"Aroghah,"  he  asked  him,  partly  in  English 
and  partly  in  his  own  language,  whether  he 
meant  to  kill  him,  as  he  was  ready  to  meet 
his  fate.  Tooi-Tooi  replied  in  broken  English 
that  he  should  not  be  hurt,  as  the  chiefs  were 
already  in  possession  of  the  ship,  but  that  he 
wished  to  be  informed  how  many  persons  there 
were  below.  To  this  Mr.  Mariner  replied  that 
there  was  only  one,  and  called  up  the  cooper, 
who  had  slowly  followed  him.  Tooi-Tooi  then 


IN   CANNIBAL   LANDS  187 

led  them  upon  deck  towards  one  of  the  chiefs, 
who  had  the  direction  of  the  conspiracy. 

The  first  object  that  struck  Mr.  Mariner's 
sight  on  coming  upon  deck  was  enough  to 
thrill  the  stoutest  heart.  Upon  the  companion 
was  a  short,  squab  figure,  about  fifty  years  of 
age,  with  a  seaman's  jacket  soaked  in  blood 
thrown  over  one  shoulder  and  on  the  other 
rested  his  iron-wood  club,  spattered  with  brains 
and  blood,  while  the  frightfulness  of  his 
appearance  was  increased  by  a  constant  blinking 
with  one  of  his  eyes  and  a  horrible  convulsive 
motion  on  one  side  of  his  mouth. 

On  another  part  of  the  deck  there  lay  twenty- 
two  bodies  perfectly  naked,  and  arranged  side 
by  side  in  regular  order,  but  so  dreadfully 
bruised  and  battered  about  the  head  that  only 
two  or  three  of  them  could  be  recognised.  A 
man  had  just  counted  them  and  was  reporting 
the  number  to  his  chief,  immediately  after 
which  they  began  to  throw  them  overboard. 
On  Mr.  Mariner  and  the  cooper  being  brought 
before  him  he  smiled,  probably  on  account  of 
their  dirty  appearance.  Mr.  Mariner  was  then 
given  in  charge  of  a  petty  chief  to  be  taken 
on  shore,  but  the  cooper  was  detained  on 
board. 


1 88         RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

When  Mr.  Mariner  arrived  on  shore  he  saw 
Mr.  Brown,  the  whaling  master,  lying  dead  on 
the  beacli,  his  body  naked  and  much  bruised 
about  the  head  and  chest.  Finow,  however, 
took  a  great  fancy  to  Mr.  Mariner,  and  spared 
his  life. 

Tahiti    is  situated   2,200   miles  from    Auckland, 
via  Cook   Islands.       The  voyage  occupies  about 
ten     days,    and     there    is    a    monthly     service    of 
boats.       The   scenery   is   considered    by    many   to 
be   the   most   beautiful    in    the    Pacific.       It   com- 
prises    lofty     mountains,    romantic    valleys,     and 
ravines.       It    is   surrounded   by   a   fine   reef,    and 
has  a  good  harbour.      The  shore-line  is  covered 
with    cocoa-nuts,    and    inland     the     vegetation    is 
very    rich    and    attractive.       Bread-fruit,   mango, 
ginger-trees,  and  other  tropical  plants  flourish  to 
perfection,    and    the    oranges    will    compare    with 
any   grown   in   the  world.      Papeete,   the  capital, 
is   a   well-built   town    containing   about    2,000    in- 
habitants.      There    are    two    fair    hotels,    and    a 
band   plays   twice  a  week   for  the  benefit   of   the 
public.      There  is  a  beautiful  avenue  here  called 
the   Fatava. 

Tahiti   will   ever   be   famous   for   the   "  Mutiny 
of  the  Bounty."      The  women,  when  half-castes, 


IN   CANNIBAL   LANDS  189 

are  very  handsome  and  fascinating.  They  have 
exquisite  figures,  dark  eyes,  and  jet-black  hair. 
One  can  almost  make  an  allowance  for  the  crew 
of  the  "  Bounty  "  falling  victims  to  their  charms 
if  they  excelled  the  lasses  who  smile  upon  every 
fresh  arrival  who  calls  at  this  port.  The  true 
type  of  native,  however,  can  only  be  studied 
by  visiting  the  adjoining  islands  and  getting  as 
far  away  as  possible  from  the  white  settlements. 

During  my  four  years  in  Australasia  I  made 
inquiries  as  to  the  inhabitants  of  Pitcairn,  where 
the  mutineers  spent  their  last  days.  There  are 
at  present  77  males  and  92  females  (1906).  The 
affairs  of  the  island  are  conducted  by  a  Parlia- 
ment of  seven  members,  with  a  president,  vice- 
president,  and  a  judge.  The  islanders  now 
own  a  cutter  (14  tons),  which  plies  between 
Pitcairn  and  Mangarewa,  whence  there  is  a 
communication  with  Tahiti  and  New  Zealand. 

In  religion  they  appear  to  be  chiefly  Seventh- 
day  Adventists.  Education  has  been  much 
neglected  since  1896.  The  products  of  the 
island  are  sweet  potatoes,  yams,  taro,  melons, 
pumpkins,  oranges,  bananas,  pineapples,  and 
arrow-root  which  is  prepared  in  limited  quan- 
tities with  antiquated  appliances.  Excellent 


190         RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

coffee  is  grown  here.  The  island  has  only  an 
area  of  two  square  miles.  It  contains  about  200 
goats  and  a  small  stock  of  chickens. 

The  fate  of  the  mutineers  and  the  subsequent 
discovery  of  their  descendants  once  created  a 
world-wide  sensation ;  it  may  therefore  be  of 
interest  to  narrate  the  circumstances  once  more. 

On  the  arrival  of  the  "  Bounty  "  off  Tofoa,  one 
of  the  Friendly  Islands,  on  April  28,  1789,  a 
dreadful  mutiny  broke  out  among  some  of  the 
ship's  officers  and  men,  with  Fletcher  Christian, 
the  master's  mate,  at  their  head.  He  was  of 
a  respectable  family  in  the  North  of  England, 
a  young  man  of  talent,  and  of  a  quick,  daring 
spirit. 

On  the  evening  before  the  mutiny  Bligh  had 
invited  Christian  to  supper  in  his  cabin,  an 
invitation  which  was  declined  by  Christian  on 
the  grounds  of  ill-health.  He,  however,  used 
the  time  to  win  over  the  crew  to  mutiny. 

At  the  dawn  of  day  they  roughly  awoke 
Bligh,  who,  starting  up  in  amazement,  saw  two 
men  around  him  armed  with  cutlasses  and 
pistols.  He  called  loudly  for  assistance,  de- 
manding an  explanation. 

"  Hold  your  tongue,  sir,  or  you  are  dead  this 


IN   CANNIBAL    LANDS  191 

instant,"  was  the  answer  he  received.  His 
hands  were  tied  behind  him,  and  he  was  forced 
on  deck  in  his  shirt,  not  having  been  given 
time  to  dress. 

The  boatswain  and  others  having  been  com- 
pelled to  hoist  out  the  launch,  Bligh  and 
eighteen  men  were  forced  to  go  into  her,  and 
were  quickly  veered  astern  of  the  ship  by  a 
rope.  Having  flung  them  a  few  pieces  of  pork 
amounting  to  32lb.,  isolb.  of  bread,  28  gallons 
of  water,  six  quarts  of  rum,  six  bottles  of  wine, 
four  cutlasses,  a  quadrant  and  a  compass,  with 
a  quantity  of  twine,  canvas,  and  cordage,  the 
mutineers  sailed  away. 

The  island  of  Pitcairn  is  1,200  miles  from 
Tahiti,  and  the  names  of  the  mutineers  who 
landed  there  were: — Fletcher  Christian,  Edward 
Young,  John  Mills,  Matthew  Quintal,  William 
M'Coy,  John  Adams,  John  Williams,  Isaac 
Martin,  and  William  Brown.  They  had  not 
resided  long  upon  the  island  before  it  became 
the  scene  of  every  evil  passion.  They  began  to 
hate  and  to  be  hated.  First  there  was  a  deadly 
strife  between  them  and  the  Tahitian  men,  who, 
after  practising  shooting  at  a  mark,  plotted  to 
murder  them  all.  This  murderous  plot,  how- 


192         RAMBLES    AND   ADVENTURES 

ever,  reached  the  ears  of  their  wives,  who 
warned  them  by  adding  to  one  of  their  songs 
these  wrords,  "  Why  does  black  man  sharpen 
axe?  To  kill  white  man." 

Deathly  struggles  followed,  Christian,  Mills, 
Williams,  Martin,  and  Brown  being  murdered 
in  1793  by  the  Tahitians.  Christian  was  the 
first  who  fell.  Mills  was  next.  Adams  was 
shot,  the  ball  entering  at  his  shoulder  and 
coming  out  at  his  neck.  He  fell,  but  suddenly 
sprang  up  and  ran.  They  caught  him,  and  a 
blow  was  aimed  at  his  head  with  the  butt-end 
of  a  musket.  This  he  warded  off  with  his 
hand,  having  his  finger  broken  by  the  blow. 
On  his  again  escaping  he  ran  down  the  rocks 
toward  the  sea;  but  his  pursuers  called  out  to 
him  that  if  he  would  return  he  should  not  be 
hurt.  He  returned,  therefore,  and  they  troubled 
him  no  more. 

All  the  Tahitian  men  were  killed  in  the  same 
year,  one  of  them  having  been  destroyed  by 
Young's  wife  with  an  axe.  As  soon  as  she 
had  killed  him  she  gave  a  signal  to  her 
husband  to  fire  upon  the  remaining  Tahitian. 
This  was  done  with  fatal  precision.  This  woman 
died  at  an  advanced  age  in  1850.  She  was  the 


IN   CANNIBAL   LANDS  193 

last  survivor  of  the  "  Bounty."  In  1794,  when 
only  four  men,  Young,  M'Coy,  Adams,  and 
Quintal,  were  left  alive,  the  women  of  the  place 
were  holding  in  their  hands  the  five  skulls  of 
the  murdered  white  men.  They  were  only  com- 
pelled, after  some  difficulty,  to  give  up  the 
heads  to  be  buried.  In  that  year  the  women 
made  an  attempt  to  escape  from  the  island  in 
a  boat. 

During  1794  trouble  followed  trouble.  The 
women,  having  failed  in  their  attempt  to  escape, 
deliberately  planned  the  destruction  of  the  four 
white  men  left  among  them.  This  dreadful  plot 
was  discovered  in  time  by  the  men,  and  a 
partial  and  suspicious  peace  was  brought  about. 
But  other  horrors  were  yet  to  come.  In  1798 
M'Coy,  in  a  fit  of  delirium  tremens  brought  on 
by  drunkenness,  threw  himself  from  the  rocks 
into  the  sea  and  was  drowned.  Matthew 
Quintal,  after  threatening  the  lives  of  his  com- 
panion*;, was  killed  by  Young  and  Adams,  who 
in  1799  struck  him  with  an  axe  in  self-defence. 

Thus  six  of  the  mutineers  were  murdered  and 
one  committed  suicide.  Edward  Young  died  of 
asthma  in  1800.  Only  two  of  the  fifteen  men  who 
landed  from  the  "  Bounty  "  died  a  natural  death. 

o 


194         RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

In  1800,  Adams,  having  reached  his  thirty- 
sixth  year,  found  himself  the  only  man  on  the 
island.  The  young  community  consisted  of 
twenty  children.  About  ten  years  after  this 
Adams  claimed  to  have  had  two  remarkable 
dreams  which  alarmed  his  conscience.  He 
turned  his  attention  to  religion,  and  became  a 
sort  of  patriarch  and  parson  to  the  whole  com- 
munity. Subsequently  Mr.  Shillibeer  wrote  an 
account  of  how  the  "  Briton  "  had  accidentally 
stumbled  upon  Pitcairn  Island  and  gleaned  their 
history. 

The  history  of  the  remaining  mutineers  is 
briefly  this:  — 

On  March  23,  1791,  three  of  the  men,  who 
had  remained  at  Tahiti  nearly  two  years, 
namely,  Joseph  Coleman,  Peter  Heywood,  and 
George  Stewart,  came  on  board  the  "  Pandora  " 
and  surrendered  themselves  to  the  law.  The 
captain  succeeded  in  taking  eleven  others  at 
Tahiti.  There  were  twenty-five  men  who  re- 
mained on  board  the  "  Bounty."  Two  of  the 
mutineers,  Churchill  and  Thompson,  who  had 
landed  at  Tahiti,  were  no  longer  in  existence 
when  the  "  Pandora  "  arrived.  Within  a  short 
period  of  their  quitting  the  "  Bounty  "  one  of 


IN   CANNIBAL   LANDS  195 

them,  the  ship's  corporal,  had  become  a  king, 
and  both  had  been  murdered.  Thompson, 
envious  of  Churchill's  honours,  and  angry  at 
the  fancied  insult,  took  an  opportunity  of 
shooting  him,  and  the  natives  rose  in  anger  and 
stoned  Thompson  to  death.  The  "Pandora" 
heard  nothing  of  the  nine  remaining  mutineers. 

The  Island  trips  provided  by  the  Union 
Steamship  Company  furnish  an  unrivalled  oppor- 
tunity of  visiting  numbers  of  places  famed  for 
their  beauty.  The  different  routes  are  as 
follows  :  — 

i.  Auckland  to  Tonga,  Haapai,  Vavau,  Apia 
(Samoa),  Fiji,  and  thence  direct  to  Auckland. 
Cost,  £20.  Time  occupied  about  twenty-eight 
days.  This  gives  a  day  each  at  Tonga,  Haapai, 
and  Vavau,  possibly  two  days  at  Apia  and 
nine  or  ten  days  in  Fiji ;  but  while  awaiting 
transhipment  at  Suva  to  direct  steamer  for 
Auckland  passengers  must  maintain  themselves 
for  about  eight  days.  Good  hotel  accommoda- 
tion may  be  obtained  for  about  IDS.  a  day,  or 
at  boarding-houses  from  305.  a  week. 

This  trip  may  be  taken  in  the  opposite 
direction  for  the  same  fare,  but  it  is  necessary 
to  stop  in  Fiji  for  about  eighteen  days  awaiting 


196         RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

connecting  steamer,  and  the  time  given  at  the 
various  points  of  call  between  Fiji  and  Auckland 
is  somewhat  less.  The  trip  would  take  about 
thirty-six  days. 

2.  Auckland   to   Tonga,    Haapai,    Vavau,    Apia 
(Samoa),     Fiji,     Sydney,     and    thence    direct    to 
Auckland.       Cost,    £23.       Time    occupied    about 
thirty-three   days.      This  gives   the  same  amount 
of    time    at    the    various    island    ports    as    in    trip 
No.    i,    with    the    exception    of    Fiji,    where    the 
time  spent  is  between  two  and  three  days.      At 
Sydney  passengers  must  maintain  themselves  for 
about    five    or    six    days    awaiting    steamer    for 
Auckland. 

This  trip,   also,    may  be  made   in   the  opposite 
direction,   and  will  take  about  the  same  time. 

3.  Same    as    No.    2,    via    islands    to    Sydney, 
thence  to   Melbourne  and  back   to   Auckland   via 
Hobart,    Bluff,    and   New    Zealand   coastal   ports. 
Cost,   £28   IDS.      Time  occupied  about  forty-two 
days.       Maintenance    for    three    or    four    days    in 
Sydney  or   Melbourne  must  be  reckoned  on. 


X 

A    VISIT    TO    FIJI 

No  artist,  photographer,  or  journalist  can  convey 
to  the  uninitiated  public  any  perfect  conception 
of  the  peculiar  fascination  of  a  visit  to  the 
South  Pacific  Islands. 

The  artist  will  realise  the  youthful  sensations 
of  romance,  beauty,  and  dreams;  the  novelist 
will  receive  new  and  unexpected  inspiration ;  and 
the  prosaic  and  practical  will  find  the  luxury 
and  ease  of  his  experiences  different  in  their 
character  and  strangely  invigorating  to  mind 
and  body.  Personally,  I  am  conscious  of  some 
regret  that  I  ever  ventured  among  them.  They 
have  the  power  to  bewitch  and  captivate  those 
mentally  constituted  like  Stevenson,  and  to  chain 
them  as  victims.  Our  return  home  is  dull. 
The  waving,  feathery  plumes  of  the  coco  palm 
appear  like  a  mirage,  even  when  the  last  island 
has  faded  from  view ;  the  merry  voices  and  the 


198       RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

laughing  eyes  of  the  natives  mock  us  as  we 
gaze  over  the  solitary  waters;  and  the  roar  of 
the  angry  surf  upon  the  coral  reef  still  echoes 
in  our  ears,  as  though  to  express  indignation  at 
our  departure  from  one  of  the  most  beautiful 
regions  of  the  earth. 

My  first  sight  of  the  South  Pacific  Islands 
was  disappointing.  A  cool,  gentle  breeze  was 
blowing,  and  the  eastern  sky  was  marked  with 
the  first  rays  of  the  dawn.  Suddenly  there 
started  forth  upon  the  horizon  rich,  glowing 
streaks  of  gold,  which  flashed  and  moved  like 
lightning  until  there  appeared  to  be  war  waged 
in  the  heavens — Nature  struggling  with  death. 
Gradually  the  darkened  space  became  wounded, 
and  brilliant  lights  spread  their  radiance  further 
afield  until  their  bright  reflection  danced  upon 
the  rippled  waters.  Death  seemed  to  contend 
with  life  for  one  brief,  final  struggle — it  was 
but  for  a  moment,  and  then,  with  glory, 
majesty,  and  power,  the  sun  seemed  to  lift 
itself  from  its  couch  and  a  new  day  was  born. 
Now,  all  eyes  are  turned  towards  a  black  mass 
looming  ahead  like  a  forbidding  cloud — it  is 
Kadavu.  How  disappointing  it  appeared  to 
mel  All  my  conceptions  of  romance  and  poetry 


THE    AUTHOR    AND    HIS    FIJIAN    GUIDES. 


A   VISIT   TO   FIJI  199 

were  dissipated.  A  boy's  imaginations,  gleaned 
from  his  story  books,  and  still  clinging  to  man- 
hood, seemed  to  whisper  the  whole  world  was  a 
lie.  Nearer  and  nearer  we  approached  until  the 
great  bulging  mass  swept  downward  into  shapes 
and  forms.  I  gazed  with  disgust,  it  was  nothing 
new,  the  Bay  of  Islands  was  far  better — the 
Bass  Straits  gave  me  more  delight — the  Thousand 
Islands  have  spoilt  me.  I  return,  therefore, 
to  my  state-room  to  finish  my  sleep  and  await 
the  summons  to  breakfast.  But  I  am  restless. 
The  warm,  bright  sunshine  streams  through  the 
broad  glass  window  of  my  deck  cabin.  I 
cannot  sleep.  Outside  voices  are  eager  in  con- 
versation, and  those  who  possess  glasses  are 
describing  beauties  I  cannot  recognise.  I  seize 
a  book,  the  letters  dance,  so  I  decide  to  walk 
outside  upon  the  deck.  The  scene  has  com- 
pletely changed.  Mount  Washington  stands  out 
boldly  amidst  a  mass  of  rich  green,  where 
tropical  flowers,  fruits,  and  ferns  flourish  as 
weeds.  Below  is  a  snowy-white  fringe  of  foam 
extending  like  a  signet-ring  around  a  natural 
harbour,  where  the  roaring,  plunging  waves  end 
in  a  lovely  coral  island,  upon  whose  summit 
coco  palms  and  mangoes  are  mingled  in 


200        RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

picturesque  confusion.  The  scene  is  romantic. 
Angry,  breaking  billows  caress  its  shores,  leaving 
a  narrow  entrance  in  perfect  calm.  In  sheltered 
spots,  bordered  with  sparkling  silver,  palms  of 
many  varieties  cluster.  The  background  of 
these  fairy  bays  rises  with  gentle  curves 
and  undulations,  or  merges  abruptly  into  a 
deep  ravine  teeming  with  vegetable  life.  In 
one  of  these  sheltered  spots  the  Fijians  have 
found  a  home,  and  quaint  houses  peep  out  from 
the  shadows  of  cocoanut  trees.  Two  small, 
rugged  capes  protect  the  harbour.  Upon  one  of 
these  a  lighthouse  has  been  built,  and  the 
whitened  walls  toned  up  the  multi-coloured  back- 
ground. 

The  shape  of  Kadavu  appeared  at  one  time 
like  Gibraltar  Rock,  but  every  mile  changed  its 
aspect,  until  its  outline  was  pressed  and  pushed 
into  erratic  curves  and  hollows,  above  which 
towered  majestically  Mount  Wellington  (2750^.) 
and  Mount  Challenger  (2i8oft.).  The  area  of 
the  island  is  124  square  miles,  and  it  is  separated 
from  Ona  by  a  small  channel.  The  islands 
beyond  are  Mbulia,  Tankuvi,  Dravuni,  Nmaru, 
North  Rock,  &c.  To  comprehend  the  wonderful 
beauty  and  detail  of  a  Pacific  island  one  needs 


A   VISIT   TO   FIJI  201 

to  supply  the  clouds  and  blue  of  a  tropical  sky, 
the  shades  of  grey,  green,  black,  and  blue 
blending  into  that  perfect  harmony  which  only 
the  resultant  labours  of  a  patient  and  skilled 
artist  could  paint;  in  fact,  I  believe  an  exact 
portraiture  would  win  world-wide  fame.  It  is 
this  tone  that  the  photograph  lacks  and  the 
picture  fails  to  reflect. 

Bega  is  the  next  island  of  importance.  Here 
Nature  seems  to  have  reversed  the  order  by 
putting  the  background  of  a  good  picture  in 
front,  and  half  hiding  the  palms  of  Storm 
Island  and  other  beauty  spots.  Now  Viti  Levu 
is  visible,  and  one  is  surprised  at  its  size. 

As  we  approach  we  perceive  boats  pulling 
towards  us,  manned  with  mop-headed  rowers, 
and  upon  the  wharf  a  miscellaneous  crowd  are 
collected,  consisting  of  Europeans,  coolies, 
Fijians,  Samoans,  Tongans,  &c.  Everybody 
wears  white,  and  the  natives  display  their  dark- 
skinned  legs  and  arms.  The  only  females  are 
represented  by  a  few  Europeans,  whose  pretty 
dresses  tone  with  tropical  shades  of  green.  The 
Fijian's  hair  can  only  be  described  as  a  mop. 
No  one  seeing  it  for  the  first  time  would  imagine 
it  was  real  hair.  They  look  a  happy  and  con- 


202       RAMBLES    AND   ADVENTURES 

tented  crowd,  and  carry  heavy  luggage  with 
apparent  ease,  Swinging  tin  trunks  over  their 
shoulders,  and  often  carrying  a  portmanteau  at 
the  same  time.  Small  native  boys  only  wore 
the  sulu,  and  their  smooth-skinned  backs  shone 
in  the  sun. 

The  Fijians  are  a  pleasant-looking  people,  but 
could  hardly  be  called  prepossessing  in  their 
features.  Their  broad  nostrils  spoil  what  other- 
wise might  be  a  handsome  face.  They  are, 
however,  tall  and  well-built,  and  have  a  dignified, 
stately  bearing.  Sometimes  a  wild  expression 
passes  over  the  face,  conveying  an  idea  of  what 
they  were  in  their  untamed  past. 

The  women  are  of  the  usual  type  of  tropical 
lands,  and  have  their  figures  very  fully  de- 
veloped, and  often  comely.  They  recall  the 
coloured  people  of  Florida  and  Mexico.  My 
first  trip  in  Fiji  was  up  the  Tamavua  River, 
and  I  had  an  opportunity  to  examine  the  rich 
flora  which  grows  upon  its  banks.  The  mouth 
of  the  river  has,  on  either  side,  a  dense  growth 
of  mangroves,  but  on  the  higher  land  coco 
palms,  mangoes,  bread-fruit,  tree-ferns,  bamboo, 
oranges,  lemon,  &c.,  grow  as  weeds.  This  river 
is  one  of  the  prettiest  in  the  neighbourhood  of 


A    VISIT    TO   FIJI  203 

Suva,  and  some  fine  banana  plantations  can  be 
viewed,  together  with  native  dwellings  and  other 
matters  of  interest  to  the  tourist.  I  stopped  to 
examine  a  clever  fish-trap,  and  to  watch  natives 
spearing.  The  scenery  was  wild  and  beautiful. 
In  the  distance  lofty  hills  and  mountains  ex- 
tended to  the  horizon,  and  curious  freaks  of 
nature  bulged  into  fantastic  shapes  the  nearer 
landscape. 

Butterflies,  with  gaily-painted  wings,  relieved 
the  weird  surroundings  of  impenetrable  bush, 
and  the  wild  cries  or  song  of  native  birds  broke 
the  silence,  or  mingled  their  voices  into  delicious 
harmony  with  the  strange  buzz  and  hum  of 
insect  life  and  creatures  whose  whereabouts  were 
hidden  from  view.  Land  crabs  were  very 
plentiful,  and  their  burrows  in  the  soft  bank 
looked  like  the  home  of  the  sand-martin. 
Flying  foxes  haunt  these  solitudes,  and  with 
the  first  shadows  of  night  struggle  through  the 
air  with  clumsy,  bird-like  flight,  and  the  mon- 
goose lurks  in  every  thick-set  scrub. 

Suva  is  a  township  buried  among  trees.  It 
is  more  like  a  small  village  than  a  town.  The 
residents  are  kind  and  hospitable,  and  few 
tourists  fail  to  be  welcomed  to  their  comfortable 


204       RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

clubs.  Half-a-day  can  be  profitably  spent  in 
visiting  the  botanical  gardens,  Town  Hall,  and 
native  quarters,  with  a  drive  to  Government 
House  and  the  racecourse. 

My  drive  from  Suva  to  the  Rewa  Hotel  was 
one  of  the  most  interesting  experiences  I  have 
ever  had.  The  bush  is  a  natural  food  store, 
and  fruits,  yams,  &c.,  are  to  be  had  for  the 
seeking — no  one  can  starve  in  Fiji.  The 
bananas  and  oranges  did  not  appear  to  me  to 
be  superior  to  the  products  of  Florida  and 
California,  but  pineapples,  cocoanuts,  cocoa,  and 
tobacco  have,  I  believe,  a  splendid  future.  The 
"  Lauthe  "  or  candle-nut  tree  grows  in  wild 
abundance,  and  the  "  Ndakua "  or  Fijian  kauri 
is  a  marked  feature  of  the  bush. 

One  matter  which  struck  me  forcibly  was  the 
extraordinary  prolificness  of  the  soil.  The  three- 
acre  allotments  were,  without  exception,  bearing 
the  finest  crops  per  area  I  have  ever  seen,  and 
produce  support  for  a  family.  Rice,  cane,  and 
cotton  do  well,  and  the  castor  oil  plant  grows 
to  perfection.  The  rich  fertile  soil  of  Fiji  has 
been  formed  principally  from  decomposed  vol- 
canic rock.  The  eruptive  action  must  have 
been  of  considerable  antiquity,  no  recent  out- 


A    VISIT   TO   FIJI  205 

burst    being    perceptible,    although    hot    springs 
exist  in  Viti  Levu,  Vanua  Levu,  and  Ngau. 

Fiji    is    the    healthiest    tropical    climate    in    the 
world.      I  had  several   interviews  with   men  who 
had   resided   there    for    upwards   of   thirty   years. 
Their     appearance     was      robust     and     healthy. 
Much    injury    has    been    done    to    Fiji    by    mis- 
representation,  and   I   must  confess   I   visited  the 
islands  with  certain  qualms.      We  had  a  gentle- 
man   on    board    the    s.s.    "  Navua "    who    com- 
menced   the    voyage    in    an    appalling    state    of 
health,    but   the   round   trip   acted   upon   him   like 
magic,     and     I     believe     the     Union     Steamship 
Company    has    provided    the    best    restorative    in 
the     world     for     lung     and     bronchial     troubles. 
Many  tourists  have  been   restrained  from  ventur- 
ing   upon    a    coral    reef    by    reading    accounts    of 
its    dangers.       I    strongly    recommend    everyone 
who  can   do  so  to  visit   the  reef.       I   walked  all 
over  the  dry  coral  reef  and  waded  knee-deep  in 
the  water  without  any  accident  or  inconvenience. 
I      was     accompanied     by     four      natives,      and 
followed     them     everywhere.         The     submarine 
formations  of  coral,   with  their  myriad  life,   have 
been,     perhaps,     somewhat    exaggerated    by    the 
sentimentalist    and    neglected    by    the    naturalist. 


206       RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

To  the  majority  of  the  British  people  very  little 
is  known  concerning  the  Colony  of  Fiji.  It  is 
reached  via  Auckland,  New  Zealand;  a  regular 
fortnightly  line  of  steamers  ply  between  this 
port  and  Suva,  the  distance  from  the  New 
Zealand  shores  being  about  900  miles.  Some 
people  still  believe  Fiji  is  inhabited  by  canni- 
bals, its  climate  is  fearfully  hot,  and  it  grows  a 
few  bananas  and  cocoanuts,  and  produces  a  little 
sugar.  The  fact,  therefore,  that  this  colony  is 
attracting  the  attention  of  speculators  all  over 
the  world  and  is  fast  developing  important 
industries  and  agricultural  enterprises  will  be  a 
surprise. 

Fiji  consists  of  about  250  islands,  of  which 
about  eighty  are  inhabited.  The  largest  are 
Viti  Levu  and  Vanua  Levu.  The  total  area  of 
the  islands  has  been  estimated  at  7421  square 
miles,  so  they  are  about  equal  in  size  to 
Wales.  Viti  Levu  claims  about  half  of  this 
area  and  is  thus  larger  than  the  island  of 
Corsica.  The  Fiji  Islands  are  of  volcanic 
origin,  well  wooded,  and  very  fertile,  the  south- 
eastern or  weather-side  being  the  most  luxuriant, 
owing  to  the  heavier  rainfall.  Here  the  country 
is  covered  with  a  dense  jungle,  unbroken  except 


A   VISIT    TO   FIJI  207 

by  the  clearings  of  planters.  Most  of  the 
islands  are  high  and  mountainous  and  rise 
abruptly  from  the  sea.  There  is  nowhere  much 
level  land,  hills  and  lovely  valleys  succeeding 
each  other  from  the  shore  toward  the  interior, 
while  lofty  peaks  rise  in  every  direction.  The 
islands  are  remarkably  well  watered,  and  the 
two  larger  have  numerous  streams,  many  of 
which  are  navigable  by  boats  for  a  considerable 
distance. 

Fiji  possesses  one  of  the  largest  sugar-mills  in 
the  world,  and  thousands  of  acres  of  sugar-cane, 
bananas,  and  cocoanuts  are  being  cultivated  in 
the  most  scientific  manner,  with  up-to-date 
appliances,  by  practical  farmers;  there  are  also 
large  herds  of  cattle  grazing  over  as  fine  pasture 
land  as  can  be  desired,  and  there  is  a  regular 
monthly  communication  by  means  of  large 
ocean-going  steamers  to  the  Commonwealth  and 
to  America. 

A  great  deal  of  misconception  also  exists  with 
regard  to  the  climate  of  Fiji.  As  the  place  is 
in  the  tropics  its  climate  must  naturally  be 
warmer  on  an  average  than  countries  beyond 
those  limits;  but  the  extremes  of  heat  and  cold 
are  never  experienced.  During  nine  months  of 


208       RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

the  year  the  refreshing,  exhilarating  south-east 
trade  winds  blow  over  the  colony,  and  only 
three  months  of  bad  weather  is  experienced. 
These  three  months  are  called  the  "  hurricane 
season,"  and  during  that  time  a  blow  or 
hurricane  may  be  expected,  but  happily  this 
does  not  occur  more  than  once  in  several  years. 
There  is  no  malarial  fever  in  any  part  of  the 
colony.  The  appearance  and  physique  of  the 
natives  and  pioneer  settlers  speak  eloquently  in 
favour  of  the  climate.  I  never  saw  men  looking 
healthier  in  any  part  of  the  world. 

For  men  with  small  capital  there  are  many 
openings  in  Fiji,  and  now  that  legislation  has 
made  it  easy  to  obtain  land  from  the  natives, 
either  by  lease  for  long  terms  at  a  low  rental 
or  by  purchase,  the  present  opportunities  are 
exceptionally  good. 

The  cultivation  of  fruit,  bananas,  mandarins, 
oranges,  pineapples,  mangoes,  &c.,  will  always 
be  a  profitable  industry.  Fiji  bananas  are 
acknowledged  to  be  the  best  in  the  world. 
Tinning  pineapples,  drying  bananas,  and  pre- 
serving mangoes  and  guavas,  either  as  jam, 
jelly,  or  chutney,  will  be  profitable  under- 
takings, for  there  is  an  unlimited  supply  of 


A   VISIT   TO   FIJI  209 

the  raw  article  to  be  procured  and  an  unlimited 
demand  for  the  manufactured  article  in  the 
markets  of  the  Australian  colonies,  New  Zealand, 
and  British  North  America.  Cattle  and  horse- 
breeding  pay  well.  Horses  are  increasing  in 
demand  owing  to  the  opening  up  of  the  country 
by  roads  and  the  increasing  area  of  land  coming 
under  cultivation.  There  is  also  an  unlimited 
demand  for  poultry,  Auckland  alone  sending 
about  5000  head  to  the  colony  annually. 
Dairying  and  pig-rearing  are  industries  that 
give  handsome  returns. 

There  is  plenty  of  first-class  house-building 
timber  on  the  islands,  including  the  famous 
kauri,  and  there  should  be  no  necessity  for 
importing  large  shipments  of  timber  from 
America.  An  up-to-date  saw-mill  would  be  a 
fortune  to  its  owner,  for  the  demand  for  fruit- 
cases  alone  is  increasing  rapidly.  Thousands  of 
these  cases  are  imported  monthly  from  New 
Zealand  and  America. 

Fiji  is  the  home  of  the  sugar-cane,  several 
varieties  growing  wild.  Five  large  mills  are 
kept  busy  crushing  the  cane  day  and  night 
during  the  season,  from  July  to  December; 
another  large  one  is  being  now  erected  by  a 

P 


210       RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

British    Columbia   company,    and    there    is    room 
for    a    dozen    more    equally    large    mills.       Rice 
grows    as    well    in    Fiji    as    it    does    in    Java    or 
India,    and    very    shortly    will    become    an    im- 
portant export.      Maize   grows  well   in   the   drier 
parts    of    the    colony.       Cocoanuts    supply    most 
valuable    assets    in    the    shape    of  copra,     which 
frequently    realises   £1$   per   ton    in    the   colony. 
Cotton  does  well,  and  vanilla,  cocoa,  tea,  coffee, 
spices,    tobacco,    and    rubber    can    be    grown    to 
advantage.      New   Zealand   imports   much   cocoa, 
&c.,    from   Suva   (the   capital).      Of  course   cheap 
labour    is    the    great    essential    to    success    where 
plantation  or  farming  work  is  being  engaged  in, 
and  there  is  an  ample  supply  of   this  article   in 
the  shape  of   Polynesians  and  coolies  at  present 
in  the  colony. 

The  ordinary  necessaries  of  life,  such  as 
clothing  and  provisions,  are  no  higher  in  price 
than  in  New  Zealand,  and  vegetables  can  be 
successfully  grown  on  the  islands.  So,  with  a 
healthy  climate,  land  to  be  easily  and  cheaply 
obtained,  and  a  score  or  more  of  different 
industries  to  choose  from,  I  am  quite  safe  in 
recommending  persons  with  small  capital  to 
emigrate  to  Fiji. 


A   VISIT    TO   FIJI  211 

The  Fijians  are  a  well-behaved  people,  but 
possession  of  property  renders  them  very  inde- 
pendent. Beyond  the  cultivation  of  small  plots 
of  land  they  appear  to  spend  most  of  their 
time  in  fishing,  bathing,  and  enjoying  them- 
selves. They  cannot  be  relied  upon  for  labour. 


XI 
THE   BLUE   MOUNTAINS 

FEW  tourists  have  visited  the  Blue  Mountains, 
probably  because  the  scenery  along  the  railway 
through  Australia  is  so  uninteresting  that  they 
doubt  the  existence  of  pleasure  resorts  worthy  of 
their  notice.  Throughout  the  Australian  States 
the  railways  have  been  constructed  purely  on 
business  principles,  without  regard  to  tourists. 
The  journey  from  Melbourne  to  the  South 
Australian  border,  or  from  Sydney  to  Queens- 
land, is  monotonous,  and  even  the  most  sanguine 
cannot  become  enthusiastic. 

The  Hawkesbury,  Como,  Glass  Mountains, 
&c.,  are  happy  exceptions  to  a  dreary  Australian 
journey;  but  a  ride  or  drive  are  the  only  means 
of  enjoying  the  charming  physical  features  and 
attractions  of  the  Island  Continent. 

The  Blue  Mountains  and  Jenolan  Caves 
compare  favourably  with  any  other  part  of  the 


L 


THE  ENTRANCE  TO  THE  "DEVIL'S  COACHHOUSE." 


THE   BLUE   MOUNTAINS  213 

world,  and  the  most  indifferent  must  concede  to 
them  a  character  and  claim  peculiarly  their  own. 
Govett's  Leap  and  the  Devil's  Coach-house 
pleased  me  more  than  anything  else. 

The  Carrington  Hotel,  Katoomba,  is  the  best 
centre  from  which  to  view  the  mountains. 
Excursion  trains  run  from  Sydney  three  times 
weekly,  and  the  cost  is  IDS.  6d.  first-class, 
55.  5d.  second-class.  The  railway  journey  is 
flat  and  uninteresting  until  Penrith  is  reached. 
Here  a  pause  can  be  made  for  a  trip  up  the 
Nepean  River,  where  wallaby  and  other 
marsupials  frisk  and  gambol  at  sunset,  undis- 
turbed by  the  steamer's  homeward  return. 

Proceeding  to  Katoomba,  the  route  does  not 
convey  an  adequate  idea  of  the  lovely  ravines, 
craggy  heights,  and  magnificent  water  -  falls 
hidden  from  view,  but  broad  expanses  of  forest 
growth  are  to  be  seen  where  mountain  succeeds 
mountain,  and  the  lesser  heights  appear  to  wave 
and  bend  like  the  troubled  waves  of  a  restless 
sea. 

At  Katoomba  the  train  is  met  by  an  army  of 
porters  anxious  to  secure  patronage;  but  if  the 
tourist  is  wise  he  will  go  to  the  Carrington 
Hotel.  The  train  arrives  at  lunch-time.  My 


214       RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

first  trip  was  to  Echo  Point.  This  is  a  short 
walk  from  the  Carrington  down  the  hill,  where 
a  splendid  view  is  obtained  of  the  Jamieson 
Valley.  A  gate  is  passed  on  the  left  which 
leads  to  the  Lilianfels  estate,  and  the  path 
through  the  woods"  is  surrounded  by  magnificent 
views,  with  Leura  Falls  in  the  distance.  The 
Leura  Falls  can  be  reached  a  nearer  way,  but 
the  road  is  not  so  interesting. 

Another  day  I  visited  Katoomba  Falls, 
driving  as  far  as  the  Cascades,  and  then  pro- 
ceeding on  foot.  The  path  leading  past  the 
Cascades  is  visible  from  the  road,  and  the  walk 
is  enjoyable.  Lizards  of  various  sizes  and 
colours  appear  on  all  sides,  and,  if  one  pauses 
to  rest,  they  creep  out  from  their  hiding-places 
and  perform  amusing  antics,  reminding  one  of 
the  children's  game  of  puss-in-the-corner.  They 
possess  much  curiosity,  and  approach  within  a 
few  yards,  but  dart  away  to  hide  on  the 
slightest  movement.  Bird  life  is  in  evidence  in 
this  locality,  and  near  the  Federal  Pass  grow 
rare  and  beautiful  ferns.  The  Government  has 
provided  generously  for  the  comfort  and  enjoy- 
ment of  tourists,  but  vulgar  vandalism  is 
hideously  conspicuous.  There  is  a  steep,  wind- 


THE   BLUE   MOUNTAINS  215 

ing  path  leading  to  the  awful-looking  valley 
below,  but  the  stairway  and  ladders  are  perfectly 
safe.  Signboards  direct  the  tourist  everywhere, 
and  the  Federal  Pass  extends  for  many  miles 
along  the  outskirts  of  a  dense  forest,  consisting 
of  gigantic  tree-ferns  and  semi-tropical  vegeta- 
tion. Th'is  wild  region  often  represents  im- 
penetrable bush,  where  the  lyre-bird  dwells  and 
the  prowling  dingo  is  safe  from  molestation. 
Delicate  and  fragrant  orchids  grow  wild,  and 
ferns  and  flowers  luxuriate  in  the  crevices  of 
the  rocks. 

Lunch  should  be  provided  for  this  trip. 
There  is  plenty  of  pure  water  everywhere.  To 
explore  the  wonders  of  the  locality  a  whole  day 
should  be  given  to  it,  which  would  allow  short 
detours  from  the  beaten  track. 

The  Pass  terminates  at  the  foot  of  Leura 
Falls.  The  climb  to  the  main  road  is  more 
difficult  and  laborious  than  the  ascent*  at 
Katoomba.  Some  of  the  steps  are  so  steep  that 
I  found  myself  obliged  to  cling  to  the  railings, 
and  I  should  advise  nervous  or  delicate  persons 
to  avoid  this  expedition. 

Nellie's  Glen  is  reached  via  the  Explorer's 
Tree.  It  is  about  a  couple  of  miles  from  the 


216       RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

Carrington  Hotel.  The  Explorer's  Tree  bears 
the  initials  of  Blaxland,  Lawson,  and  Went- 
worth,  who  first  discovered  a  passage  across  the 
Blue  Mountains  in  May,  1813. 

Nellie's  Glen  has  a  great  reputation  for 
snakes;  but  though  I  explored  it  from  end  to 
end,  I  only  came  across  three.  The  best  walk 
I  took  was  via  Glen  wood,  Mark  Foy's,  and 
Blackheath,  and  then  by  train  to  Katoomba. 
Mr.  Wilson  accompanied  me  in  all  my  expedi- 
tions, rendering  valuable  assistance  from  his 
wonderful  knowledge  of  the  Australian  bush. 
This  walk  occupied  two  days,  and  we  spent  the 
night  at  Glenwood.  Next  day  we  traversed 
some  of  the  most  beautiful  scenery  in  the 
world.  The  road  ascended  gradually  up  a 
steep  declivity  and  wound  its  way  through  a 
mighty  chasm.  There  was  a  solemn  stillness 
in  the  midst  of  these  mountains,  which  seemed 
to  breathe  the  atmosphere  of  another  world. 

Occasionally  there  arose  the  weird  cry  of  the 
lyre-bird,  or  the  mournful  note  of  the  bronze- 
winged  pigeon.  During  our  lunch  a  flock  of 
black  cockatoos  flew  chattering  and  screaming 
overhead,  and  the  growl  of  wombat  sounded 
sepulchral  beneath  our  feet.  Upon  the  ledges 


STALAGMITE     FORMATIONS.     JEXOLAX     CAVES. 


THE   BLUE   MOUNTAINS  217 

above  inaccessible  rocks  eagles  and  hawks  had 
built  their  nests,  and  at  the  foot  of  the  precipice 
I  found  the  bleached  bones  of  their  prey.  In 
one  place  was  the  skeleton  of  a  large  kangaroo 
which  had  probably  been  killed  and  devoured 
on  the  ground,  because  it  was  too  heavy  to  be 
conveyed  to  the  dizzy  heights.  During  our 
tramp  I  stalked  a  handsome  lyre-bird,  and 
watched  its  graceful  movements  for  a  consider- 
able time.  Another  interesting  trip  I  took  was 
from  the  Carrington  to  the  Kanimbla  Valley, 
where  I  traced  in  the  green  depths  our  expedi- 
tion to  Glenwood,  which  stretched  out  like  a 
map. 

Blackheath  is  the  station  for  Govett's  Leap, 
and  the  distance  is  only  a  short  drive.  The 
hotels  here  are  very  second-rate,  so  the  trip 
should  be  taken  from  Katoomba  by  rail.  The 
Jenolan  Caves  are  situated  some  considerable 
way  from  the  Carrington.  The  cheapest  route 
would  be  by  rail  to  Mount  Victoria  and  then 
by  coach.  Motor-cars  can  be  hired,  but  unless 
a  person  is  anxious  to  be  treated  like  a  school- 
boy, and  to  feel  conscious  hourly  of  the  great 
condescension  of  the  driver  in  permitting  one 
to  enjoy  oneself,  he  had  better  hire  a  two-horsed 


2i 8       RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

conveyance.  I  drove  with  Mr.  Wilson  in  a 
carriage  and  pair,  calling  at  the  Hydro. 
Medlow,  Blackheath,  and  Mount  Victoria. 
When  we  had  passed  these  places  the  scenery 
was  grand.  A  blue  haze  hung  like  a  thin  veil 
over  the  mountains,  and  wonderful  lights  played 
upon  the  valleys,  plains,  rocky  gullies,  awful 
fissures,  and  precipices.  No  description  could 
do  justice  to  this  magnificent  panorama,  and  no 
one  has  seen  the  world  until  brought  face  to 
face  with  this  sublime  handiwork  of  God. 

Hartley  is  an  interesting  village  on  the  way 
to  Jenolan.  Mr.  R.  McGarry  possesses  a  com- 
fortable inn,  and  does  his  best  to  make  a  stop 
here  enjoyable.  He  undertakes  to  supply  the 
sportsman  with  a  few  days'  good  shooting,  and 
his  charges  are  75.  per  day,  or  ios.,  including 
the  Use  of  horses  and  conveyances.  He  has 
plenty  of  poultry,  fruit,  and  fresh  vegetables  on 
the  premises. 

Hartley  is  the  seventh  oldest  township  in  New 
South  Wales,  and  was  once  a  large  and  im- 
portant convict  settlement.  The  surrounding 
mountains  concealed  many  a  notorious  gang  of 
bushrangers,  and  the  doors  and  walls  of  the 
inn,  called  the  Royal  Hotel,  still  show  the 


MYSTERY,     JEXOLAN    CAVES. 


THE   BLUE    MOUNTAINS  219 

bullet    holes    made   by    Gardner    during    his    last 
raid,   forty-five  years  ago. 

We  visited  the  old  Court-house,  and  examined 
the  cells  where  the  bushrangers  had  been  im- 
prisoned. The  names  and  scribbling  were  as 
plainly  visible  as  though  the  work  of  yesterday. 
I  copied  the  following: — • 

W.  H.   Crossing  THAT  is 
8  DAYS  TWO 

LONG  IN 
THIS  SHOP 
W  GARDNER 

A  DAMN  GOOD  ADVICE 

IT  is  JOHN  GUINN 

W.  DAY.  McKEWin. 

Mr.  McGarry  showed  us  the  leg-irons  and 
other  interesting  relics  of  old  barbarism.  A 
few  hours  spent  in  Hartley  fully  repay  the 
delay. 

Mr.  McGarry  will  meet  parties  at  Mount 
Victoria  if  notice  is  given  him  beforehand,  and 
the  Imperial  Hotel  is  a  good  place  to  stop  at 
in  Mount  Victoria  if  the  tourist  should  desire 
to  break  the  journey  there. 


220       RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

"THE    DEVIL'S    COACH-HOUSE"    AND    "GRAND 
ARCH." 

Among  the  names  I  observed  on  the  cell 
walls  at  Hartley  was  that  of  McKewin.  This 
bushranger  evaded  capture  for  a  very  long  time. 
He  carried  on  his  depredations  in  different  parts 
of  the  Hartley  and  Fish  River  districts;  but 
although  frequently  tracked  to  the  mountainous 
region,  then  unexplored,  he  always  managed  to 
disappear  in  a  most  mysterious  manner.  At 
last  two  mounted  troopers,  accompanied  by  Mr. 
Charles  Whalan,  managed  to  solve  the  mystery. 
It  was  concluded  that  McKewin 's  retreat  must  be 
in  one  of  the  numerous  gullies,  and  the  party  deter- 
mined to  explore  them  thoroughly.  After  much 
labour  his  hut  was  discovered  on  a  little  flat  in  one 
of  the  most  secluded  mountain  gorges.  It  was 
surrounded  during  the  night,  and  the  bush- 
ranger was  captured.  Next  day  the  party  made 
its  way  down  the  gully,  and  came  suddenly 
in  sight  of  a  huge  cavern  in  the  hillside  whose 
entrance  was  nearly  3Ooft.  in  height.  Passing 
into  it,  they  clambered  over  gigantic  boulders 
to  a  tunnel-like  passage  at  the  other  end,  which 
led  them  to  the  banks  of  a  creek,  which 
emerged  from  a  similar  cavern  to  their  right. 


STALACTITE    FORMATIONS,    JEXOLAN     CAVES. 


THE   BLUE   MOUNTAINS  221 

Thus  were  first  discovered  the  great  caves  now 
known  as  the  Devil's  Coach-house  and  Grand 
Arch. 

For  many  years  it  was  believed  that 
McKewin  had  a  secret  hoard  among  these  hills, 
and  many  a  hunt  there  was  after  it;  but  all 
that  ever  was  found  was  the  remains  of  a  rum- 
keg.  In  a  cave  not  very  far  from  his  hut 
there  has  since  been  found  a  set  of  bullock- 
bows,  which  he  stole  from  one  of  Mr.  Whalan's 
teams.  McKewin  was  lodged  in  Hartley  Gaol, 
afterwards  tried  by  a  Sydney  jury,  sentenced 
and  transported  to  Norfolk  Island,  where  he 
died. 

The  district  beyond  Hartley  was  full  of  wild 
cattle.  Parties  of  sporting  men  came  here 
merely  for  the  purpose  of  "  beef  -hunting,"  as 
it  was  called,  and  it  was  during  some  of  their 
exploits  that  they  came  in  contact  with  the 
wonderful  Jenolan  Caves.  They,  however, 
rarely  penetrated  far,  and  nothing  was  done 
practically  until  Mr.  Jeremiah  Wilson  and  party 
explored  them,  submitting  to  all  kinds  of  hard- 
ships. Mr.  Wilson  was  afterwards  appointed 
Keeper  of  the  Caves  by  the  Government. 

The    Blue    Mountains    furnished    retreats    for 


222        RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

many  famous  bushrangers,  and  scarcely  any 
desolate  ravine  was  without  its  story  of  robbery 
and  bloodshed, 

In  June,  1859,  the  mail  coach  was  on  its  way 
from  Bathurst  to  Sydney.  There  were  only 
two  passengers,  one  of  them  being  the  Hon. 
L.  H.  Bay  ley,  Attorney-General  for  the  Colony. 
When  they  were  slowly  ascending  a  long  hill  near 
Mount  Victoria,  the  driver  was  startled  by  the  ap- 
pearance of  a  man  with  a  gun  and  a  peremptory 
order  to  Stop.  The  unarmed  driver  was  forced  to 
obey,  escape  being  impossible. 

"Chuck  out  the  mail-bags!"  was  the  next 
command. 

"I  must  not  do  that,"  said  the  driver;  "if 
you  want  them  you  must  take  them  yourself." 

All  this  time  the  bushranger,  who  had  a  piece 
of  blanket  or  bag  over  his  head,  with  a  hole 
cut  in  it  to  Bee  through,  kept  his  double- 
barrelled  gun  presented.  Three  times  he  re- 
peated the  order,  and  was  disobeyed;  at  last  he 
said,  "I  have  asked  you  three  times;  I  don't 
want  to  shoot  you;  but,  by  God,  if  you  don't 
give  me  the  bags  I  will."  The  driver  then  got 
upon  the  box  and  threw  the  bags  out,  the  gun 
pointing  at  his  head  the  whole  time.  When 


MR.      COOKE,     OF     KIA     ORA. 


THE   BLUE   MOUNTAINS  223 

all  the  bags  were  on  the  road  in  a  heap,  the 
bushranger,  still  keeping  his  gun  ready,  and 
with  a  large  horse  pistol  sticking  out  of  his 
belt,  ordered  the  driver  to  proceed.  This  he 
did,  and  then  continued  on  his  way  to  Hartley, 
where  several  mounted  troopers  happened  to  be 
at  the  time,  and  reported  the  matter. 

Kia  Ora  is  the  best  stopping- place  for 
Jenolan  Caves.  Coaches  from  Mount  Victoria 
pass  the  door  just  before  the  descent  of  the  Five 
Mile  Hill.  Mr.  Cooke,  the  proprietor,  is  a 
keen  sportsman,  and  marsupial  game  abound  in 
great  numbers. 

The  district  is  outside  the  limits  of  reserve 
where  game  is  protected.  The  zoologist, 
naturalist,  and  hunter  can  explore  these  forest 
glades,  and  will  find  them  a  sporting  paradise 
for  marsupials.  A  mountain  path,  winding 
through  exquisite  scenery,  brings  one  to  the 
home  of  the  wombat.  We  spent  some  time 
examining  their  roomy  excavations,  and  heard 
their  fierce  growls  when  the  dog  attacked  them 
in  their  dens.  These  creatures  are  like  a  fat 
bear  in  dwarfed  proportions,  and,  though  sleepy 
and  harmless,  are  armed  with  sharp  claws, 
which  render  them  formidable  foes  to  the 


224       RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

average  dog.  We  passed  many  wallabies. 
Sometimes  we  discovered  them  in  small  mobs 
of  four  and  five,  or  singly,  as  they  paused  to 
regard  us  with  their  dreamy  eyes  ere  they 
bounded  away  to  the  mountain  retreats. 

I  stalked  one  wallaby,  and  stood  watching 
him  unobserved  for  a  long  time.  He  appeared 
to  combine  the  actions  of  a  monkey  and  a 
rabbit.  He  would  seize  with  his  front  claws 
the  low-growing  branches,  and,  drawing  them 
down,  feed  upon  the  tender  leaves,  or,  rabbit- 
like,  munch  the  grass  and  herbage.  While  we 
were  sitting  on  a  boulder  at  the  entrance  of  the 
Devil's  Coach-house,  a  handsome  rock  wallaby 
darted  past  us  into  the  cave.  At  night-time 
we  heard  the  strange  cry  of  the  koala  or 
Australian  bear.  The  voice  of  this  marsupial 
is  so  human  that  the  most  experienced  persons 
are  deceived  by  it.  These  animals  are  fre- 
quently found  on  the  land  adjoining  Mr.  Cooke's 
house.  We  spent  delightful  evenings  in  the 
woods  hunting  opossum  and  flying  squirrels. 
The  former  hang  by  their  tails  to  the  branches, 
and  are  easily  detected  in  the  moonlight. 

The  silver  opossum  somewhat  resembles  the 
Canadian  racoon,  and  half-a-dozen  skins  make  a 


THE   BLUE   MOUNTAINS  225 

nice  present  to  a  friend.  The  flying-fox  looks 
like  a  huge  crow  as  it  wings  its  way  after  sun- 
set to  its  feeding-grounds.  As  we  walked 
through  the  forest  we  would  occasionally  flush 
them.  Their  movements  were  somewhat  startling 
as  they  darted  towards  us,  and  then  clumsily 
disappeared  in  an  opposite  direction. 

Lyre-birds  are  plentiful  near  Kia  Ora.  Their 
numbers  here  are  believed  to  be  increasing,  and 
the  young  birds,  driven  from  their  breeding- 
grounds,  wander  within  view  of  this  place. 

The  wanga  -  wanga,  which  is  the  largest 
Australian  ground-dove,  is  often  heard  in  the 
neighbourhood,  and  the  dingo  prowls  in  the 
secluded  valleys,  only  venturing  near  man's 
habitation  when  seeking  a  change  of  diet. 
Their  wolf-like  moans  echo  through  the  moun- 
tains at  night,  and  convey  a  romantic  sense  of 
danger  to  the  surroundings.  They  are  difficult 
to  approach,  but  Mr.  Cooke  knows  where  to  find 
them  among  the  mountains. 

The  caves  near  Jenolan  are  very  numerous, 
and  only  a  few  have  so  far  been  explored. 
Dark  hollows  and  mysterious  recesses  appear 
everywhere  one  goes.  Their  approach,  however, 
often  requires  a  difficult  and  painful  climb. 

Q 


226        RAMBLES   AND  ADVENTURES 

The  Jenolan  Caves  were  discovered  at  the 
beginning  of  the  last  century.  Near  Kia  Ora 
is  Wild  Bull's  Creek,  famous  for  wild  cattle 
in  years  gone  by.  These  animals  were  once  a 
common  menace,  and  many  a  pioneer  had 
narrow  escapes.  Sometimes  it  happened  that 
the  bulls  were  slightly  wounded,  and,  smarting 
with  pain,  took  to  flight.  These  brutes  never 
forgot  their  wounds,  and  would  afterwards 
scent,  and  track  down,  everyone  who  approached 
their  haunts.  Wild  cattle  are  now  scarce,  but 
considerable  numbers  dwell  in  the  mountain 
retreats  beyond  the  frequented  roads. 

Eight  miles  from  Kia  Ora  some  fair  fishing 
can  be  obtained  on  the  Duckmaloi  River.  This 
place  is  considered  an  excellent  fishing-ground. 
Bass  averaging  i5lb.  to  2olb.  are  sometimes 
bagged.  The  mixed  fishing  consists  of  rainbow 
and  brown  trout,  perch,  and  Murray  cod. 

Mr.  Cooke  undertakes  to  meet  passengers  at 
Mount  Victoria  Station  if  he  receives  a  few 
days'  notice.  The  fare  is  2 is.  return.  The 
terms  for  board  and  lodging  are  6s.  per  day. 
Mr.  Cooke  can  provide  horses,  guns,  and 
rifles.  His  shot-guns  require  12-bore  cartridges, 
and  rifles  Nos.  22,  32,  and  44.  Ammunition, 


A     NATIVE     BEAK     SEEN     AT     KIA     ORA. 


THE   BLUE   MOUNTAINS  227 

wines,    spirits,    &c.,    must    be    provided    by    the 
tourist. 

Kia  Ora  is  scrupulously  ctean,  and  contains 
seven  comfortable  rooms.  No  extra  charge  is 
made  for  making  up  luncheons  for  shooting 
parties.  Mr.  Cooke  is  an  excellent  photographer, 
and  one  of  the  best  all-round  sportsmen  to  be 
found  in  Australia.  He  showed  us  plenty  of 
game,  and  we  made  up  a  good  bag. 

Kia  Ora  is  4iooft.  above  sea-level,  and  over- 
looks magnificent  scenery.  To  the  botanist  the 
local  flora  will  provide  ample  interest.  Among 
the  most  noteworthy  is  the  Venus  Fly-trap. 
This  carnivorous  plant  grows  within  five  miles. 
The  sensitive  plant  can  be  obtained  within 
eighteen  miles,  and  it  has  been  estimated  that 
there  are  no  less  than  385  varieties  of  local 
plant-life. 

With  reference  to  creatures  of  reptilian  char- 
acter, huge  iguanas  are  found  measuring  5ft., 
and  carpet  and  diamond  snakes  of  immense  size. 
Bats  are  well  represented,  from  the  beautiful 
flying-philanger  to  the  cavern-haunting  varieties. 
The  Jenolan  Caves  are  very  similar  to  the  lime- 
stone formations  found  elsewhere.  The  lime- 
stone belt  extends  from  the  Grand  Archway  for 


228       RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

three  miles  in  a  north  direction,  and  is  dotted 
here  and  there  with  caves.  Some  of  these  are 
very  beautiful,  but  difficult  of  access.  The  most 
distant  are  the  Bushranger's  Cave  and  McKewin's 
Hole.  A  little  over  a  mile  from  the  Grand 
Archway,  on  the  eastern  side  of  McKewin's 
Creek,  is  the  entrance  to  the  Mammoth  Cave. 
This  cave  is  very  extensive,  but  difficult  and 
dangerous  to  explore.  It  contains  many  vast 
and  gloomy  caverns,  whose  floors  are  strewn 
with  huge  rocks.  Here  and  there  are  awful 
chasms,  which  descend  to  the  level  of  the 
present  underground  waterway.  Lower  down 
McKewin's  Creek,  on  the  opposite  side  and 
nearly  half-a-mile  from  the  Grand  Archway,  are 
the  Frenchman's  Cave  and  Glass  Caves.  Both 
these  contain  many  beautiful  deposits,  and  may, 
in  the  future,  be  opened  to  the  public,  especially 
if  they  are  found  to  be  connected  with  the 
Imperial  Cave.  Half-a-mile  south  from  the 
Grand  Archway  is  the  Bottomless  Pit,  said  to 
be  over  three  hundred  feet  deep,  and  to  contain 
some  fine  formations. 

The  Imperial  Cave  was  discovered  by  Mr. 
J.  Wilson  in  1870.  He  descended  a  chasm  in 
the  Elder  Cave  and  landed  on  the  floor  of  the 


THE   BLUE   MOUNTAINS  229 

Imperial  Cave.  Further  investigation  revealed 
an  entrance  from  the  Grand  Archway. 

The  Grand  Archway  may  be  considered  the 
gate  to  the  Jenolan  Caves.  Here  the  tourist 
enters  subterranean  chambers  where  through 
long  ages  eternal  darkness  reigned.  These  are 
now  lighted  up  with  electric  and  magnesium 
lights,  and  all  the  hidden  beauties  of  grotto  and 
cavern  are  revealed. 

Near  one  entrance  is  the  Wool-shed  Chamber, 
where  the  roofs  and  walls  resemble  fleeces  of 
wool.  The  stalactites  and  stalagmites  of  other 
caves  are  fine,  and  the  shawls,  sparkling  cascade 
formations,  translucent  white  pillars,  showers  of 
glistening  pendants,  and  wonderful  mysteries  are 
remarkably  beautiful.  The  photographs  convey 
a  good  idea  of  these  formations,  and  in  no 
respect  exaggerate  them. 


XII 


NEW  ZEALAND.     THE  BAY  OF  ISLANDS. 
THE   THREE    KINGS 

NEW  ZEALAND  comprises  two  principal  islands 
and  some  smaller  ones,  between  33deg.  and 
53deg.  S.  lat.  The  North  and  South  Islands 
have  a  total  coast  line  of  4020  miles.  In  North 
Island  the  land  is  so  narrow  in  places  that 
the  ocean  is  visible  on  both  sides  of  it. 
The  climatic  conditions  in  Auckland  are  very 
erratic,  and  the  winters  cold,  damp,  and  un- 
suitable for  persons  subject  to  rheumatism  and 
kindred  complaints.  New  Zealand,  unlike 
Australia,  has  snow-clad  mountain  ranges,  active 
volcanoes,  and  hundreds  of  boiling  springs.  In 
South  Island  the  lakes  depend  for  the  water 
supply  upon  the  melting  of  the  snow  upon  the 
mountains. 

Wellington,    the    capital    of    the    Dominion,    is 
situated   in   an   exposed   position   in   the   south  of 


A    MAORI    WOMAN,    NEW    ZEALAND. 


NEW    ZEALAND  231 

North  Island,  and  is  subject  almost  daily  to 
cold,  violent  winds. 

New  Zealand  has  been  over-advertised  and 
ridiculously  exaggerated.  During  the  twelve 
months  I  spent  in  the  country  I  experienced 
many  disappointments.  The  scenery  is  decidedly 
beautiful,  but  when  compared  with  other  parts 
of  the  world,  it  is  insignificant,  and  the  railway 
service  in  North  Island  is  inferior  to  any  other 
part  of  our  Empire. 

A  person  is  apt  to  be  attracted  to  farming  in 
New  Zealand  on  account  of  the  superiority  of 
the  exported  meat.  Australian  mutton  and 
lamb  are  equally  good  when  killed  on  the  land, 
but  deteriorate  sadly  on  account  of  the  long 
distances  the  animals  travel  before  they  reach 
the  slaughter  sheds.  One  finds  that  exported 
meat  from  the  Argentine  is  often  superior  to 
Canterbury  lamb  when  it  has  been  killed  near 
a  seaport.  I  have  eaten  lamb  killed  on  farms 
in  all  three  countries,  and  found  very  little 
difference  in  the  quality  and  flavour. 

The  Waikato  Plains  are  fifty  miles  south  of 
Auckland.  Here  there  are  good  opportunities 
of  obtaining  land  at  low  rates,  but  these  cannot 
remain  long.  This  locality  represents  the 


232       RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

turnip-growing  district.  The  soil  is  light  and 
dry,  and  can  be  worked  at  any  time.  The 
rain  finds  no  lodgment,  but  is  absorbed  rapidly. 
There  are  no  high,  cutting  winds  as  in  South 
Island.  The  winter  is  fairly  mild,  and  satis- 
factory returns  are  obtained  from  cows,  the 
average  during  the  best  months  being  from 
£i  53.  to  £i  los.  per  cow  per  month. 

In  respect  of  the  quality  of  the  land  for 
dairying,  though  Waikato  is  not  so  fertile  or  so 
productive  of  grass  as  other  parts,  it  has  many 
compensating  advantages.  The  mild  climate  of 
this  district  enables  dairying  to  be  carried  on 
throughout  the  year.  The  ease  and  cheapness 
with  which  heavy  crops  of  swedes  can  be  grown 
ensure  an  ample  supply  of  winter  feed.  Young 
cows  can  be  purchased  from  £$  to  £7  IDS. 
per  head.  The  Waikato  land  is  worth  from 
£2  to  £4  per  acre  in  the  rough,  and  from  £6 
to  £12  in  a  cultivated  state. 

The  vicinity  of  Hamilton  and  Frankton 
Junction  offers  special  advantages,  because  it  is 
accessible  to  the  best  stock  and  produce  market 
in  the  district.  At  Hamilton  from  150  to  200 
fat  cattle  and  from  500  to  1500  sheep  are  sold 
fortnightly.  Hamilton  stands  in  the  centre  of 


NEW    ZEALAND  233 

the  farming  interests.  The  lines  run  north  to 
Auckland,  south  to  Taumarunui  and  Wanganui, 
east  to  Cambridge,  Rotorua,  Te  Aroha,  the 
Thames,  and  Waihi.  All  trains  converge  at 
Hamilton,  and  run  as  feeders  eighty  miles  to 
Auckland,  and  the  same  distance  to  Wanganui, 
Rotorua,  and  the  Thames.  The  coal  from 
Huntly  passes  through  this  town  to  the  Waihi 
goldfields  and  other  points,  and  the  timber 
from  the  King  Country  for  all  points  east; 
hence  Hamilton  has  cheap  coal  and  timber. 
More  progress  has  been  made  in  land  settlement 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  Hamilton  during  the 
past  five  years  than  in  any  previous  fifteen, 
and  it  is  my  opinion  that  this  town  might  be 
made  the  most  important  centre  of  the  agricul- 
tural industry  in  New  Zealand,  and  investment 
here  is  absolutely  safe. 

During  my  explorations  of  the  Waikato 
Plains  I  was  the  guest  of  Mr.  J.  Gordon,  of 
Eurek#.  This  gentleman  possesses  a  magnificent 
estate,  about  ten  miles  from  Hamilton.  He 
landed  in  New  Zealand  forty  years  ago  without 
capital.  Procuring  work  as  a  farm  labourer, 
he  gradually  worked  his  way  up  until  he 
became  the  chief  man.  He  avoided  the  com- 


234       RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

pany  of  intemperate  persons,  and  in  due  course 
saved  from  his  earnings  sufficient  money  to 
purchase  a  few  acres.  This  land  he  tilled  and 
managed  single  -  handed.  His  harvests  were 
successful,  and  his  stock  brought  him  good 
returns,  so  that  he  was  able  to  increase  the 
size  of  his  homestead.  He  possesses  now  a 
beautiful  country  house,  and  from  a  labourer 
has  become  a  most  influential  man  in  social 
and  political  life,  with  all  the  natural  refinement 
and  gentility  which  educated  people  love.  I 
spent  harvest-time  with  him,  and  was  amazed 
at  his  splendid  hay-crop. 

Mr.  Gordon  is  wealthy  and  independent,  but 
he  still  continues  to  work  side  by  side  with 
his  farm-hands.  His  orchards  and  vegetable 
gardens  were  in  excellent  condition. 

The  Waikato  is  the  best  place  just  now  for 
the  capitalist,  but  for  general  work  I  should 
recommend  Poverty  Bay.  The  conditions  pre- 
vailing elsewhere  do  not  justify  me  in  mention- 
ing them.  Fortune-hunters  should  give  New 
Zealand  a  wide  berth  unless  they  have  several 
thousand  pounds  to  invest. 

The  most  enjoyable  pleasure  trip  I  had  in 
New  Zealand  was  to  the  Bay  of  Islands,  &c. 


A     SHARK   CAPTURED    IN    THE    BAY    OF    ISLANDS,     NEW    ZEALAND. 


NEW   ZEALAND  235 

This  excursion  is  hardly  referred  to  in  the 
guide-books,  though  it  is  worthy  of  the  first 
place.  In  the  early  days,  the  Bay  of  Islands 
was  New  Zealand's  best  -  known  harbour. 
Captain  Cook  named  the  port  from  the  cluster- 
ing islets  which  are  grouped  to  the  seaward 
opening.  The  locality  is  famous  for  historical 
tragedies  and  events.  In  1772  the  natives 
barbarously  murdered  here  the  unfortunate 
Marion  de  Fresne  and  his  crew.  At  Karorareka 
the  first  rude  settlement  was  formed,  the 
inhabitants  consisting  of  runaway  sailors, 
escaped  convicts,  and  other  desperate  characters. 
In  1814  the  Rev.  Samuel  Marsden  preached 
his  first  sermon  here,  and,  on  recommenda- 
tions from  subsequent  missionaries,  Great  Britain 
gradually  assumed  the  right  of  supremacy. 

The  country  was  not  easily  subdued,  and 
many  spots  mark  the  sites  of  murder,  blood- 
shed, and  battle.  At  Waitangi  are  the  ruins 
of  the  old  British  residency,  and  on  the  oppo- 
site side  of  the  river  the  Monument  and  Treaty 
Hill.  The  church  at  Russell  shows  the  marks 
of  bullets,  and  some  of  the  early  settlers'  houses 
still  stand.  The  surrounding  country  is  sparsely 
settled,  the  population  being  on  the  decrease. 


236       RAMBLES    AND    ADVENTURES 

Leaving  the  Bay  of  Islands,  the  steamer 
passes  by  some  picturesque  island  groups,  and 
then  enters  the  harbour  of  Whangaroa.  The 
passage  is  through  a  narrow  gap  between  lofty 
cliffs,  undermined  with  dark  archways  and  many 
weird  caves.  Huge  tree-ferns  grow  in  the 
ravines  beyond,  and  the  surface  of  the  land- 
locked water  is  adorned  with  romantic  islands. 
Rocky  heights  tower  above  the  shores,  forming 
fantastic  shapes  and  figures.  This  harbour  is 
one  of  the  beauty  spots  of  the  world,  and  yet 
it  has  been  the  scene  of  the  most  barbarous 
cruelties  and  cannibal  orgies. 

On  a  picturesque  island  near  the  entrance  the 
Maories  once  dragged  some  hapless  sailors  and 
butchered  and  ate  them.  Underneath  the  shadow 
of  Mount  St.  Paul  lies  the  wreck  of  the 
"  Boyd,"  still  visible  near  the  water's  surface. 
The  massacre  of  her  crew  took  place  in  1809, 
and  was  an  act  of  vengeance  rather  than  deliber- 
ate cannibalism.  "George,"  the  son  of  a 
Maori  chief,  had  a  grudge  against  the  captain, 
who  had  ordered  him  to  be  whipped  on  board 
for  some  trifling  offence.  This  cruel  treatment 
became  known  to  the  natives,  and  a  plot  was 
formed  to  murder  the  whole  crew. 


NEW    ZEALAND  237 

The  "  Boyd "  visited  Whangaroa  for  timber. 
The  captain  and  Some  of  his  men  were  con- 
ducted by  the  natives  up  the  Kaeo  River  to  a 
fine  forest  of  Kahikatea.  Here  they  were 
suddenly  attacked  and  slaughtered. 

The  Maories  took  the  bodies  of  their  victims 
to  Square  Hill,  close  to  the  site  of  the  present 
hotel,  and  there  feasted  upon  them.  When  they 
had  finished  their  loathsome  meal  they  dressed 
themselves  in  the  sailors'  clothes,  and,  taking 
the  ship's  boat,  went  down  to  the  harbour  to 
the  "  Boyd."  As  they  approached  "  George  " 
hailed  the  ship,  and,  going  alongside,  easily 
took  possession.  Everybody  was  killed  without 
mercy,  except  a  woman  and  a  boy.  The  ship 
was  then  rifled,  and  old  Maories  relate  how  the 
goods  were  sampled.  Sugar  was  rejected  because 
it  looked  like  sand,  but  they  chewed  the  soap 
until  it  frothed  out  of  their  mouths. 

The  natives  tried  to  tow  the  "  Boyd  "  to  their 
settlement  at  Pupuke,  and  for  a  time  succeeded 
fairly  well,  but  she  grounded  near  Yellow  Island, 
and  then,  by  some  means,  caught  fire,  and  ulti- 
mately sank.  Within  the  memory  of  some  old 
settlers  I  interviewed,  her  forlorn  timbers  stood 
out  of  the  water  at  low  tide.  The  trip  to  the 


238       RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

Bay  of  Islands  not  only  furnishes  scope  for  the 
artist  and  photographer,  but  supplies  the  angler 
with  the  finest  sea-fishing  to  be  obtained  in  the 
world. 

Canada's  ferocious  maskinonge  is  represented 
by  the  voracious  shark;  Florida's  plunging 
tarpon  by  the  weighty  load  of  a  mighty  har- 
puka;  Scotland's  fighting  salmon  by  the  frenzied 
struggles  of  the  kingfish. 

The  s.s.  "  Clansman,"  of  the  Northern  Steam- 
ship Company  of  New  Zealand,  undertakes  the 
Island  voyage  every  week,  and  carries  on  board 
an  oil  launch,  which  is  generally  placed  at  the 
free  disposal  of  the  passengers.  On  one  occa- 
sion I  started  with  a  party  for  Stephenson's 
Island,  and  anchored  about  three  miles  from 
the  mainland.  Scarcely  had  we  let  down  our 
lines,  baited  with  shark  and  beef,  before  the 
fish  commenced  to  strike,  and  the  hauling  in 
of  harpuka  was  rarely  accomplished  without 
assistance.  There  was  no  playing  the  fish  or 
need  for  skilful  handling  of  the  line,  but 
from  beginning  to  end  a  hard  tug-of-war. 
When  I  got  my  first  bite  I  fully  believed  my 
hooks  were  entangled  in  a  rock,  and  summoned 
an  experienced  fisherman  to  my  aid.  We  then 


NEW    ZEALAND  239 

commenced  to  haul  in  with  our  united  strength, 
and  it  was  not  until  a  hideous  head  appeared 
above  the  surface  that  I  knew  for  certain  it  was 
not  an  anchor  or  rock.  The  fish  weighed 
loolb.,  and  the  dragging  of  the  monster  into 
the  boat  nearly  upset  it.  The  harpuka  remained 
dazed  for  a  few  seconds,  but  before  it  was  killed 
fought  desperately,  lashing  furious  blows  with 
its  tail  and  causing  considerable  excitement. 
Persons  who  are  ignorant  of  the  strength  of  this 
fish  should  be  careful  in  striking  it  quickly  on 
the  head.  During  the  afternoon  we  bagged  four 
harpuka,  weighing  from  27lb.  to  loolb.,  and  a 
good  haul  of  schnapper  and  rock  cod.  This  sport 
is  rather  wet  and  painful  work  without  rough 
gloves  and  mackintosh.  My  hands  were  bleed- 
ing before  I  landed  the  first  fish,  and  subse- 
quently I  could  scarcely  handle  a  line. 

At  Mongonui  our  party  shot  a  dozen  brace 
of  wild  duck,  three  pheasants,  and  some 
beautiful  native  pigeons. 

Two  or  three  miles  from  Mongonui  is  Doubt- 
less Bay,  the  landing-place  of  the  Pacific  cable. 
The  gentleman  in  charge  of  the  station  gave 
me  a  hearty  reception  and  made  my  visit 
exceedingly  interesting  and  instructive. 


24o       RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

The  Northern  Steamship  Company's  office  is 
opposite  the  wharf.  First-class  tickets  for  the 
round  trip  are  sold  for  £2  125.  The  complete 
voyage  occupies  five  days,  and  is  the  best 
money's  worth  to  be  found  in  any  part  of  the 
world. 

Rotorua  has  been  so  elaborately  described  that 
it  is  unnecessary  for  me  to  do  so.  Generally 
speaking,  I  found  the  published  photographs  of 
this  place  created  disappointment. 

The  Maori  girls  ruin  their  appearance  by 
dressing  like  Europeans,  and  reminded  me 
somewhat  of  sacks  tied  round  the  middle. 

New  Zealand's  remarkable  fauna  is  rapidly 
disappearing.  The  ornithologist  must  travel  to 
Stewart  Island  to  enjoy  himself.  Here  the 
indigenous  birds  are  fairly  plentiful.  All  over 
the  ranges  south  of  Paterson's  Inlet  the  large 
kiwi  is  as  abundant  as  in  pre-European  or 
pre-Maori  days.  Over  the  shrubs  and  sedges 
of  wet  lands  the  fern-bird  is  found.  The 
Maori-hen  greets  the  wanderer  with  friendly 
welcome  whenever  he  pauses  to  rest.  Flocks 
of  godwits  soar  above  the  waters  of  the 
inlet,  and  the  lovely  native  pigeon  can 
frequently  be  seen  high  in  the  pine-trees, 


THE     HARPUKA     CAUGHT     NEAR     \VHANGAROA,     NEW     ZEALAND. 


NEW    ZEALAND  241 

banqueting  on  the  berries  of  the  miro.  The 
bushman's  friend,  the  robin,  will  almost  feed 
out  of  one's  hand. 

The  kaka  is  conspicuous,  the  tui  and  mako 
mako  fill  the  forest  with  melody,  and  a  keen 
observer  will  discover  numerous  small  birds, 
such  as  the  rifleman,  wren,  &c. 

Sea-fowl  haunt  the  seashore.  The  Stewart 
Island  shag,  with  its  handsome  white  breast, 
is  a  striking  feature  of  the  wild  coast.  The 
morepoke  sounds  his  mournful  note  at  night, 
and  the  white  heron  stalks  majestically  among 
the  reed-beds. 

The  kea  is  found  in  the  Otago  country, 
and  has  a  very  bad  reputation.  It  has  been 
known  to  attack  both  sheep  and  cattle.  A 
traveller  related  the  following  incident  to 
me.  A  man  exploring  the  ranges  north  of 
Lake  Wanaka  fell  from  the  mountain  path, 
and  was  instantly  killed.  A  search-party  was 
organised  to  ascertain  his  fate,  and,  when 
his  body  was  found,  a  number  of  keas 
hovered  around  the  spot.  These  birds  flew 
from  the  corpse,  which  they  had  attacked. 
The  clothing  was  torn  open,  and  both 
kidneys  had  been  removed.  Shortly  after- 

R 


242       RAMBLES   AND   ADVENTURES 

wards  the  keas  attacked  a  pack-mule,  tethered 
close  to  the  camp,  and  the  animal  could 
only  rid  himself  of  these  fierce  birds  by 
lying  down  and  rolling. 

The  Three  Kings  are  passed  during  the 
voyage  to  New  Zealand  via  Sydney.  These 
islands  are  much  dreaded  by  navigators,  and 
are  surrounded  by  dangerous  reefs  and 
sunken  rocks.  Many  terrible  tragedies  have 
taken  place  here,  and  on  the  last  occasion 
of  my  passing  them  I  became  acquainted 
with  a  survivor  from  the  wreck  of  the 
"  Elingamire."  The  "  Elingamite  "  struck  upon 
a  rock  during  a  dense  fog.  Immediately  it 
became  impossible  to  stand  on  deck  without 
support,  but  the  waves  did  not  break  over 
her  until  she  was  on  the  point  of  settling 
down.  When  the  water  reached  her  boilers 
it  shot  up  like  a  geyser.  All  the  loose 
fittings  came  adrift  and  an  empty  horse-box 
floated  astern.  She  hit  a  rock  about  100 
yards  from  the  cliff,  and  finally  rested  on  a 
ledge  thirty  yards  distant.  The  "  Elingamite  " 
had  ,£17,000  on  board.  She  now  lies  175 
feet  below  the  surface. 

"  The    first    intimation    I    had    that    something 


NEW    ZEALAND  243 

was  wrong,"  remarked  the  narrator,  "  was 
the  appearance  of  the  rudder-head  through 
the  deck,  her  double  steering-wheels  having 
snapped  off.  I  had  my  money  in  a  leather 
strap,  but  many  passengers  lost  everything. 
While  I  endeavoured  to  collect  some  of  my 
personal  effects  the  boat  continued  to  bump,  and 
the  water  soon  rose  level  with  the  portholes." 

The  passengers  now  showed  themselves  in 
their  true  colours,  the  true  gentleman  being 
in  evidence  in  contrast  to  the  cowardly, 
selfish  sneak.  Above  the  shouts  and  screams 
could  be  heard  the  vilest  language. 

Many  persons  perished  when  the  ship  went 
down.  Some  appeared  to  go  mad  and  jumped 
overboard  before  a  boat  could  be  lowered. 
The  old  people  were  thrust  aside  in  the 
general  rush  without  consideration  for  their 
misery  and  despair.  It  was  a  struggle  for 
life.  Those  who  kept  their  heads  and  remained 
cool  were  chiefly  among  the  survivors.  The 
general  conduct  appeared  as  though  everybody 
thought  only  of  himself.  Even  in  this  hateful 
condition  of  things  the  people  could  be  classed 
into  three  divisions:  — 

i.     Those    who    grasped    the    whole     position 


244       RAMBLES  AND  ADVENTURES 

and  realised  that  in  trying  to  preserve  their  own 
lives   they   would   probably   save   others. 

2.  Those    who    only    wanted    to    save    them- 
selves. 

3.  Those   who   determined   to   save  themselves 
even  at  the  sacrifice  of  others.     These  loathsome 
characters     had     to     be     watched.       They     were 
responsible  for  the   most  awful  calamities.    They 
fought    and    grappled    to    get    a    place    on    the 
rafts,     and     even     pushed     others     off     to  make 
room    for    themselves. 

Persons  who  did  the  least  to  save  others 
talked  the  most  afterwards. 

The  sailors  seized  a  case  of  gin  and  got 
drunk.  This  led  to  quarrels  and  fights. 

On  the  middle  island  seventy  people  were 
landed,  with  the  captain  in  charge.  There  were 
only  three  boats.  One  was  smashed  and  the 
other  steered  for  New  Zealand. 

The  survivors  possessed  a  few  apples  and 
some  stimulants.  Some  of  the  better-class  women 
gave  their  clothes  to  the  children,  and  then, 
when  they  shivered  with  cold  and  wanted  to 
huddle  among  the  mothers,  the  mothers  objected 
and  showed  no  gratitude  whatever.  Some  women 
made  fishing-tackle  out  of  their  stay-laces  and 


NEW    ZEALAND  245 

hooks  from  hair-pins,  and  managed  to  catch  a 
few  fish  from  the  rocks,  which  they  ate  raw. 

My  friend  managed  to  drift  on  a  raft  to  the 
nearest  shore,  and  suffered  many  privations.  He 
explored  the  island,  but  only  found  a  few  flat- 
tailed  lizards,  sea-birds,  and  a  small  black  land- 
bird  like  a  sparrow. 

He  finally  discovered  some  wild  goats,  but 
they  were  so  wild  he  could  not  capture  them. 
He  fed  chiefly  on  shellfish,  and  managed  to  find 
fresh  water.  After  three  days  of  suffering  all 
were  rescued  and  taken  safely  to  Auckland. 


XIII 

ADVENTURES    IN    SOUTH    AUSTRALIA, 

TASMANIA,   VICTORIA,   AND   THE 

NORTHERN     TERRITORY 

THE  State  of  South  Australia  only  requires 
proper  advertisement  to  render  it  famous  as 
a  health  resort.  Near  the  northern  border  the 
conditions  are  somewhat  similar  to  the  land 
east  of  Bombay,  but  the  beautiful  mountains 
which  surround  Adelaide  produce  some  of 
the  best  fruit  in  the  world. 

The  tourist  and  ornithologist  will  find  the 
Adelaide  Mountains  a  birds'  paradise,  and  a 
trip  to  Murray  Bridge  will  furnish  sport  for 
rod  and  gun. 

On  November  22nd,  1905,  I  drove  from 
Adelaide  to  explore  the  hill-country.  The 
road  lies  through  Unley,  and  magnificent 
views  of  sea  and  forest  extend  on  all  sides. 
After  driving  through  beautiful  woods,  I  arrived 


THE     MOUNTAIN    ROAD,     S.A. 


SOUTH    AUSTRALIA  247 

at  a  deep  gully,  where  a  stone  wall  guarded  a 
yawning  chasm.  Here  a  dreadful  accident  once 
occurred  to  a  picnic  party.  The  coach  upset  at 
the  bend  of  the  road,  and  all  the  passengers 
were  hurled  into  the  awful  abyss  and  everyone 
was  killed. 

English  song-birds  have  been  liberated  in 
the  locality,  and  the  voice  of  the  skylark, 
goldfinch,  thrush,  and  linnet  fill  the  woods  with 
sweet  melody,  which  is  very  refreshing  to  an 
Englishman's  ears. 

Belair  is  the  central  railway  station  for  the 
Mountains  and  National  Park.  I  had  a  Govern- 
ment licence  to  shoot  and  collect  native  birds  for 
scientific  purposes.  The  shrike-tit  is  a  very 
ferocious  and  handsome  little  bird,  and,  when 
wounded,  will  fight  fiercely  for  life,  even  attack- 
ing its  pursuer.  The  lovely  kingfishers  act  in 
the  same  way,  uttering  defiant  screams. 

Some  distance  beyond  Belair  is  the  habitat  of 
the  wonderful  emu-wren.  This  bird  has  a  small 
body,  but  a  tail  of  remarkable  length  and  shape, 
which  it  carries  erect.  The  emu-wren  is  fairly 
tame  and  can  be  studied  here. 

Aldgate  possesses  a  fair  hotel,  where  lunch 
can  b«  had  at  a  reasonable  cost. 


248        RAMBLES  AND  ADVENTURES 

I  returned  to  Adelaide  via  the  "  Eagle-on- 
the-hill  "  and  the  Devil's  Elbow.  Serious 
accidents  have  occurred  at  the  latter  spot,  where 
the  road  descends  abruptly  and  turns  off  at 
acute  angles.  The  scenery  on  the  summit  is 
beautiful.  The  mountain  path  winds  and  turns 
among  hills,  valleys,  ravines,  glens,  and  precipices, 
and  beyond  appears  the  city  nestling  in  an  open 
plain. 

The  round  trip  requires  a  whole  day.  Con- 
veyances can  be  hired  for  £iy  but  if  taken  at 
noon  I2S.  6d, 

During  my  rambles  in  South  Australia  I 
spent  some  time  on  the  Murray  River,  putting 
up  at  the  Bridgeport  Hotel,  Murray  Bridge. 
The  river  is  spanned  by  a  fine  bridge,  and 
waterfowl  frequent  the  swamps  and  mud-flats. 
Duck,  heron,  ibis,  stork,  plover,  coot,  curlew, 
and  mudlarks  can  be  flushed  everywhere.  There 
is  an  island  about  two  miles  from  Murray 
Bridge  which  I  named  Snake  Island.  This  is 
a  famous  breeding-place  for  land-birds.  I  pro- 
cured here  the  King  Edward  parrot,  diamond- 
birds,  reed-birds,  and  some  rare  hawks.  Land- 
ing one  morning  to  follow  some  rare  finches,  I 
suddenly  found  myself  face  to  face  with  a  wild 


SOUTH    AUSTRALIA  249 

bull.  He  seemed  as  surprised  as  I  was,  but 
soon  recovered,  and  came  at  me,  pawing  the 
ground,  lashing  his  tail,  and  bellowing  furiously. 
I  was  obliged  to  crawl  for  safety  through  some 
dense  tangled  scrub,  where  the  bull  could  not 
follow  me.  When  I  had  got  beyond  his  reach 
I  found  some  difficulty  in  extricating  myself, 
and  was  thoroughly  exhausted  before  I  arrived 
at  the  boat. 

Snake  Island  is  about  a  mile  long.  The  best 
place  to  land  is  near  the  centre,  on  the  opposite 
side  to  the  mud-flats.  The  swampy  side  of  the 
island  is  full  of  snakes,  and  it  is  necessary  to 
be  careful  in  walking.  I  always  gave  snakes 
plenty  of  time  to  get  out  of  my  way,  which 
they  appeared  on  most  occasions  anxious  to  do. 
Sometimes  a  young  Englishman  accompanied 
me,  who  made  a  great  noise  with  a  stick, 
striking  the  bushes.  I  frequently  warned  him, 
but  he  ridiculed  my  advice.  One  day,  while  he 
was  lashing  some  small  shrubs  a  few  yards  in 
front  of  me,  he  struck  a  huge  snake,  which  had 
coiled  itself  on  the  trunk  of  a  tree. 

The  enraged  reptile  darted  forward  to  bite 
him,  but,  fortunately,  missed  its  aim.  I  had 
just  emerged  from  some  thick  ti-tree,  when  I 


250       RAMBLES  AND  ADVENTURES 

heard  a  shout  of  warning,  "  Look  out  for  a 
snake!  "  This  advice  came  just  in  time.  The 
creature  was  retreating  in  my  direction.  Its 
movements  were  extraordinary.  It  appeared  to 
jump  backwards  rather  than  glide,  and  had 
evidently  received  a  violent  blow. 

When  the  snake  perceived  me,  it  lifted  up  its 
hideous  head  and  prepared  to  strike.  It  was 
a  critical  moment,  because  I  was  not  aware 
that  diamond-snakes  were  harmless.  Death  seemed 
to  stare  me  in  the  face.  My  gun  wabbled  as 
I  lifted  it  to  my  shoulder.  I  fired  twice  in 
quick  succession,  aiming  at  the  snake's  head. 
A  great  commotion  in  the  tall  grass  was  the 
result,  and,  when  this  ceased,  I  ventured  to 
approach  it.  My  first  shot  blew  off  the  reptile's 
head,  and  the  second  perforated  the  skin.  My 
friend  had  rather  a  bad  time  of  it,  being  in 
the  line  of  fire,  though  some  hundred  yards 
away. 

Snakes  are  never  visible  on  cold  days.  A 
half-dried  swamp  is  their  favourite  haunt.  I 
have  seen  them  in  great  numbers  in  such  places, 
and  heard  them  disappear  into  their  holes  with 
a  disgusting,  slimy  sound. 

Queensland  snakes  attain   to  a   great  size,    but 


TASMANIA  251 

the  Murray  River  varieties  vary  from  four  to 
nine  feet.  The  black  snake  is  the  most 
venomous.  Sometimes  battles  take  place  between 
the  iguana  and  the  snake.  I  had  an  oppor- 
tunity of  witnessing  one  of  these  encounters,  in 
which  the  snake  was  killed. 

The  Tasmanian  Lakes  afford  excellent  sport. 
Platypi,  wolf,  and  devil  are  found  in  this 
locality,  and  the  mixed  fishing  is  good.  The 
route  is  via  Hobart  and  New  Norfolk  to 
Macquarie  Plains,  and  then  by  coach  to  the 
lakes.  Arrangements  must  be  made  beforehand, 
and  provisions,  &c.,  provided.  Mr.  J.  Clarke, 
at  Ellendale,  provides  accommodation,  but  does 
not  possess  a  licence  to  sell  beer,  &c. 

The  journey  to  New  Norfolk  along  the  River 
Derwent  is  delightful.  Summer  is  the  only 
suitable  time  for  the  lakes.  Their  locality  is 
associated  with  many  historical  tragedies  of  the 
early  days.  Both  natives  and  bushrangers  con- 
gregated here  to  harass  the  pioneer  settlers. 

On  one  occasion  two  separate  parties  of  con- 
victs absconded  from  Macquarie  Harbour  in 
June,  1824.  They  managed  to  seize  a  boat, 
and  when  they  had  rowed  twelve  miles,  they 
moored  it  to  a  stump,  and  wrote  across  the 


252        RAMBLES  AND  ADVENTURES 

stern,  "  To  be  sold."  Some  of  these  men  were 
never  heard  of  again,  but  Brady  and  his  fol- 
lowers soon  became  notorious  for  cruelty  and 
numerous  outrages. 

A  surgeon  who  fell  into  their  hands  was 
stripped  of  his  clothes,  and  only  escaped 
flogging  by  the  intercession  of  Brady,  who  took 
a  fancy  to  him.  Some  escaped  convicts  actually 
became  cannibals,  and  Alexander  Pearce  was 
hanged  at  Hobart  for  this  and  other  crimes. 

The  tourist  who  explores  the  unbeaten  paths 
of  the  wilds  may  discover  for  himself  ruins  and 
relics  of  these  bushrangers.  I  found  an  old 
rusty  fetter  which  had  been  filed  off,  and  came 
across  ruined  huts.  The  uncertainty  of  these 
chance  discoveries  adds  zest  to  the  Tasmanian 
bush.  A  curious  hut  was  found  on  St. 
Patrick's  Plains  beyond  the  Great  Lake.  At 
a  distance  it  resembled  a  huge,  fallen  tree,  but 
in  its  centre  and  sides  were  doors  which  over- 
looked the  whole  plain. 

The  notorious  Brady  became  a  perfect  terror 
to  country  farmers,  and  many  abandoned  their 
homesteads,  whilst  others  fortified  and  loop- 
holed  their  dwellings,  as  in  a  state  of  war.  In 
July,  1824,  some  bushrangers  under  James 


TASMANIA  253 

Crawford  attacked  a  house  on  the  River 
Derwent,  and,  having  plundered  it,  made  the 
occupants  prisoners  and  compelled  them  to  carry 
the  spoils  to  their  retreat.  On  the  road,  they 
met  Mr.  Taylor,  jun.,  and  forced  him  to 
accompany  them  to  his  father's  farm.  The 
family  observed  the  bushrangers'  approach,  and 
armed  themselves.  Young  Taylor  shouted  to 
his  father,  and  managed  to  slip  away.  Then 
the  battle  commenced,  and  many  dreadful  deeds 
were  done.  Young  Taylor,  creeping  up  to  take 
his  share  in  the  fighting,  saw  a  bushranger 
holding  a  levelled  gun  at  his  father.  He 
bravely  ran  towards  him,  and,  seizing  the 
ruffian  by  the  throat,  threw  him  to  the  ground. 
This  brought  another  villain  to  the  rescue,  and 
in  the  struggle  the  son  was  killed. 

On  another  occasion  Brady  captured  Mr. 
Kemp's  overseer  and  used  him  as  a  ruse  to 
gain  admission  to  his  master's  house.  It  was 
a  very  dark  night,  and  Mr.  Kemp,  recognising 
his  man's  voice,  opened  the  door,  and  the 
ruffians  rushed  in.  They  robbed  and  plundered 
the  whole  place. 

One  of  the  most  daring  exploits  of  the  bush- 
rangers was  the  taking  of  the  town  of  Sorrell 


254        RAMBLES  AND  ADVENTURES 

and  the  capture  of  the  gaol.  A  party  of 
soldiers  were  sent  in  pursuit,  and  they  were 
watched  by  spies.  After  wandering  all  day,  the 
soldiers  sat  down  to  refresh  themselves,  stacking 
their  arms.  A  signal  was  given  to  Brady,  who, 
hurrying  to  the  spot  with  a  few  picked  men, 
took  possession  of  all  their  guns  and  ammuni- 
tion and  locked  the  soldiers  up  in  Sorrell  Gaol. 

These  many  outrages  led  to  vigilant  measures 
by  the  authorities,  which  only  increased  the  re- 
vengeful spirit  of  the  bushrangers.  One  of 
their  favourite  pastimes  was  to  force  the  people 
who  fell  into  their  hands  to  drink  to  excess. 
One  man  they  compelled  to  drink  a  large 
quantity  of  rum,  with  a  loaded  pistol  at  his 
head.  Then  they  led  him  off  the  farm  and 
left  him.  He  was  afterwards  discovered  by  a 
shepherd,  who  saw  a  dog  fondly  lick  the  face 
of  a  prostrate  man.  When  he  approached  the 
spot  he  lifted  the  poor  sufferer  to  a  sitting 
position,  but  he  only  opened  his  lips  to  request 
a  drink  of  water,  and  then  fell  back  dead. 

Large  sums  of  money  were  offered  for  the 
capture  of  these  bushrangers,  and  the  people 
of  Hobart  formed  themselves  into  a  guard  to 
enabte  the  regular  sotdiers  and  constables  to 


1YPICAL    BUSH    SCENERY,    VICTORIA. 


TASMANIA  255 

seek  them  in  their  haunts.  The  robbers,  how- 
ever, were  mounted,  and  moved  so  rapidly  from 
place  to  place,  that,  as  fast  as  their  pursuers 
arrived  at  one  spot,  they  would  be  reported 
plundering  and  murdering  elsewhere.  When 
Jeffries  was  a  prisoner  at  Launceston,  the  bush- 
rangers sent  word  to  the  gaol  that  they  would 
carry  him  off  and  put  him  to  death.  Their 
message,  of  course,  was  treated  with  contempt, 
but  they  landed  and  advanced  to  the  residence 
of  Mr.  Day,  who  was  then  entertaining  a 
number  of  his  friends.  The  bushrangers 
plundered  the  house,  and  were  packing  up  their 
booty  when  Colonel  Balfour  arrived  with  ten 
soldiers.  The  robbers  retreated  to  the  back 
part  of  the  premises,  and  fired  into  the  rooms. 
It  was  dark,  and  when  the  firing  ceased  they 
were  supposed  to  have  retreated. 

The  Colonel,  with  four  of  his  men,  hastened 
to  protect  the  town,  to  which  a  division  of  the 
bushrangers  had  been  sent  by  Brady.  As  soon 
as  they  had  departed,  some  of  the  party  again 
showed  themselves.  Dr.  Priest  joined  Mr. 
Bartley  and  the  remaining  soldiers.  Unfortu- 
nately, his  clothing  being  white,  the  robbers 
were  able  to  mark  him.  His  horse  was  shot 


256       RAMBLES  AND  ADVENTURES 

dead,  and  he  himself  received  a  musket  ball, 
from  which  he  died.  Exasperated  by  these 
crimes,  the  whole  country  rose  against  the  bush- 
rangers and  sought  them  in  every  direction. 

The  Governor  himself  took  the  field  and  in- 
fused vigour  into  the  pursuit,  and  in  less  than  a 
month  the  leaders  were  in  the  hands  of  justice. 

Brady,  wounded  in  the  leg,  was  overtaken  by 
the  soldiers,  and  surrendered  without  a  struggle. 
Jeffries  was  also  re-captured.  A  large  crowd  col- 
lected to  see  these  men,  who  were  admired  for 
their  daring  as  much  as  detested  for  their 
crimes.  Jeffries  was  reprieved  to  act  as  a 
public  executioner. 

The  Tasmanian  aborigines  are  extinct.  The 
last  pure  representative  of  the  race  was 
Truganina,  who  died  in  1876.  These  wild 
people  are  considered  by  some  to  have  been  the 
nearest  approach  to  primitive  man.  They 
roamed  about  the  forests  and  possessed  neither 
towns  nor  villages.  During  my  rambles  I  dis- 
covered several  of  their  old  camping-grounds. 
These  places  were  strewn  with  the  shells  of  the 
mutton-fish,  oyster,  mussel,  &c.  In  the  loose 
sand  I  scraped  up  some  interesting  axe-heads 
and  other  stone  implements. 


A    ROAD    THROUGH   THE    FOREST,    VICTORIA. 


VICTORIA  257 

The  closing  scene  in  the  history  of  the 
Tasmanians  happened  at  Wattle  Grove,  Port 
Cygnet,  on  Friday,  February  26th,  1905,  when 
Mrs.  Fanny  Cockern  Smith,  the  last  half-caste 
survivor,  passed  away.  The  deceased  was  in 
her  seventy-fourth  year.  She  was  held  in  great 
respect,  and  left  a  grown-up  family  of  sons  and 
daughters. 

Victoria  possesses  beautiful  scenery,  and 
appears  likely  to  become  one  of  the  world's 
pleasure-grounds.  The  State  can  hardly  be 
described  as  a  great  field  for  general  emigration, 
but  several  instances  have  come  under  my  notice 
in  which  men  materially  improved  their 
prospects  by  living  in  this  part  of  Australia. 
The  climate  is  ideal  during  the  winter.  The 
air  is  dry,  and  there  are  practically  no  cloudy, 
dull  days.  Persons  with  private  means  will 
find  residence  in  Melbourne  delightful,  and  the 
rural  districts  unrivalled  for  scenery  and  health. 

Victoria  possesses  the  most  densely-populated 
areas  in  Australia.  Land  is  continually  sold  by 
auction,  and  small  farms  can  be  purchased  at  a 
reasonable  cost.  Large  estates  are  being 
acquired  by  the  State  and  portioned  out  into 
small  holdings  to  encourage  closer  settlement. 

S 


258       RAMBLES  AND  ADVENTURES 

The  railway  service  is  excellent,  and  all  the  most 
advanced  conditions  of  civilisation  prevail. 
Living  is  cheap  and  the  hotels  are  good. 

No  tourist  should  miss  a  trip  to  the  Gippsland 
Lakes,  Buchan  Caves,  and  Western  Port  Bay. 
A  train  runs  daily  from  Prince's  Bridge  Station 
at  7.52  a.m.  for  Sale,  arriving  at  1.30  p.m. 
The  fares  for  the  round  trip  from  Melbourne, 
including  the  round  of  the  Lakes,  is  405.  lod. 
first-class,  305.  gd.  second-class. 

The  return  journey  may  be  made  within  two 
months.  The  tickets,  however,  are  not  avail- 
able for  breaking  the  journey,  and  will  not  be 
recognised  at  intermediate  stations. 

During  the  winter  months  there  is  no  steamer 
from  Sale  to  Cunningham  on  Fridays,  and  no 
boat  from  Cunningham  to  Sale  on  Saturdays. 

The  Buchan  Caves  can  be  reached  from  Sale 
by  steamer  to  Cunningham,  coach  to  Lake 
Tyers  (where  there  is  a  "  black  "  reserve),  motor- 
launch  to  Nowa  Nowa,  and  coach  to  Buchan. 
The  aboriginal  reserve  at  Lake  Tyers  is  very 
interesting  and  well  managed. 

During  my  rambles  along  the  banks  of  the 
River  Avon,  I  flushed  wonderful  flocks  of  white 
cockatoos,  parrots,  ducks,  and  pigeons.  This 


A    BEND    IN    A    FOREST    STREAM,     VICTORIA 


VICTORIA  259 

river  is  their  favourite  drinking  -  place,  and 
towards  evening  thousands  of  birds  assemble, 
and  the  woods  are  alive  with  their  screams  and 
notes.  On  one  occasion  I  was  caught  in  a 
terrible  deluge  of  rain,  and  the  birds  were  so 
drenched  that  they  could  not  fly.  I  picked  up 
a  handsome  rosella,  and,  in  spite  of  pecks,  put 
it  into  my  pocket.  For  some  days  it  remained 
sulky  and  would  not  eat,  but  with  patience  and 
kindness  its  confidence  was  inspired,  and  it 
became  a  delightful  pet.  The  trip  from  Sale 
to  Ramahyuck  is  worth  taking  for  the  sake  of 
the  birds.  In  the  early  days  the  Victorian 
blacks  were  a  menace  to  the  settlers,  but  now 
they  have  almost  become  extinct.  A  few  dwell 
in  reservations  or  wander  about  in  a  half- 
civilised  condition,  always  ready  to  receive 
charity,  but  most  reluctant  to  show  any  gratitude 
for  it.  Fifty  years  ago,  however,  they  boldly 
attacked  the  farmers  and  wantonly  destroyed  the 
sheep  and  cattle.  They  appeared  to  consider 
all  animals  their  legitimate  prey,  and  when 
interfered  with  became  revengeful  and  dangerous. 
One  settler  dwelling  at  "  The  Ovens  "  had  his 
ranch  literally  broken  up  by  a  mob  of  blacks, 
and  lost  hundreds  of  pounds  of  property.  The 


260       RAMBLES  AND  ADVENTURES 

country  around  had  been  generally  forsaken, 
and  reports  of  the  terrible  blacks  threatened  to 
ruin  the  cattle  industry  in  Australia.  It  soon 
became  evident  that  unless  confidence  could  be 
inspired  no  shepherds  or  cattle -men  would 
venture  from  the  towns.  Several  gentlemen 
tried  the  experiment  of  living  together  in  small 
communities  and  riding  long  distances  to  en- 
courage their  shepherds  and  labourers  by  their 
presence.  They  were  obliged  to  employ  a 
horseman  to  continually  perambulate  the  woods, 
lest  the  natives  should  attack  the  herds  unawares. 
But  even  this  had  not  the  desired  result,  and 
it  became  necessary  for  the  owners  themselves 
to  undertake  this  task.  Once  large  numbers  of 
cattle  were  driven  by  the  natives  into  a  pond 
and  slaughtered  with  tomahawks  as  they  en- 
deavoured to  scramble  out.  On  another  occasion 
a  flock  of  sheep  was  stolen,  and  when  found 
had  been  mutilated  to  prevent  them  from 
wandering. 

An  owner  was  one  day  riding  with  two 
stockmen  when  they  were  suddenly  surrounded 
by  hundreds  of  painted  warriors.  Their  first 
impulse  was  to  retreat,  but  the  narrow  way  was 
blocked  by  natives,  two  or  three  deep,  who 


VICTORIA  261 

greeted  them  with  a  shower  of  spears.  The 
owner's  horse  bounded  and  fell  into  an  immense 
hole  just  as  a  weapon  passed  over  the  pommel 
of  his  saddle.  Then  commenced  a  general 
onset.  The  natives  charged  like  furies,  with 
shouts  of  defiance.  The  white  men  took  careful 
aim,  and  fired  a  volley  at  close  quarters,  and 
the  foremost  fell  dead.  This  caused  a  momentary 
check,  but  they  soon  recovered  and  renewed 
their  attack  with  increased  rage.  It  was  a 
hideous  sight  to  witness  these  naked  savages 
with  their  painted  bodies  and  fierce  aspect 
rushing  forward  to  death.  Sometimes  they 
succeeded  in  inflicting  a  slight  wound,  and  the 
sight  of  their  enemies'  blood  drove  them  mad. 
Many  who  were  fatally  shot  struggled  on  to 
revenge  their  certain  death,  and  were  brained 
or  fell  dead  at  the  horses'  feet.  Gradually  the 
impetuosity  of  their  rushes  diminished,  and 
the  fight  became  a  sort  of  guerilla  warfare, 
lasting  from  10  a.m.  to  4  p.m.  The  children 
and  women  assisted  the  black  warriors  materially 
by  dashing  forward  and  picking  up  their  spears, 
even  venturing  under  the  horses'  legs.  The 
unequal  odds  eventually  began  to  tell,  until  at 
length  the  blacks  withdrew  their  forces  to  the 


262       RAMBLES  AND  ADVENTURES 

thickest  cover.  Some  of  the  children,  however, 
were  either  too  frightened  or  fascinated  to  retreat, 
and  one  black  boy  was  found  hiding  in  a  hollow 
log. 

William  Buckley,  a  private  in  the  "  King's 
Own,"  lived  for  thirty-two  years  among  the 
blacks.  He  was  originally  transported  to  New 
South  Wales,  and  accompanied  Governor  Collins 
in  the  year  1804  to  the  settlement  at  Port 
Phillip.  When  the  new  colony  was  being 
established,  Buckley,  with  three  others,  ab- 
sconded, and  when  the  settlement  was  abandoned 
they  were  left  there,  supposed  to  have  died  in 
the  bush. 

On  July  23rd,  1835,  Buckley  was  discovered 
living  as  a  wild  white  man  among  the  blacks. 
His  life  had  been  spared  because  he  was  be- 
lieved to  be  the  embodied  spirit  of  a  deceased 
relation  of  the  tribe.  An  interesting  tradition 
of  his  forest  career  is  preserved  in  Victoria.  A 
cave,  situated  near  Queenscliffe,  towards  the 
Heads  of  Port  Phillip  Bay,  is  pointed  out  as 
Buckley's  Cave,  in  which  he  long  resided  with 
at  least  one  lubra  of  his  choice. 

Buckley's  memory  appeared  to  fail  him  as  to 
dates;  but  he  believed  he  fell  in  with  natives 


THE  NORTHERN  TERRITORY       263 

twelve  months  after  his  escape.  The  blacks 
received  him  kindly,  and  accompanied  him  in 
his  wanderings.  He  had  narrow  escapes  from 
hostile  savages,  and  often  had  difficulty  in 
procuring  sufficient  food.  He  learnt  their 
language  and  soon  forgot  his  own,  being  unable 
to  converse  in  English  for  some  days  after  he 
was  found.  His  clothing  consisted  of  an 
enormous  opossum  skin  rug,  and  his  hair 
and  beard  were  of  great  length.  He  carried 
spears  and  other  weapons  like  a  native. 

The  wild  blacks  have  been  driven  far  from 
the  civilised  parts  of  Australia.  To  study  them 
in  their  natural  state  one  should  take  a  journey 
to  Oodnadatta,  which  is  688  miles  by  rail  from 
Adelaide.  This  trip  until  recent  times  was  a 
rough  experience.  When  night  came  the 
passengers  frequently  found  themselves  in  dark- 
ness (1906).  The  oil-lamps  had  a  mysterious 
knack  of  going  out,  and  the  majority  of  people 
held  lighted  candles.  This  novel  sight  was 
positively  ridiculous,  but  candles,  food,  drinks, 
&c.,  are  very  necessary  provisions  for  this 
journey,  which  occupies  three  days. 

Dalhousie  Springs  are  eighty-four  miles  beyond 
Oodnadatta.  Along  the  road  the  country  is 


264       RAMBLES  AND  ADVENTURES 

flat  and  hilly  in  turn.  The  Angle  Pole  is 
interesting  as  a  turning-point  of  the  telegraph 
line  to  Port  Darwin.  There  is  a  water-hole 
here.  The  Swallow  water-hole  is  nine  miles 
further  on.  This  locality  is  pleasing,  and 
swallows  are  plentiful.  Ross'  Hole,  further  on, 
marks  the  spot  where  Ernest  Giles  started  on 
his  successful  expedition  across  Western  Australia. 
Macumba  is  three  miles  beyond. 

During  my  residence  in  this  locality  a  party 
of  blacks  on  their  way  to  Niddie  perished  from 
thirst.  The  weather  was  exceptionally  warm, 
and  they  were  found  dead  within  half-a-mile  of 
each  other,  at  Wargidgea  Swamp. 

The  blacks  are  generally  plentiful  near 
Dalhousie/  Springs.  On  one  occasion  I 
observed  gins  here  who  had  smeared  their  faces, 
arms,  and  hair  with  gypsum,  and  the  men  were 
painted  with  yellow  ochre.  Their  appearance 
was  rather  terrifying,  but  they  were  only  show- 
ing respect  for  their  dead.  Wild  dogs  are  not 
destroyed  here,  because  of  the  assistance  they 
render  in  preying  upon  the  rabbits.  Their 
savage  howls,  therefore,  are  frequently  heard 
throughout  the  night.  Nature  plays  strange 
pranks  at  Dalhousie.  In  an  area  covering 


THE  NORTHERN  TERRITORY       265 

10,000  acres  there  are  sixty-two  springs,  from 
one  of  which  enough  water  gushes  out  to  supply 
all  the  cattle  of  Australia.  A  mountain  range 
lies  a  few  miles  distant,  and  the  springs  exist 
at  a  considerable  elevation.  Stony  table-lands, 
destitute  of  timber,  appear  in  all  directions,  but 
near  the  water  the  landscape  changes.  The 
springs  are  separated  by  spongy  sodium  flats, 
some  of  which  are  as  dazzling  to  the  eyes  as  a 
dry  salt-lake.  No  vegetation  can  live  in  such 
soil ;  but  where  the  water  appears  most  of  the 
springs  are  surrounded  by  a  perfect  jungle  of 
ti-tree,  acacia,  and  silver  wattle.  This  timber 
is  infested  with  wild  cats,  and  the  ground  is 
covered  with  couch  grass  and  velvety  moss, 
while  at  the  water's  edge  reeds  and  rushes  grow 
in  tropical  luxuriance.  The  water  is  wholesome, 
though  it  tastes  somewhat  like  flat  soda-water. 
In  some  places  it  is  charged  with  sulphur. 

A  week  can  easily  be  spent  camping  among 
these  springs.  Black  duck  and  white  crane  are 
plentiful  upon  the  lake,  and  the  thick  growth 
at  the  water's  edge  affords  ample  cover.  At 
one  time  120  blacks  camped  near  me.  They 
had  come  to  thin  out  the  rabbits,  for  whose 
destruction  they  received  3d.  per  dozen.  When 


266        RAMBLES  AND  ADVENTURES 

they  received  payment  their  conduct  was  amusing. 
For  some  time  they  refused  to  part  with  their 
money.  Finding,  however,  the  coins  had  no 
mysterious  charm  or  virtue,  and  could  not  be 
eaten,  they  commenced  to  temporise.  Holding 
each  coin  separately  in  the  palm  of  their  hand, 
they  shouted  outside  the  tent : 

"Give  'em  sugar  for  this  fellow!" 
"Give  'em  flour  for  this  fellow!" 
Blacks  are  fairly  honest  in  trading,  but  very 
immoral.  They  generally  wind  up  their  business 
with  an  offer  of  their  gin,  daughter,  or  some 
ether  girl  for  sale.  They  make  good  stock- 
riders, and  the  women  are  useful  in  looking 
after  sheep  and  goats.  The  chief  difficulty  in 
employing  these  people  arises  from  their  want 
of  stability.  Their  nature  is  nomadic,  and 
when  the  restless  feeling  possesses  them  they 
will  give  up  the  best  situations  and  depart 
without  the  slightest  reason  at  a  moment's 
notice.  In  their  native  state  they  travel  con- 
siderable distances,  and  rarely  remain  more 
than  two  or  three  days  at  the  same  place. 


XIV 

THE    CONDITIONS    IN    INDIA,    BOMBAY, 
SOUTHERN    INDIA,    AND    COLOMBO 

THE  Indian  Empire  represents  a  population  of 
about  295,000,000,  and  these  people  are  included 
in  Great  Britain's  mighty  Empire  of  393,000,000. 
The  tourist,  therefore,  will  naturally  anticipate 
great  things  when  he  arrives  at  Bombay.  His 
expectations,  however,  will  be  doomed  to  dis- 
appointment, and  instead  of  finding  himself  in 
a  British  country  and  among  a  sympathetic 
people,  he  will  wander  the  streets  during  the 
greater  part  of  the  day  without  even  encounter- 
ing a  single  European.  In  Colombo,  perhaps, 
he  may  have  thought  the  streets  were  crowded, 
and  have  suffered  some  annoyance  from  the 
importunate  sharks  who  pestered  him  with 
fictitious  bargains.  In  Bombay  he  will  be 
exempt  from  this,  but  he  will  be  thronged  and 
choked  as  he  pursues  his  way  by  an  unsavoury 
multitude,  consisting  of  Jain,  Lingayat,  Bhattia, 


268       RAMBLES  AND  ADVENTURES 

Hindu,      Mussulman,      Negro  -  African,      Parsee, 
Jew,  &c. 

A  short  stay  in  the  city  will  soon  disabuse 
his  mind  of  all  he  has  learnt  about  India. 
The  old  abominations  of  medievalism  pervade 
all  ranks  of  society.  Women  are  employed  in 
the  most  menial  and  degrading  labour,  and  are 
practically  slaves,  and  the  high  castes  style  all 
the  labouring  classes  "  vagabonds."  The 
bitterest  hatred  exists  between  the  rival  factions 
of  religion,  and  the  few  thousand  British  people 
in  India  are  tolerated  because  of  the  fear  of 
what  would  happen  if  their  influence  were  with- 
drawn. The  Parsees,  who  are  justly  hated, 
would  be  the  first  to  suffer  robbery  and 
massacre,  and  then  Hindus  and  Mahomedans 
would  engage  in  a  war  of  extermination.  India 
has  never  been  conquered,  and  the  country 
to-day  is  practically  in  the  hands  of  the  native 
people,  who  occupy  positions  representing  every 
department  of  civil  life.  This,  to  my  mind, 
has  been  the  great  weakness  in  Great  Britain's 
policy  if  India  is  to  be  regarded  as  a  part  of 
the  Empire.  A  possession  which  excludes  the 
labouring  and  middle  classes  of  the  old  country 
represents  injustice  to  the  British  people.  The 


INDIA  269 

incompetence    of    the    native    is    apparent    every- 
where.      On    the    motor-car    it    is    evidenced    by 
daily,  or,    I   may  say,   hourly,   accidents,   and  the 
higher  branches  of  influence,  such  as  University 
Professorships,    with   salaries   of   305.    per    week, 
have   brought   about   the   new   teaching   which    is 
antagonistic    to    the    handful    of    British    people 
representing    the    Indian    Government.       Ninety- 
nine    per   cent,    of    the    population    of    India   are, 
perhaps,    the   most   illiterate  and  credulous  to  be 
found    in    the    whole    world.       These    people    are 
easily    influenced    by    a   clever    scoundrel    with    a 
l-ttle   learning   and   tact,    and   the   wholesale   out- 
pouring   of    graduates    from    Indian    Universities 
is    the    primary    cause    of    the    present    unrest    in 
India.      To   serve   their   evil   purposes,    there   are 
many  such  persons  travelling  to  and  fro  through 
Southern     India     who     have     already     convinced 
credulous  Hindus  that  the  Government  is  spend- 
ing  thousands  of   pounds  annually   to   propagate 
plague,    small-pox,    cholera,    and    other    diseases 
for  the  destruction  of  the  native  people.      Thus, 
with    lies    and    misrepresentation,     if    unchecked, 
they    will    soon    transform    the    present    peaceful 
working     millions     into     a     horde     of     raging, 
fanatical   maniacs. 


27o       RAMBLES  AND  ADVENTURES 

"  Why  pay  the  tax,  and  why  be  subject  to 
a  handful  of  foreign  oppressors?"  they  ask. 
"  We  could  easily,  if  we  wished,  sweep  them 
into  the  sea." 

The  following  is  the  copy  of  a  manuscript 
letter  published  in  "The  Advocate  of  India," 
May  28th,  1908:  — 

"  Ye  damned  English  rogues,  you  thought 
that,  with  the  exposure  of  Barindra  Ghose, 
everything  is  undone.  You  are  misled,  not 
even  the  hundredth  part  of  the  revolutionary 
organisation  is  shattered.  Rest  assured  it  cannot 
rest  idle  until  Englishmen,  male,  female,  and 
children  are  mercilessly  massacred  to  the  best 
interests  of  the  country.  If  you  dare,  being 
strangers  in  this  country,  to  harass  our  com- 
rades and  persecute  and  prosecute  them,  is  it 
unjustifiable  for  us  to  kill  as  many  of  you  as 
can  suit  our  purpose,  until  we  are  in  a  position 
to  create  an  insurrection  ?  You  say  secret 
murder  is  no  way  to  freedom.  We  admit  it. 
It  simply  creates  confidence  in  the  works  of  the 
revolutionists.  Everything  does  not  end  here; 
there  must  be  war,  and  with  your  blood  the 
barren  ground  would  be  fertilised,  every  obstacle 
would  be  washed  out,  and  if  you  will  be  a 


INDIA  271 

nuisance    in    the    way    you    will    be    no    more    in 
this  world. 

"  Yours  faithfully, 

"  BENGAL   REVOLUTIONIST." 

To  this  letter  was  added  another  even  more 
violent,  signed  by  Barindra  K.  Ghose,  Hem 
Chandra  Das,  and  Ullas  Kar  Datta,  containing 
threats  and  warnings:  — 

"  Let  every  Englishman  realise  that  in  every 
district  life  and  property  are  insecure.  We  die — 
no  objection  to  that,  hundreds  are  to  die  before 
the  great  bloody  send-off  of  the  white  devils 
takes  place;  but  before  we  depart,  let  us  hear, 
and  we  will  die  with  cheerful  countenance,  that 
200  white-skins  are  sent  to  hell  on  the  day  as 
the  delivery  of  judgment.  That  is  the  practical 
sympathy  with  our  work.  That  will  be  the 
fittest  memorial  of  the  occasion." 

During  my  journey  from  Bombay  to  Tuticorin 
I  interviewed  several  influential  native  politicians 
under  similar  circumstances  to  Mr.  Keir  Hardie. 
Most  of  his  interviews  took  place  in  second- 
class  railway  carriages  with  Brahmin  leaders. 
Among  others  I  interviewed  was  Raja  Jopala- 
chari,  a  gentleman  of  exceptional  ability  and 
scholarship. 


272        RAMBLES  AND  ADVENTURES 

"  What  do  you  think  will  be  the  outcome  of 
the  present  unrest  in  India?"  I  asked. 

"  I  think  if  the  English  people  are  made 
aware  of  our  existing  grievances  the  unrest  will 
disappear." 

"  Has  education  brought  about  the  present 
boycott  of  English  merchandise?" 

"  Yes,   it  has  made  us  think." 

"What  are  your  chief  grievances?" 

"  i.  A  more  popular  form  of  government  is 
sought. 

"2.  We  want  a  member  of  the  Royal  House 
for  our  Viceroy.  A  more  sympathetic  treatment 
of  Hindus  by  Anglo-Indians.  Social  intercourse 
between  Europeans  and  Hindus." 

"  How  can  we  have  social  intercourse  when 
you  forbid  us  to  worship  with  you  in  your 
temples?  " 

"  You  can  worship  in  our  temples.  You  are 
not  forbidden." 

'  Why  are  notices  written  to  forbid  us  ?  Who 
placed  them  there?" 

''  I  don't  know  who  authorised  such  notices. 
You  can  enter  our  temples." 

"  Do  you  think  it  possible  that  all  religions 
may  become  a  matter  of  conscience,  that  those 


A    TAMIL     GIRL. 


INDIA  273 

who  differ  will  respect  and  honour  the  scruples 
of  others,  and  that  a  national  and  united  people 
may  be  established  in  India?" 

"  Yes." 

"  Is  there  a  general  willingness  among 
Hindus  to  encourage  scholars  and  liberal- 
minded  men  to  investigate  the  claims  of 
Hinduism  on  humanity?" 

"  Yes." 

"  Do  you  think  Mahomedans  and  others  are 
equally  liberal  ?  " 

"  No,  Mahomedans  are  intolerant." 

"  Do  you  think  the  Mahomedans  would  throw 
in  their  lot  with  Great  Britain  in  the  event  of 
war?" 

"  Yes,  and,  when  successful,  would  immedi- 
ately turn  upon  their  allies  and  look  for  a 
dictator  from  the  north." 

"  Have  you  any  solution  to  the  problem  of 
rival  factions?  " 

"  I  think  the  whole  of  India,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  the  Mahomedans,  will  present  a 
united  front." 

"Who  are   these   thieving   rascals   in    India?" 

"  They  are  merely  the  dregs  of  the  population 
of  the  various  classes." 

T 


274       RAMBLES  AND  ADVENTURES 

"  How  is  it  there  are  so  many  different 
prices  for  the  same  article  in  India?" 

"  I   consider  it  trade  dishonesty." 

"  Are  efforts  being  made  to  raise  the  tone  of 
true  honour  and  just  dealing  among  the 
people?  " 

"No." 

"What  do  you  think  of  the  missionaries?" 

"  I  don't  think  they  stir  up  strife,  but  they 
will  never  succeed  in  India,  because  they  are  so 
unphilosophical  and  often  very  ignorant  men." 

Raja  Jopalachari  informed  me  that  an  effort 
was  being  made  to  break  through  "  caste  and 
custom  "  exclusiveness  and  to  form  Associations 
and  Conferences. 

Mr.  V.  Rangasami  Aryangar,  B.A.,  testified 
as  follows :  — 

"  Would  you  like  to  see  India  independent  of 
Great  Britain?" 

"No." 

"  What  do  you  dislike  about  the  Govern- 
ment?" 

"  They  should  associate  more  with  the 
educated  Indian." 

"  Do  you  think  if  they  did  so  the  troubles 
would  cease?  " 


INDIA  275 

"  Certainly.  It  is  the  snobbishness  of 
English  officials  I  object  to." 

Mr.  V.  Narasinihacharri,  a  Brahmin,  was 
among  my  interlocutors. 

"Do  you  think  there  will  be  war  in   India?" 

"  I  don't  think  so,  but  there  will  be  insur- 
rections. When  the  military  appear  it  will 
stop." 

"Are  you  a  Brahmin?" 

"Yes." 

"What   is  your  dislike  of  British  rule?" 

"  Taxes  on   land." 

"What  else?" 

"  I  want  the  same  freedom  people  enjoyed  a 
hundred  years  ago.  Educated  people  were  then 
employed  regardless  of  their  religion  or  race." 

The  interviews  I  have  recorded  represented 
the  general  tone  of  what  I  might  term  the 
moderate  party.  The  snobbishness  complained 
of  is  ridiculously  conspicuous  in  Bombay,  where 
society  is  divided  up  into  numerous  social 
cliques,  setting  a  miserable  example  to  the 
native  people  which  is  in  perfect  harmony  with 
their  pride  of  caste.  The  pride,  however,  of 
Bombay  society  is  too  often  marked  by  the 
size  of  the  house  and  the  length  of  the  purse.  In 


276       RAMBLES  AND  ADVENTURES 

spite  of  these  facts,  every  sensible  Indian  recognises 
that  his  country  was  never  more  prosperous 
than  it  is  to-day.  Numerous  institutions  have 
been  established  for  his  benefit.  Electric  tele- 
graph and  vast  irrigation  projects  have  been 
undertaken ;  more  than  30,000  miles  of  railway 
and  over  150,000  miles  of  roads  maintained. 

Bombay  contains  some  of  the  finest  modern 
buildings  in  the  world,  with  delightful  parks 
and  open  spaces  for  recreation  and  amusement. 
The  sanitation  in  the  European  quarters  is 
excellent.  This  city  was  once  a  perfect  death- 
trap to  the  European.  The  traveller  landing  at 
Apollo  Bunder,  about  the  year  1885,  would 
have  found  a  foul  and  hideous  foreshore.  All 
round  the  island  of  Bombay  was  one  dreadful 
cesspool,  sewers  discharged  on  the  sand,  and 
rocks  only  were  used  for  purposes  of  nature. 
A  ride  home  to  Malabar  Hill  along  the  sands 
at  Black  Bay  was  to  encounter  sights  and 
odours  too  horrible  to  describe.  One  was 
obliged  to  leap  four  sewers,  whose  gaping 
mouths  discharged  deep,  black  streams  across 
your  path,  and  as  one  neared  Chaupati  there 
were  the  choking  fumes  from  the  open,  burning 
ghat,  and  many  an  ancient  fish-like  smell.  To 


BOMBAY  277 

travel  by  rail  from  Bori  Bunder  to  Byculla  was 
to  enter  into  filth  and  stench  beyond  powers  of 
description.  The  living  lived  among  the  graves 
of  the  dead,  the  roads  were  covered  with  rotten 
fish  and  the  dead  carcases  of  household  vermin. 
Under  these  conditions  plague  wrought  havoc 
among  the  people.  The  Government  has  now 
instituted  a  regular  system  of  cleansing  the  streets 
daily  with  marked  improvement  to  the  health 
and  well-being  of  the  people.  A  terrible  plague, 
however,  broke  out  in  1896.  The  population  at 
the  time  was  846,000,  and  in  a  few  months  it 
was  reduced  to  nearly  half.  Trade  and  com- 
merce were  at  a  standstill,  grass  grew  in  the 
busiest  thoroughfares,  and  it  was  no  uncommon 
sight  in  the  wealthiest  part  of  the  native  town 
to  find  a  dozen  or  twenty  shops  consecutively 
closed  and  barred.  Domestic  service  was  so 
difficult  to  obtain  that  English  women  had  to 
perform  the  duties  of  housework  which  are  so 
exhausting  in  this  city. 

Some  idea  can  be  formed  of  the  ravages  of 
plague  from  the  fact  that  had  the  victims  been 
Europeans  more  than  the  whole  population 
would  have  been  destroyed  annually.  During 
the  years  1898,  1901,  and  1903,  more  than  twice 


278        RAMBLES  AND  ADVENTURES 

the  present  European  population  of  Bombay 
would  have  been  destroyed.  It  is  conclusive, 
therefore,  that  plague  is  the  outcome  of  in- 
sanitary surroundings.  The  Government's  task 
is  most  difficult.  The  Parsees,  clothed  in  their 
splendid  garments,  driving  in  stately  equipages, 
surrounded  with  every  outward  display  of 
wealth  and  splendour,  are  perhaps  the  most  dis- 
gusting people  in  their  habits.  There  is  a 
tendency  among  them  to  cherish  rather  than 
destroy  vermin,  and  in  this  they  are  well 
supported  by  other  inhabitants  of  Bombay. 

The  chief  buildings  in  the  city  are  the 
Secretariat,  Municipal  Offices,  Victoria  Terminus, 
General  Post  Office,  British  Indian  Steamship 
Company's  Offices,  &c. 

Near  the  Marine  Lines  on  the  left  of  the 
railway  are  the  Parsee,  Mahomedan,  and  Hindu 
Gymkhanas.  On  the  right  side  of  the 
Queen's  Road  is  a  high  wall  that  encloses  the 
Hindu  Burning  and  Mahomedan  Burial  Grounds. 
A  short  distance  up  the  Charni  Road  is  the 
All  Bless  Bagh,  the  principal  place  for  the 
celebration  of  marriages  among  the  Parsees, 
which  is  often  brilliantly  illuminated.  The  so- 
called  Hanging  Gardens  are  a  fraud,  being 


BOMBAY  279 

merely  a  small  flower  garden  on  the  top  of 
Malabar  Hill.  There  is  an  extensive  view, 
however,  from  this  position,  which  renders  it 
worthy  of  a  visit,  as  the  islands  representing 
Bombay  can  be  clearly  seen.  Other  places  of 
interest  near  Bombay  are  Elephanta  Caves, 
Vehar  Lake,  Bassein,  Thana,  Kennery  Caves, 
Igatpuri,  Nasik,  Matheran,  Chants,  Khandalla, 
Lanowli,  Karli,  and  Poona.  The  Towers  of 
Silence  are  situated  near  Malabar  Hill,  and 
there  are  some  interesting  Hindu  temples  near 
Government  House,  which  are  rarely  approached 
by  the  European.  It  would  be  unwise  to  visit 
this  neighbourhood  alone.  I  was  accompanied 
by  Mr.  Ward,  a  fine  specimen  of  a  fearless 
Englishman,  who  not  only  guided  me  through 
this  dangerous  neighbourhood,  but  ventured  into 
the  most  remote  parts  of  the  native  quarters. 
The  priests  greeted  us  with  scowling  looks  of 
hatred,  and  though  we  were  careful  to  be  polite 
and  considerate  in  our  movements,  the  attitude 
of  the  people  was  most  offensive.  Among 
other  places  I  visited  were  the  Towers  of 
Silence.  They  are  five  in  number,  and  can 
be  approached  by  way  of  the  steps  from  Gibbs 
Road.  Tickets  to  the  grounds  can  be  pro- 


280       RAMBLES  AND  ADVENTURES 

cured  from  the  Parsee  Panchayat.  The  grounds 
have  an  area  of  over  75,000  square  yards.  On 
entering  we  notice  the  stone  building  set  apart 
for  a  house  of  prayer  and  the  fire  temple.  The 
Towers  of  Silence,  the  largest  of  which  measures 
276  feet  in  circumference,  are  surrounded  by 
high  walls,  about  25ft.  in  height,  and  having 
an  opening  on  the  ground  level  through  which 
the  dead  bodies  are  carried.  The  corpse- 
bearers  are  the  only  persons  allowed  to  enter 
the  towers,  but  there  is  an  excellent  model  in 
the  grounds,  which  is  generally  shown  to 
visitors.  It  will  be  found  that  the  bodies  of 
the  deceased  are  laid  in  grooves  around  the 
well  which  is  to  be  found  in  the  centre  of  each 
tower.  The  bodies  of  young  children  are  laid 
in  the  centre  circle,  those  of  females  in  the 
second,  and  those  of  the  men  in  the  outer  ring. 
The  bodies,  after  being  exposed  in  this  manner, 
are  in  a  short  time  stripped  of  flesh  by 
numerous  vultures  that  are  always  found  in  the 
vicinity,  and  then  the  bones  are  thrown  into 
the  well,  where  they  are  allowed  to  decompose. 
This  disgusting  and  revolting  method  of  dis- 
posing of  the  dead  often  displays  itself  in  the 
mangled  flesh  and  bones  carried  by  the  vultures 


BOMBAY  281 

from  place  to  place.  Such  a  terrible  menace 
was  this  hideous  feast  to  the  public  health,  that 
the  reservoir  became  polluted,  and  it  was  not 
until  elaborate  precautions  had  been  taken  that 
Europeans  ventured  to  freely  use  the  water. 

A  true  man  can  admire  a  brave  enemy,  even 
if  his  opposition  and  hostility  are  hateful;  but 
the  sneak  and  coward  he  can  only  despise. 
The  Parsees  represent  the  true  Englishman's  pet 
aversion.  I  could  quote  innumerable  instances 
of  their  despicable  meanness;  but  it  is  generally 
known  everywhere  that  the  average  man  who 
enters  into  partnership  with  a  Parsee  has  taken 
his  first  step  to  ruin.  Mahomedans  and  Hindus 
hate  these  people,  and  sometimes  are  driven  to 
punish  them  in  the  public,  streets.  At  such 
times  these  cringing,  cynical  people  fly  to  the 
British  for  protection. 

Two  Parsees  were  recently  walking  with  their 
ladies  in  Apollo  Bunda,  when  they  observed 
some  Mahomedans  following  them.  The  men 
immediately  left  their  women  and  took  to  flight. 
Meeting  some  Englishmen,  they  clung  to  them 
for  protection.  So  persistent  were  they  that 
my  informant  told  me  they  could  move  neither 
hand  nor  foot,  and  any  attack  would  have  placed 


282        RAMBLES  AND  ADVENTURES 

them  entirely  at  the  mercy  of  the  Mahomedans. 
When  the  Mahomedans  arrived  on  the  scene 
the  Parsees  trembled  and  cried  like  children. 

During  my  month  in  Bombay  I  received 
invitations  to  attend  various  festivities  among 
the  Hindus  and  Mahomedans,  and  rarely  lost 
an  opportunity  of  doing  so.  Enormous  sums 
are  spent  on  the  wedding  feast,  and  though 
child-marriages  are  less  frequent  than  they  used 
to  be,  few  girls  remain  single  after  their 
fourteenth  year.  Hundreds  of  guests  are  invited 
on  these  occasions,  and  the  most  gorgeous 
decorations  and  furniture  are  hired  for  the 
occasion.  In  addition  to  this,  the  expense  of 
providing  food  and  luxuries  for  the  multitude 
amounts  to  fabulous  sums.  Ten  thousand 
pounds  is  sometimes  spent  in  this  way  among 
the  rich,  and  the  poor  are  years  recovering 
from  their  outlay  in  doing  honour  to  the 
marriage  knot. 

A  funeral  is  a  frequent  occurrence  in  Bombay, 
and  the  corpse,  decorated  with  flowers,  is 
carried  by  the  bearers  exposed  to  public  view. 
The  Mahomedans  bury  their  dead,  the  Hindus 
use  cremation,  and  the  Parsees  suffer  their  dead 
to  be  devoured  by  vultures.  Invitations  to 


SOUTHERN   INDIA  283 

weddings,  &c.,  never  include  the  names  of  the 
wives  —  Eastern  etiquette  demands  that  their 
existence  be  ignored. 

Tiie  best  way  to  visit  India  is  to  take  a 
passage  in  one  of  the  splendid  boats  of  the 
British  Indian  Steamship  Company  from 
Colombo  to  Tuticorin  and  thence  by  rail  to 
Bombay.  The  entire  journey  occupies  about 
thirty-six  hours,  and  affords  convenient  facilities 
for  visiting  the  historical  districts  and  temples 
of  Southern  India,  the  centres  of  the  greatest 
of  the  ancient  Hindu  dynasties.  Unfortunately, 
there  is  an  absence  of  hotels,  and  the  accommo- 
dation at  the  stations  is  very  limited;  but  at 
Madura,  Tanjore,  Trichinopoly,  &c.,  there  are 
rooms  above  the  railway  stations,  and  visitors 
occupying  these  take  their  meals  in  the  refresh- 
ment rooms,  which  are  all  under  the  supervision 
of  Messrs.  Spencer  and  Co.,  Madras.  Even  if 
no  stay  is  made,  the  agricultural  industries  and 
the  conditions  of  life  in  Southern  India  can  be 
conveniently  studied  from  the  railway  carriage. 
Much  of  the  journey  will  be  taken  without 
seeing  a  sign  of  the  white  man,  though  each 
station  is  crowded  with  natives  of  every  caste 
and  description.  Huge  idols,  in  stages  of 


284       RAMBLES  AND  ADVENTURES 

decay  and  ruin,  appear  in  the  most  unlooked- 
for  places,  and  numerous  villages  and  towns, 
with  their  walled  battlements,  recall  past  battles 
and  bloodshed.  Many  of  these  are  deserted, 
except  by  the  jackal  and  hyena,  which  haunt 
the  ruins.  Here  and  there  will  be  seen  monkeys 
and  other  wild  animals,  but  the  dense  popu- 
lation has  driven  most  of  the  local  fauna 
further  north.  Birds,  however,  are  plentiful, 
and  the  ornithologist  will  find  ample  scope  for 
observation  and  study. 

Colombo  may  be  seen  in  a  day  with  or 
without  a  guide;  but  thousands  of  passengers 
who  spend  only  a  day  ashore  fail  to  obtain 
any  adequate  idea  of  the  place  from  want  of 
reliable  advice  and  direction  Local  guide- 
books teem  with  advertisements,  and  consign 
one  to  the  shops.  The  human  guide  does 
little  more  unless  you  know  what  you  want  to 
do,  and  insist  on  doing  it.  The  best  advice 
I  can  give  is  to  take  a  first-class  seat  in 
front  of  the  tramcar  for  the  Grand  Pass 
terminus  upon  the  Kelaniya  River;  next  visit 
Maradana  and  Borella  by  the  same  means  of 
locomotion.  Afterwards  hire  a  carriage,  drive 
along  Galle  Face,  Union  Place,  Vauxhall 


COLOMBO  285 

Road,  the  Lake,  Hyde  Park  Corner,  the 
Cinnamon  Gardens,  the  Hospital,  Horton 
Place,  Gregory's  Road,  the  Museum,  Turret 
Road,  Polwatte,  and  Kolupitiya.  Then,  if 
time  permits,  drive  to  Mutwall.  The  visitor 
who  follows  this  route  will  have  seen 
Colombo,  and  should  it  be  his  first  visit  to 
the  East  he  will  have  received  new  impres- 
sions to  dwell  upon  for  the  rest  of  his 
voyage.  Excellent  photographs  can  be  obtained 
from  Messrs.  Skeen  &  Co. 

A  walk  through  the  Cinnamon  Gardens  is 
not  easily  forgotten.  Here  one  may  wander 
under  the  shade  of  palms  and  figs,  or  rest 
beneath  clumps  of  graceful  bamboo  sur- 
rounded by  blossoms  and  perfumes  of  the 
most  enchanting  kind.  The  huge  purple 
bells  of  the  thunbergia  creep  over  the  arch- 
ways, and  gorgeous  passion  flowers,  orchids, 
pitcher  plants,  bright-leaved  caladiums,  and 
multitudes  of  other  tropical  plants  everywhere 
flourish  and  abound.  Both  here  and  in  the 
neighbourhood  will  be  noticed  the  curious 
fan-shaped  traveller's  tree,  often  wrongly 
described  as  a  palm.  Its  long  broad  leaves 
collect  water,  which  filters  into  the  close-set 


286        RAMBLES  AND  ADVENTURES 

sheaths  at  the  base  of  the  leaves,  whence 
by  simply  piercing  them  with  a  knife  the 
traveller  can  draw  streams  of  pure  water. 

Whilst  driving  through  the  Cinnamon 
Gardens  many  prettily-coloured  birds  are  met 
with,  and  amongst  the  most  fascinating  is 
the  black-headed  oriole,  or  mango  bird.  His 
plumage  resembles  the  mango  fruit,  and  is 
relieved  with  beautiful  yellow  and  black.  The 
orange-headed  green  barbet  has  a  monotonous 
note,  which  sounds  like  "  Koturr,  koturr." 
This  is  a  very  handsome  bird,  whose  plumage 
assimilates  with  its  leafy  environment,  and  is 
plentiful  in  the  lesser-populated  outskirts  of 
Colombo.  The  white-breasted  kingfisher,  the 
brown  shrike,  the  Indian  koel,  the  king 
crow,  the  green  bee-eater,  &c.,  will  also  be 
recognised. 

Travellers  who  have  not  been  in  the  East 
before  should  remember  to  provide  themselves 
with  a  thick  topee  for  the  daytime  and  a 
straw  hat  for  the  evening.  The  thin  rubbish 
offered  at  Port  Said  is  useless  in  India, 
and  though  the  thick  helmets  may  appear 
unsightly,  they  are  the  only  sensible  head- 
gear for  the  climate.  Such  a  hat  can  be 


• 


COLOMBO  287 

procured  in  Colombo  for  five  rupees.  It  is 
necessary  also  to  use  an  umbrella  when  out 
of  doors  during  the  heat  of  the  day. 

Much  annoyance  can  be  avoided  from 
coolies  and  others  by  carrying  a  short  cane 
and  applying  it  occasionally  to  the  most 
persistent.  The  police,  however,  have  instruc- 
tions to  protect  the  stranger  from  all  impor- 
tunities to  which  he  objects.  Never  argue 
with  a  native  or  show  the  slightest  sign  of 
fear,  otherwise  the  result  will  be  deplorable. 
I  found  the  use  of  my  boot  the  most  effec- 
tive conclusion  to  all  arguments.  It  is  use- 
less to  moralise  —  all  such  attempts  are 
attributed  to  fear,  and  directly  the  native 
discovers  a  trace  of  this  he  becomes  as  bold 
as  a  lion ;  whereas  I  have  known  one 
Englishman  to  disperse  a  crowd  of  fifty 
natives  single-handed. 

One  of  the  most  regrettable  features  of 
India  is  the  roguery  and  thieving  which 
abound  everywhere.  No  money  or  valuables 
should  ever  be  left  about,  or  even  carried  in 
baggage.  Drafts  of  money  are  the  safest 
course.  I  had  the  misfortune  to  be  robbed  of 
a  considerable  sum  of  money.  To  be  stranded 


in  India  is  perhaps  the  most  awful  experience 
which  could  happen  to  a  stranger.  There  are 
no  cheap  apartments  or  respectable  lodging- 
houses,  and  the  impecunious  one  who  cannot 
pay  his  355.  per  week  will  have  no  choice  but 
to  sleep  out  of  doors,  or  enter  premises  of  the 
most  revolting  nature.  Work  is  practically  im- 
possible to  obtain.  The  following  advertisement 
conveys  some  idea  of  the  value  of  a  University 
scholar  :  — 

"  Wanted,  an  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathe- 
matics for  Christ  Church  College,  Cawnpore. 
Pay,  Rs.i20  (^8)  per  month. — Apply  to  the 
Principal." 

The  average  wage  of  a  working  man  is 
about  2d.  per  day,  and  European  salaries  are  far 
inferior  to  any  in  the  world,  judging  from  the 
newspapers.  Fifteen  rupees  are  equal  to  one 
pound  sterling. 


Bangaroo!  Bangaroo!!  Bangaroo!!! 


BANGAROO 

Is  simple,  exciting,  and 
harmless. 

It  is  likely  to  become 
the  Most  Popular 
Indoor  Game  in  the 
British  Empire. 

It  can  be  played  in 
a  small  room  with 
Miniature  Boome- 

rangs, price  God.  only, 
or  with  Large  Boome- 
rangs in  a  park  or 
garden,  price  1 5  /- 
complete. 


THE     POOREST     HOME    CAN     ENJOY 

BANGAROO 

SO   CAN   THE   PRINCE   IN   HIS   PALACE. 


Prices  :    6fd.,     Is.,    2s.  6d.,    5s.,    10s.    6d., 

According    to  size. 


Sold   at   all   first-class    Toy  Shops,    or   direct    from  :  — 

BANGAROO     COMPANY,     LIMITED, 

Hillside,    Westbury-on-Trym, 
BRISTOL,    ENGLAND. 


DnuRT    LANE.   LONDON. 


DC  SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 


A     000  096  921     2